May 9, 2026

z1a Bellwether Report

Originally published May 1, 2026 for our monthly Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get weekly issues.

By Staff

“There is a point in the history of society when it becomes so pathologically soft and tender that among other things it sides even with those who harm it, criminals, and does this quite seriously and honestly. Punishing somehow seems unfair to it, and it is certain that imagining ‘punishment’ and ‘being supposed to punish’ hurts it, arouses fear in it.

‘Is it not enough to render him undangerous? Why still punish? Punishing itself is terrible.’ With this question, herd morality, the morality of timidity, draws its ultimate consequence.”Friedrich Nietzsche, from Beyond Good and Evil

INTRODUCTION

Last week, we did a deep dive on the Iran War, which could be considered our deep dive of the month even considering the attempted assassination of the Trump administration at the White House Correspondents Dinner.

By itself, the attempted shooting did not reach the room the President was in, so the seriousness of the attack was considerably lower compared to Pennsylvania’s attempt. But connected to this story is the story of splitting narratives, conservative ones and progressive ones, that are increasingly giving permission to take matters into your own hands, for the good of the whole.

In this story, we are focused on progressive violence, but we suspect we might soon be doing a report on conservative violence (though it hasn’t happened at any significant scale yet, and we certainly pray it doesn’t happen, for it is not predestined to happen).

So, our Bellwether of the month is really progressive violence, which is systemic, from street fighter to top Democrat Politician, but that violence is the result of their national framing. Within the progressive framework, conservatives, Americans, the staff of MIA, are all in a category of systemic violence that gives progressives permission, even compulsion, to violently respond to us.

Our very institutions commit social murder, which makes us all eligible for death.

Progressives can assume they are not violent for, in their minds, they are only responding to violence.

In America, a homosexual can expect to hear a person of influence boldly say on a major national platform that homosexuality is a sin without fear of being economically assassinated as a result.

In Progressive US, that person might go to jail.

If the law doesn’t send him to jail and even allows him to continue to have a public presence, then the progressive is compelled by their moral code to use violence to end the systemic violence that person is perpetuating against a disenfranchised class of people. This is their government, not the constitution.

A hierarchy of social class informs their governance code. It is the prescription for the description, that the white devil invented evil, and his continued existence is an existential threat to the planet and the non-evil people, the POC (person of color).

In America, a person can expect no significant consequences for publicly declaring support for Hamas and opposing Israel. In Conservative US, that person might lose their college career. If authority doesn’t gatekeep this person, the conservative will not take the matter into their own hands (yet). Their government is the constitution, not hierarchies of social class.

For the progressive, every objection to their program can be rooted to white supremacism. This is not hyperbole; this is observable fact. Recently, progressive Governor Tim Walz called a conservative journalist’s efforts to expose fraud in his state nothing but dog whistles to white supremacism.

For this reason, we are making Progressive Violence as seen through the bellwether event, the White House Correspondents Dinner shooting, our bellwether of the month.

Our Deep Dives now generally follow a Situation Report format, though you will get more analysis and opinion within the Background and Current Situation section than you will in our Situation Reports (like the one in this issue on pg. xx).

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

On April 26, 2026, around 8:30PM, a man attempted to break into the White House Correspondents’ Dinner and assassinate President Donald Trump and members of his administration.

Leading up to the shooting, this publication recently surmised the polarization between Progressives and Americans was only deepening, as the rhetoric from progressives was becoming increasingly violent.

Now, even conservatives are expressing fatalistic finality in response. While Progressives want acts of violence, conservatives do too, in the form of arrests that produce convictions, which is how conservatives are currently expressing their violent response, for now.

The aftermath of the shooting has seen further divides and further disconnects from one another’s’ realities, as both major factions, the progressives and conservatives, double down on their own narratives.

At this point this attempted assassination was like a pre-season NFL game because the shooter didn’t come close to the President and no blood was drawn.

BACKGROUND

The shooter’s manifesto would reveal a profound connection between the framing of reality by the most rhetorically violent progressives and the shooter’s heart. The fact that the shooter was a schoolteacher who won a “Teacher of the Month” award reveals he is also a bellwether of the public school system under progressive stewardship.

If true, this would suggest more “shooters” have already been programmed either through the teacher training and screening process or through the progressive-trained-and-screened teachers’ teachings.

THE PROGRESSIVE RHETORIC – This publication has documented the recent history of progressive rhetoric becoming increasingly hostile. This rhetoric started with the two phrases, “Punch a Nazi” and “Freedom of Speech doesn’t mean Freedom from Consequences” right as President Trump announced his candidacy for President in 2015.

Here we present two recent bellwethers in April of progressive rhetoric, along with a mention of the shooter’s manifesto which reflects progressive talking points. For more on progressive rhetoric, go deeper on progressive violence.

1.1. HASAN PIKER – Days before the attempted assassinations, progressive thought leader Hasan Piker said in response to a caller on a podcast that it was ok to kill landlords that don’t rent their properties. He said, “Yeah, kill them. Kill those mother f*ckers. Murder those mother f*ckers in the street. Let the streets—let the streets soak in their f*cking red capitalist blood, dude.”

1.2. JIMMY KIMMEL – Progressive corporate spokesperson Jimmy Kimmel joked on his show days before the attempted assassinations that Melania Trump looked like an expectant widow. Under normal circumstances, the comment could be dismissed as being distasteful but innocuous.

We are not living under normal circumstances. In the wake of numerous recent acts of political violence, it seems ill-timed at the very least. It is not unreasonable to assume something worse, though proving that legally might be nearly impossible.

1.3. RECEIPTS – Shortly after the shooting, progressive media challenged the administration’s assertion that it was progressive rhetoric which led to the shooting. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt presented evidence that shows the shooter was parroting the same exact rhetoric Democrat Politicians and Progressive thought leaders like Hasan Piker has been speaking.

She revealed Allen’s manifesto, which she claims reads like Democrat talking points.

THE SEQUENCE OF EVENTS – Before the shooting, the shooter allegedly traveled from California to Washington D.C. by train, checking into the Washington, D.C. Hilton one day before the scheduled White House Correspondence Dinner.

First the shooter had to get past security on the outside perimeter of the hotel. This was not a challenge as he was a guest at the hotel. The shooter himself would note on the way that security was lax, and that if he had wanted to stage a mass casualty event, he could have easily done this.

His race past the next line of security was caught on video. The President was later seen commenting he moved “like a flash.” He never reached the actual dining hall where the President was located. After he breached security he shot a secret service agent in the chest, but the agent was not injured seriously as he was wearing a bullet-proof vest.

The agents returned fire as he ran until he tripped, where he was then apprehended.

President Trump’s take on the shooting: “I wanted to see what was happening, and I wasn’t making it that easy for them. I wanted to see what was going on… And by that time, we started to realise maybe it was a bad problem, different kind of a problem, bad one, and different than what would be normal noise from a ballroom, which you hear all the time.”

THE SHOOTER AND THE MOTIVE – Cole Thomas Allen, 31, from Torrance, CA, has been identified as the suspect in the White House Correspondents Dinner. He is a schoolteacher who notably recently won a teacher of the month award.

His social media presence reveals a man who holds to progressive Christian values, who equates Donald Trump with Hitler, and uses a lot of the same phrases, the same talking points, including false talking points, that progressive thought leaders and Democrat politicians continue to use even as we create this report.

In most instances, a deeper dive would be warranted on the shooter and the motive, but in this case, the shooter and his motive fit so almost stereotypically into the progressive violence memetic, that there isn’t much depth of discovery there beyond what you see at the surface.

Also, the less time focusing on the shooter the better, as their mythologization is one of the motivations behind why such psychopaths act out in the way this shooter did. The real heart of this bellwether is the progressive spirit at war with everyone else, not the shooter himself, who became a mere avatar of that larger story.

One narrative suggests the shooter was allegedly led by progressive talking points equating President Trump and his supporters with Nazis. For this reason alone, he justified his attempt to murder the President and his administration. The counter-narrative is that the shooter was motived by Trump’s rhetoric and actions.

While some progressives fall short of saying this justifies the attempt, many not only don’t, but they are also once again upset the attempt failed.

CURRENT SITUATION

The two nations we have been describing for a while, Progressive US and Conservative US, are becoming clearer every day. The fallout from the shooting makes that even clearer.

The interpretation of the shooting is as radically different as it can be between progressive and conservative. For Americans, they (we too) need to sift through both narrative war machines to discern something closer to the truth that either side might care to see.

NOTE: We’d like to offer a caveat regarding our progressives and conservative neighbors; in both camps there yet resides true Americans who haven’t quite figured out the un-American parts of their coalitions of power.

We recognize there are most likely far more Americans among conservatives than progressives as this point, as most Americans have already left the progressive coalition of power (which is why it is becoming increasingly openly anti-American).

Conservative US is also much closer to Americanism than Progressive US is (which is fundamentally opposed to it).

The prevailing narratives are these: secret service and security deficiencies have been laid bare; Trump is using the shooting to get tax-funding for a new White House ballroom; Progressives are calling the shooting staged by Trump to save flagging opinion polls; and the emergence of an ‘offensive war against progressives’ narrative from the conservatives

PROTECTION – Shortly after the shooting had stopped, questions began flooding in about how a man got so close to putting shotgun blasts on the President and his administration. The shooter himself would call for reform to security after a sane President is in power. He claimed he could have committed a mass murder event had he wanted to because the security was so bad (yes, this bears repeating).

The White House immediately praised Secret Service and their handling of the attack. The President even claimed he got in their way.

A Fox News employee who was present at the dinner wrote on X: “The first exterior security for me was on the street outside of the hotel. I flashed my ticket and was waved through in one second. My name was not checked against any list, I showed no ID, I was not patted down and did not go through a metal detector. I probably could have shown a ticket from a prior year or a fake one as they barely looked at it. (I don’t know who that exterior security was, they were guys in suits).

From that point, I walked into the hotel with no further security check, and I walked down to the Fox pre-party where there were multiple ballrooms that were absolutely PACKED with attendees. Still did not go through any security at that point.”

PROGRESSIVE MEDIA REACTION – A title by PoliticsusUSA summarized the progressive response to the shooting, “The White House Correspondents Dinner Gunman Changes Nothing.” The story is about Trump using the shooting to try to push tax funding of the new White House ballroom, but the headline is intended to speak beyond that story, we believe.

Crooks and Liars finds it incredulous Fox would blame the progressive media for the shooting. Politico also found it incredulous that Republicans would blame Democrat leaders’ political rhetoric for the WHCD shooting.

Also from Crooks and Liars is this headline, “WHCD Faked? Trump’s Numbers Worse Than Any I’ve Ever Seen.”

Daily Kos is upset Melania wants ABC to let Jimmy Kimmel go for saying the First Lady looked like a widow in waiting. Kimmel said that just before the shooting. Remember, these are the same progressives that have ruined whole careers for opposing forced transgender morality compliance.

The biggest bellwether of the progressive media reaction to the shooting might be Nora O’Donnell’s attempt to try to read the shooter’s manifesto to the President just after the shooting. This publication has decided not to reprint the manifesto in whole or in part. It adds little value to the this report’s focus, the overall progressive spirit of war.

This is not a judgment on publications that choose to publish the whole or parts of the manifesto.

Here, O’Donnell is willing to use the CBS platform to reward a man who attempted to murder the President of the United States by delivering his manifesto to his intended target.

As of April 29, 2026, CBS News had still not revealed to their audience the shooter’s party affiliation, Democrat, or his known attendance of progressive events like the “No Kings” protests.

FALLOUT – There has been no slowdown in rhetoric on the progressive side. If anything, conservative rhetoric is now just beginning to heat up beyond the defensive to the offensive. We have seen a growing call for convictions, not indictments, and those calls have only greatly increased after the shooting.

After the shooting, progressive activists protested outside the Hilton Hotel. They held up signs that said, “death to tyrants,” “death to them all,” and “yes, they deserve to die, and I hope they burn in hell.”

Leading up to the shooting, a recent study showed that anti-government violence is spiking. We expect that trend to continue.

Illinois’ Progressive Governor JB Pritzker blamed the attempted assassination of Trump on Trump himself, further seeming to tacitly legitimize the act. Trump is either a Nazi deserving assassination, or he is not. Here, Pritzker is suggesting he IS a Nazi, further emboldening progressive teachers to be the next wave of attack.

An article in politicsususa suggests “Many Americans Don’t Care About 3rd Assassination Attempt On Trump.” This might be true, but only of progressives, not conservatives, who seem to have crossed a threshold in their minds that has shifted them from defensive to offensive violent rhetoric.

This is politicsususa’s assessment of the fallout, which isn’t completely incorrect, “If you spend five minutes on any form of social media, you’ll soon learn that the consensus reaction is people claiming the gunman was staged, MAGAs who think a White House ballroom will solve everything, and some version of the sentiment that the American people have already seen this movie twice before, and they are bored.”

What they’re missing is the MAGA part, the switch that happened after this last attempt. The PA assassination attempt shifted conservatives from American civil language to aggressive defensive anti-insurrectionist language. Now, the language shift appears to be going from defensive to offensive in nature.

A headline from PJ Media summarizes that shift: “The Time for Playing Nice is Over.”

ASSESSMENT

The third direct Trump assassination attempt has pushed the conservative base past the point of reconciliation with the progressives, who have expressed no desire at reconciliation with anyone for the past decade.

The progressives appear more frustrated their latest savior didn’t deliver the goods than anything else. A narrative quickly emerged that the whole thing was staged, as it often does no matter who was the target.

When the target is a non-progressive, the progressive media will tamp down the signals that make the shooting real at the very least, if not amplify false signals that push the staged shooting narrative (without ever having made the claims themselves). This is what they’ve done here.

Yet even though the staged narrative has received top-down corporate signaling and support, progressive communities’ rank and file street fighters had already come up with that narrative all on their own.

One thing about an ideology based on granular morality codes enforced with violence is that they tend to produce same-speak all on their own. This is ESPECIALLY true when that morality code is loaded with unique terms and redefinitions of anchor terms from the culture under attack.

This is similar to a Large Language Model in AI, but with considerably less variation.

So, the top-down signal was redundant, for the most part, at least among the true converts. To the casual viewer of corporate news, the shooter was a Christian and Trump’s own rhetoric and action is why it happened. Also, Trump and the conservatives are still white supremacist Nazis.

Among these casual viewers are true Americans, Americans who still don’t understand they are watching narrative warfare disguised as news.

There are some conservatives fighting the White House ballroom battle, but most seem more concerned with two things, cleaning up Secret Service and figuring out how to deal with the nation they are starting to recognize, Progressive US.

They haven’t given it a name, but they recognize the “left” as having its own national identity, customs, and standards for law that are mostly antithetical to both Conservative US and America (with America being the number one impediment to the progressive dream).

At this point, conservatives are still hoping for elections but are also now demanding arrests that lead to convictions. Support for the GOP and the President has been trending downward. They don’t just want arrests, though, they want first serious and clear indictments, and then convictions with serious consequences, up to and including death (though execution talk is fortunately limited, for now).

While some conservatives are excited about the recent Comey indictment, many are skeptical the indictment will hold weight and wonder when the clear-evidence-showing-treason charges will happen.

They want those charges targeting the top suspected leaders of the “coup,” the ones allegedly behind the Russia Hoax, the “stolen” 2020 election, the J6 Operation, the Open Borders policies, and the Biden Committee Presidency, to lead to convictions that lead to lifetime sentences, at minimum.

Anything less will result in the GOP and the President continuing to bleed support.

Conservatives and Americans are becoming more concerned with American survival than economics, while non-activist Americans seem mostly driven by economics and the freedom to choose abortions or the desire to see them outlawed that in preserving, restoring, and fulfilling American Rule of Law standards.

Progressives want nothing short of a reboot of the country and a purging of the land of all non-progressives, including conservatives and Americans, including the staff of MIA.

This event has not significantly moved the progressives or the non-activist Americans, but it has significantly moved conservatives and Americans. They both now clearly recognize the reality of two nations in one land, Progressive US and Conservative US, with neither nation fully embracing the America that bore them both.

Still, so far, a clear American “movement” has yet to emerge, as Americans mostly find themselves outside the camps, frustrated they can’t easily see what’s really going on behind the veil both camps’ narrative war machines cast.

We hope more of them find this publication and others like it. If you have a friend or a relative you think would like to receive our weekly news analysis, buy them a subscription at MIA subscriptions.

RECOMMENDATIONS

The President has chosen to call for the firing of Jimmy Kimmel over his “expecting widow” comments, while Trump’s FCC now moves to challenge ABC affiliate broadcast licenses. The move is clumsy and the justification for it is not clear, especially when it doesn’t target the whole broadcast industry.

IF ABC has violated broadcasting licensing standards, so has the rest of the industry.

In U.S. law, the standard is not what we know but what we can prove. We know Kimmel’s statement was intentionally broad enough that you can assume he’s inciting violence against the President but proving that in a court of law would be, well, extremely challenging.

The FCC move in and of itself would be great if it had already happened, and if it happened for every major broadcast corporation AFTER a study ACTUALLY showed violations of broadcast licensing had been occurring systematically for decades.

We think a serious study would most likely reveal this decades-long systemic pattern of violations to be true, but it would also expose both the GOP and DNC’s involvement in perpetuating this unofficial alliance between the government and corporate media, or rather, between political parties and corporate media.

This soft power appears to be a tool the President doesn’t want to completely forfeit, even if it means not vanquishing one of the two hearts of progressive power, the progressive corporate media control of socio-cultural production, signaling, and gatekeeping.

Like the move against Comey, the effort might do more to strengthen progressives than hurt them. If, once again, Comey’s charges are dismissed, or a jury finds him not guilty, this will only embolden progressives’ sense of violent injustice being perpetrated on them every day America continues to exist.

This is not hyperbole; this is the spirit already emerging in street activist level progressive discourse.

We recommend the President halt the FCC call to review ABC affiliate licensing and instead conduct the comprehensive study that could, theoretically, show the clear illegal entanglement between corporate media, American political parties, and even foreign governments and corporations.

If we are right, the study will show the public the corporate media is not the free press, it’s a criminal operation (by American standards, not progressive ones). If so, the prosecutions of the corporate media will be far more profound, and it will have public support, even from the “normies” who still get their news indirectly through that same corporate media (through the influencers who use corporate media to create content).

From here, our next move would be on Public Schools, especially Teachers’ Unions, who have been allegedly illegally using their non-partisan donations to support anti-American progressive actions, including illegal interruption operations against ICE officers (this is not referring to the lawful protests which also occurred).

The study would first happen, followed by exposure to the public, followed by prosecutions. This would be the second heart of progressive power, control of our education system.

We recommend not pursuing the death penalty and giving everyone but the top leadership an opportunity to confess with immunity and be forgiven, with a path back to the American family preserved.

Originally published April 24, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get weekly issues.

By Michael A. Cessna, Military Affairs Correspondent

“I think NATO is obsolete. NATO was done at a time you had the Soviet Union, which was obviously larger – much larger than Russia is today. I’m not saying Russia is not a threat. But we have other threats. We have the threat of terrorism. And NATO doesn’t discuss terrorism. NATO’s not meant for terrorism. NATO doesn’t have the right countries in it for terrorism.”President Donald J Trump

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Beginning in the first week of January 2026, US President Donald Trump launched into a high-stakes gamble, with a large number of moving parts, and a high chance of failure. The Trump administration’s Panama-styled “Operation Just Cause” takedown of Venezuelan dictator Nicolas Maduro opened the year.

Delta Force “operators” swiftly inserted themselves into the country and captured the drug-trafficking dictator and his wife, then successfully extracted them from the country. Both are now in custody in New York City on Federal drug charges.

No sooner was Maduro in custody than the Machine inside the Washington, DC Beltway turned its attention to the other side of the world.

In Iran, economic protests that began on December 28th of 2025 had suddenly morphed into a massive ‘street revolution.’

For the first time in forty-seven years, these protests seemed to have the potential to overthrow the financial lynchpin that held many of the worst terror groups in the Middle East together, keeping them in operation for far longer than they should have been.

Now, as we enter the third week of April of 2026, a massive month-long air and naval campaign – the largest the United States has conducted since the 2003 invasion of Iraq – has severely degraded the military and governmental structure of the Islamist regime in Tehran.

A. BACKGROUND

THE CLERICS – When the late Shah of Iran, Reza Muhammad Pahlavi, was forced to flee Iran in February of 1979, what had been our strongest ally in the Middle East – stronger by far than Israel at that time – suddenly, almost literally overnight, became a blood-enemy.

When the religious zealots in charge of the country led chants of “DEATH TO AMERICA!”, they meant it. This continued, even as the country was invaded by Saddam Hussein’s Iraq in 1980, kicking off the bloodbath now known as the Iran-Iraq War.

Today, the radical Shi’a clerics controlling the country – many of them not at all Iranian – not only still chant “Death to America!” and “DEATH TO ISRAEL!”, but directly sponsor all manner of proxy terror groups throughout the Middle East.

They don’t just sponsor Hezbollah, who were the group that carried out the bombing of the Marine Barracks in Beirut in 1983, they also sponsor Hamas, who perpetrated the gory bloodbath of the October 7 attacks in Israel.

In addition to Hamas, they’re also supporting the Houthi Movement in Yemen. These same Houthis just recently effectively closed off the Red Sea to commercial merchant vessel traffic for a time, while launching Iran-supplied SCUD-derived ballistic missiles at anyone within range.

These are the major agents of the Islamic Republic, but many other such agents, or groups, exist, albeit smaller and less capable, but no less bloodthirsty.

The clerics were able to sustain this for the last forty-odd years, because of the succession of administrations. Democrats seemed to want to appease Iran while Republicans seemed to want to simply detain, not destroy Iran.

However, Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Iran drove the bulk of the people on the side of the mullahs – not because the people liked the mullahs, but because they were loyal to the idea of Iran.

The blunders and missteps of these U.S. administrations, examined through a neutral lens, display either unimaginable levels of incompetence, or outright treasonous behavior; there really are no third options.

THE PROTESTS – Throughout it all, the religious zealots in Tehran have engaged in levels of open and naked corruption internally such that the Iranian Rial collapsed on December 28, 2025, to a staggering IRR 1.4 million to $1.

At the same time, corrupt regime leaders – religious, secular and military – have pushed out so many worthless dam projects, they have critically damaged the nation’s artesian water supplies.

This has led to many villages in the country’s interior being abandoned for lack of water, with the population migrating to the large cities, further increasing stress on those water systems.

The industrial sector has fared no better.

While Iran still has some level of civilian industrial production, it is hamstrung by old plant equipment and gross inefficiencies.

Car and truck manufacturing does continue, but those exports bring in only minimal revenue, under $9 million. Exports of mining and agricultural equipment, while better, have highly suspicious and unreliable sourcing, making hard figures not worth reporting.

The one area where Iranian industry has been working overtime is in the war-materials production sphere.

Iran does have the capability to manufacture battalion-organic weapons and ammunition (from handguns to mortars, heavy machine guns, light artillery and some light anti-tank missiles).

It also remains capable of at least making bespoke spare parts for things like main battle tanks and some jet aircraft (the fact that a few F-14 ‘Tomcat’ fighters left over from the Shah’s air force are still flying is frankly astounding), but the main Iranian arms export is its unmanned drone fleet.

While presented as an impressive array of remote weaponry, the regime’s drone fleet has been very underwhelming when pitted against an active and ready air defense network.

Their drone and missile exchanges with Israel in 2024 and 2025 saw Iran fire c.1800 drones and ballistic missiles at Israel in total, with fewer than fifty actually hitting close to any targets.

All the same, Iran has supplied a steady stream of its Shahed-131 and -136 drones to Russia for its long-running war in Ukraine…but significantly, Russia has to extensively modify them for use against a Ukrainian air defense network supported by U.S. and NATO air defense systems.

Lastly, there is the dilapidated state of Iran’s oil production industry. Iran, as of 2026, is no longer able to refine the oil that emerges from its own fields. It can pump raw crude to tankers for export, but it has to import refined fuels for all of its internal vehicles and aircraft.

Decades of mismanagement, corruption, lack of internal investment and an inability to maintain the physical plant have severely hampered Iran’s ability to push out oil, which is the country’s main financial lifeline.

B. CURRENT SITUATION

BEFORE EPIC FURY – After an initial period of confusion and fear inside the Islamic regimes’ leadership over what to do about the mass protests throughout the nation, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) and its Basiji Militia adjunct moved into the streets in forces, and commenced a series of massacres across the country.

Concentrated on January 8 and 9, and continuing throughout January, the numbers of dead Iranian civilians could be somewhere around 40-45,000 people, conservatively.

In a direct response, the USS Abraham Lincoln (CVN 72) and its escorting strike group were ordered to the vicinity of the Arabian Sea, adjacent to the Strait of Hormuz, in mid-January. It was here that the first danger point appeared.

As of January 1, 2026, the United States had only two out of eleven aircraft carriers and their strike groups ready to deploy. The Lincoln was in the South China Sea, while the USS Gerald R. Ford (CVN 78) and its strike group were operating in the Caribbean, overseeing operations against Maduro’s Venezuelan regime and keeping an eye on Cuba (which is still a developing situation).

All of the other nine carriers were in various states of maintenance; only the USS Theodore Roosevelt (CVN 71) and the USS George H.W. Bush (CVN 77) were “active”, in that they were in the process of “work-ups” – the process of ensuring that all of the many working components of a carrier strike group are functional and capable of working together – but were weeks from being available for deployment. The USS Eisenhower (CVN 69), in January, was still five or six months from being able to deploy.

This is a critical fail-point that had been building since the defense budget sequestrations of the Obama-era. Severe cuts had to be made to comply, which caused a long-term backlog in critical maintenance required to keep ships in fighting order to begin backing up.

This was aggravated by the Biden administration’s COVID-19 workplace restrictions, which had the immediate effect of delaying the refueling of the USS Stennis’ (CVN 74) nuclear refueling, extending a process that should have taken two years out to five; Stennis is not expected to leave the fueling process until the end of 2026.

This has obviously cut severely into deployment schedules, as the USS Ford – as of April 15, 2026, has been at sea in an operational posture for over 296 days, breaking a record set during the Vietnam War. This is brutal pace for both ship and crew.

This was the prelude to combat operations commencing on February 28th. Even given the terrible posture of the United States Military, the surge of air and naval forces into the region that began in earnest at the end of January was remarkable.

OPERATION EPIC FURY – When “Operation Epic Fury” (or “Operation Roaring Lion” for Israel) commenced on February 28th, US and Israeli forces – to the surprise only of those with no concept of reality – began to destroy Iran’s military and political structure in detail.

The Iranian navies (the regular national navy, as well as the IRGC ‘mosquito fleet’ of armed speedboats) ceased to exist within the first week. This led to the sinking of the 1,500-ton Moudge-class frigate IRIS Dena on March 4th by the Los Angeles-class attack submarine USS Charlotte. This was the first sinking of a hostile vessel by a US Navy warship with a torpedo in combat since World War 2.

In the air, US and Israeli planes hammered the Islamic Republic’s command and control structure with an opening of some 1,500 reported strikes on government and military targets, including the first successful “decapitation strike” – the direct targeting of a nation’s leadership – since the term was coined in the popular vernacular in the 1980’s/

That strike apparently killed the “Supreme Leader” Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, some parliamentary officials and several senior IRGC commanders.

The regime responded with a massive barrage of ballistic missile and drone attacks on almost every country within range. While most of the strikes aimed at Israel failed to hit many targets of consequence, some strikes did get through, hitting and damaging mostly civilian housing complexes.

In the Persian Gulf, however, the Gulf Emirates and their populations – previously quiet supporters of the Tehran regime – suddenly discovered why that was a very poor choice of friends.

The regime in Tehran (such as that is, since it remains unclear who, exactly, is in charge, as of April 23rd) began firing barrages of Shahed drones at seemingly random targets in all of the Gulf Emirates, including Oman.

While a few military targets associated with the United States were hit, the vast majority of the drone strikes hit residential areas not associated with the US in any way. The attacks continued after the ceasefire began on April 8th.

At sea, with most of the Iranian Navy[s] sunk at anchor, or in suicidal sorties against US forces, on April 20th, the USN disabled, boarded and captured the Iran-flagged M/V TOUSKA in the Arabian Sea after it refused to halt its attempt to enter Iranian ports. Board-and-stop operations continue as this Deep Dive goes to print.

Diplomatically, Operation Epic Fury has brought the fundamental cracks in the NATO alliance into stark focus. Once stalwart allies like Britain and France have refused, point blank, to aid the United States in any way against Tehran, with Leftist-controlled Spain joining in, the whole value of NATO to the U.S. seems to crumble.

Notably, those three countries lack the combat power to aid the US in any way beyond acting as unsinkable aircraft carriers.

C. ASSESSMENT

As of publication, the facts on the ground are clear and stark:

There is no path to victory for the Islamic Revolutionary regime.

Even if Donald Trump commits political suicide by ending Operation Epic Fury prematurely, and unilaterally withdrawing U.S. combat forces from the Persian Gulf Theater, the regime in Tehran has been fatally compromised by combat operations to date.

They have lost too many experienced leaders – those capable of holding down the tensions and rivalries between the various factions of their state – too many physical assets, as their air force, in addition to their navy, is now functionally non-existent.

Even their oil production capacity has been so badly damaged, it is effectively a non-entity in contributing to Iranian state revenues…and that’s before addressing the looming water crisis.

Where Iran had been the major proxy supporter of terror groups throughout the Middle East, they can no longer do so: their internal currency is worthless, and with the current loss of oil revenue, they have no meaningful way to pay for their mercenaries imported from Lebanon, Gaza and Iraq.

This is the trap Machiavelli warned about in The Prince – but then, Machiavelli was an infidel…that rather limits one’s educational options.

And that opens the door to the real endgame.

D. RECOMMENDATIONS

If I were President Trump, I would lean into “staying the course”. The midterms are approaching in November of 2026 and right now, Trump is already facing enough setbacks.

Backing out with a lame deal that leaves the Islamic Revolutionary apparatus in place, even as a rump, would be a major blunder on his part. It would only compound his growing issues at home. A victory, however, in due time, will buoy his flagging support.

If there is one thing to understand about Donald J. Trump, it is that assuming that he will make some colossally stupid blunder is the surest route to handing him a huge win.

However – no one is perfect, and there is always the chance that Trump could decide that continuing to pound the regime is approaching a zero-sum state, and that withdrawing under an agreement is a good strategy. That seems unlikely, but not improbable.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

As of Friday, April 24th, the regime in Tehran – what is left of it – will fail to placate Trump, sparking a massive internal collapse (which is already in progress), and a renewed air offensive that will destroy what little coherent leadership and logistics infrastructure remains under regime control.

The secondary impacts will shape the region for the next century.

Trump’s ploy with the ceasefire – which he must have supposed even an intact regime in Tehran would not be able to adhere to – was more to allow US combat forces to rest and refit for the resumption of combat operations.

While the U.S. rests and re-arms, the regime is not able to do the same. The regime is unable to dig itself out of the rubble and repair its infrastructure for the next round.

When this second hammer comes down in full, the regime will lose the ability to sustain supply to its remaining military strength – the light infantry forces of the IRGC, the Basiji Militia, and their foreign mercenaries – with basic supplies, like rifle and machine gun ammunition…

…Which is the point at which the Iranian Street will reemerge, as it did in the first week of January. But this time, instead of peaceful protestors, the regime’s debilitated forces will face an aroused and enraged civilian population, intent on bloody revenge for the January massacres. It will get very ugly, very fast.

This would be a very dangerous situation, if there were no transitional government waiting in the wings

In Iran’s case, there is a real exile government in all but name, waiting to step in: the Iran Prosperity Project (IPP).

POST-CLERICS – Led by Crown Prince Reza II Pahlavi, the IPP is the only organization in the greater Iranian Diaspora that has an actual plan for national recovery and governance.

Despite relentless propaganda from the worldwide Left-wing media, most Iranians in and outside of Iran support Pahlavi as at least a transitional leader.

Some are even calling for him to take the Imperial throne outright. This is not hyperbole, and the movement is not insignificant.

Videos of Iranians shot down in the streets of the country writing “JAVID SHAH!” (“Long Live the King!”) on the walls in their own blood create a visual representation of how real and profound that sentiment is.

The “ripple effect” of the regime’s collapse, however, looks to be closer to a global tsunami than a ripple.

Aside from the aforementioned impact in cutting off funding to terror groups and movements like Hamas, Hezbollah and the Houthis – which, alone, would reshape the Middle East – there would be an immediate cessation of support and sales to Russia. While this would not be a a huge impact on the Russian war effort, it would yet be impactful, nonetheless. The real impact is far greater than this.

NATO – Donald Trump and the main movers and shakers in his administration are done with Europe in general, and NATO, in particular…and what Europe is only now beginning to realize, is that the vast majority of the American people – and the voters – are done with them as well.

For decades, NATO member nations have left the United States and its taxpayers holding the bag to pay for European defense, offering only tepid support – at best – when the United States committed troops and cash in operations that directly benefited them.

And now, they have refused, point-blank, to help the United States finally deal with a criminal regime responsible for terror attacks on their own soil.

What is the track record of the “Orange Man Is Always Bad” global leader crowd? Nations that fit that bill, nations like Britain, France and Spain – have shown just how feckless and corrupt their leadership really is.

BRITAIN – Britain has allowed its military to deteriorate to the point that it is unable to “surge” a single warship to protect its own territories in the Mediterranean.

Keir Starmer should be deliriously happy that Javier Milei is in charge of Argentina, as Milei wants nothing to do with the Falklands.

Looking deeper, the once-mighty Royal Navy now has about twenty-five combat vessels in commission, with another thirty or so support vessels. They have one hundred and thirty-four (134 – not a typo) admirals on active duty. This ratio makes the Republic of South Africa’s 27 admirals for 12 ocean-capable ships appear downright efficient in comparison.

And coupled to this, is the degradation of the British Army, with many of their top tier forces losing personnel to what some might consider lawfare. Members of the SAS (Special Air Service) have been facing prosecution for “crimes” supposedly committed during “The Troubles” in Ireland.

These service members face prosecution based on EU human rights laws ex post facto, including possible “violations” in Afghanistan and Syria, in the form of political point-scoring many would simply call “lawfare”.

FRANCE – In contrast to Britain, France does have about one hundred ships in commission, including roughly thirty combat vessels. The current French political leadership, however, is more dysfunctional than Britain’s, although that may be changing in the aftermath of Emil Macron’s disastrous handling of French relations in Africa.

SPAIN – Meanwhile, Spain – although having a similar-sized navy to France, including minesweeping vessels that would be critical to clearing the Strait of Hormuz – is buried under yet another Leftist government that opposes “Trump-anything” on general principles.

CONCLUSION

The “Trumpian Trap”, here, is that the United States and Israel do not actually need Anglo-French-Spanish support to make Epic Fury work.

Trump asked for help from NATO and the various allied members individually, betting that they would refuse, publicly and messily…which they did. This is the leverage Trump can now use to present unilaterally exiting NATO to the American public, if he chooses to do so, post-EPIC FURY.

It’s not whether a nation has tools, but whether they will use them to aid you when you ask politely for help.

Europe is still quaking in terror at the thought of an all-out Russian invasion of Western Europe, should Ukraine collapse…and is only now starting to grasp that they have abandoned their own national defense – both internal and external – for so long, that alienating the only nation actually capable of defending them, was almost literally “cutting off their nose to spite their face”.

England needs an Alfred the Great. France needs a Charles Martel. Spain needs an El Cid…What they have are Starmer, Macron and Sanchez. But at least the United States has its own Charlemagne, warts and all.

And this is only early 2026, remember – Donald Trump’s term will not end until January of 2029.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

Deterring Armageddon: A Biography of NATO – Peter Apps

NATO: The Dangerous Dinosaur – Ted Carpenter

Iran: A Modern History – Abbas Amanat

The Ayatollahs and the MEK: Iran’s Crumbling Influence Operation – Lincoln P. Bloomfield

Originally published April 17, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get weekly issues.

Bellwether Deep Dive – Friday, April 17, 2026

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor, and STAFF

“By 2100, our destiny is to become like the gods we once worshipped and feared. But our tools will not be magic wands and potions but the science of computers, nanotechnology, artificial intelligence, biotechnology, and most of all, the quantum theory.” – Michio Kaku

“I think we should be very careful about artificial intelligence. If I had to guess at what our biggest existential threat is, it’s probably that. So we need to be very careful…With artificial intelligence we’re summoning the demon.”Elon Musk

  1. NOTE: While we originally intended on analyzing the Trump Executive Order on AI, in the course of our research we shifted to look at AI development overall. The Executive Order is sure to receive legal challenges, and what emerges after the legal dust settles is difficult to predict.

Furthermore, even a Republican successor to Trump is bound to tweak Trump’s XO to meet their own unique circumstances. Yet, America is forming an AI geopolitical strategy that is likely to continue past Trump, regardless of which party is in power.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

What follows is an analysis of the current state of the emerging AI state (or states). The transformation from an internet-based world to an AI-based one is accelerating every day. Events of the last two weeks alone have highlighted that dramatic shift.

We will begin with an analysis of the bellwether AI states of the 21st century, for strategies have already formed and significant patterns can already be seen. We will then look at AI news headlines from the last two weeks that show how AI is profoundly touching nearly every aspect of our lives.

Finally, we will end this Deep Dive with an assessment of the state of the AI state. Also included are further resources to expand your own investigation of the state of the AI state.

  1. BACKGROUND

This is an analysis of the bellwether nations that are developing geopolitical artificial intelligence (AI) strategies. These nations are intended to represent the common/shared AI strategies of most of the nations in 2026.

While we don’t currently have an Africa representative, we are monitoring AI development in Africa. At present, Africa’s AI strategies are more complex and uncertain than in other regions. You can expect to read more about this in upcoming issues of MIA.

Africa’s current drawbacks are also its future opportunities, namely, its need to build from scratch what we are simply calling “AI machines” (which describes the full panoply of physical infrastructure required by a “sovereign” AI resource).

Africa as a potential resource for data centers that work effectively as remote brains for AI machines, there are more immediate opportunities, as well as risks.

While the United States in particular must race ahead with the current parameters to build their AI machines, Africa will have time to learn, potentially giving them an opportunity to build machines more efficient and less resource demanding than the AI superpowers end up building (which might be the most optimistic take possible).

When analyzing AI policies for nations, it is important to remember shifts can occur when power changes hands, especially where the divisions are more polarizing (such as the United States). Nevertheless, even for the United States, we currently assume the geopolitical reality of the country will not significantly change regardless of which faction is in power. The internal reality of the country will change dramatically, however.

Because of this underlying assumption, we believe the overall strategy of each country will remain relatively consistent from regime to regime for the foreseeable future (3-5 years) barring unforeseen breakthroughs that radically alter the AI dynamic.

Even with that dynamic shift, we would still consider 1.5 years a reliable timeframe for the current geopolitical strategies to remain stable.

Much of the data that supports this section of the Deep Dive comes from three reports which are linked at the end of the report under the FURTHER RESOURCES section.

  1. U.S. – The key advantage the United States has is its massive resources, including land, water, capital, and people. In all those departments the U.S. leads every nation, including China, from significantly to substantially.

A red flag on this advantage comes from a recent talent pool drop. China also has a growing renewable energy resource bringing it closer to parity with the U.S., but still overall significantly behind in resources, especially for AI machine-building.

America’s strategy is to build big, fast, and become the secure source for the hardware other nations need. If AI continues to be expensive at what we are calling the machine-level, America is at a distinct advantage over the rest of the world as far as building AI machines, but constitutional hurdles may slow that development down more than might be currently expected.

AI is currently less popular than politicians, including Democrats, Donald Trump, and congress. The demand for data centers is becoming the emerging touchstone for resistance to what we believe is the inevitable, the rise of a new AI-defined human reality.

  1. CHINA – While the U.S. hopes to become the hardware backbone of its national customers, China hopes to become the software backbone of its national customers. China is relying on less resource-demanding AI machine models. While they are behind America in terms of AI machines, they are catching up fast.

There is plenty of room to grow for China. The talent pool is there. One key advantage China has over the U.S., currently, is access not only to rare earth minerals, but to rare earth mineral processing. This is where the U.S. still lags significantly behind. This disadvantage does not impede America’s current projected AI infrastructure development.

China’s centralized authority governance model enables it to move faster than the United States in converting land to AI machines. It can rapidly incorporate AI tools into the lives of its citizens in ways which would be considered a violation of our constitutional rights in America. This also puts it at risk of quickly going down a developmental path that could prove to be self-imploding.

  1. EU – Germany and France define the conflicting interests within the EU, with Germany seeing less AI regulation as an opportunity for its nation, while France sees itself as holding power through AI legislation, or “governance” (which goes beyond essential AI “governance”).

Germany is a world leader in AI machine production, with plenty of opportunity for growth. France, on the other hand, must rely on a smaller-scale AI machine program given its current reality. This is why France is positioning itself as a leader on AI governance through its “Third Way.” It fits its national interest, while such power does not fit Germany’s.

  1. JAPAN – An aging population has created both an immediate need and a potential long-term AI strategy for Japan. That strategy is largely to be a world leader of AI tool building (our phrase), that is, of creating the hardware and the software guidance, that converts AI “thought” to physical interaction. It is a world leader in robotics and all the software back-ends needed to make robots work well with AI.

Its favorable status with the U.S. gives it access to AI hardware which its main geopolitical competitor, China, does not have. This gives it a development advantage over China, at present, but we do not expect that to continue past our 3–5-year timeframe (with the aforementioned caveat still included).

In between Japan and China, the United States and China, is Taiwan, a computer chip manufacturing superpower. Its usefulness to the U.S. and Japan as a technological leader in chip manufacturing presents a challenge, being useful without giving up essential secrets that could make its usefulness redundant.

Its lack of geopolitical sovereignty leaves it off this list as a bellwether nation. It warrants a mention here as it is currently Japan’s closest geopolitical, as well as AI, ally. The two have formed a “Silicon Alliance” that sees the nations developing joint AI software partnerships. Japan is also relying on Taiwan’s chip manufacturing expertise to build its own domestic version.

  1. INDIA – As an “independent,” a nation which does not commit to the China or the U.S. axis (an increasingly growing number of nations), India must rely on a strategy that makes it invaluable to potential customer nations.

It has significant drawbacks to building its own AI machines, but it has the human resources to do so should other resources become available. Its strategy is to become a world leader in digital public infrastructure and AI governance guidelines.

It also has an opportunity to serve a “niche” audience of billions who speak Indic languages, which makes it uniquely positioned to develop a whole host of AI services within that uniquely structured language. China has a similar opportunity it has already exploited.

  1. RUSSIA – Of all the bellwether nations on this list, Russia could have the least opportunity to thrive in an AI-infused geopolitical reality. Like Japan, Russia’s immediate need is also creating a long-term strategy for existence in an AI-infused human reality.

Russia’s current war in Ukraine has made converting AI to battle tools (hardware and software) its number one priority. It has built its own AI parameters with its own sovereign “stack” called the Ru-AI stack to protect it from external influences.

Its lack of access to western technology limits its development, as does its recent talent departure at the start of the war, an exodus that only appears to continue. Its aging population could invite a Japanese approach to account for the coming drop in manpower, but the war has demanded most of the resources.

Much of the technology developed during the war could theoretically be converted to civilian use, but even that will take time for conversion.

Russia will have an incentive to be a useful ally to China, for China might one day need to build Russia’s national AI infrastructure.

Israel has a similar strategy to Russia’s (converting AI to military tools), though its alliance with the U.S. gives it great developmental advantage, as does its human resources.

  1. SAUDI ARABIA – The advantage Saudi Arabia has is capital and the land to build massive amounts of data centers. Mind you, these are not fully functioning AI machines, but rather these are the remote “brains” of such machines (which we will begin calling remote brains).

THIS is why data centers are becoming a growing political friction point worldwide. They need a lot more remote brains than they do AI machines.

In Saudi Arabia, no such friction exists. The Saudis hope to have an investment stake in international corporate AI, as well as becoming a top hub for remote brains for AI machines from AI superpowers (which they still hope are both China and the U.S.).

  1. ARGENTINA – Though Argentina’s economy is lot more stable than previously, Milei’s Argentina is still dealing with economic instability that makes converting AI into financial management tools a needs-based focus for the nation.

The recent dramatic restructuring of the government under Milei has also led to the nation developing AI for government processing.

Its immediate needs, however, are not its greatest long-term potential, though both developments have long-term opportunities. Their greatest potential lies in a region in the country known as Patagonia. Here, Argentina is filled with opportunity for the creation of powerful AI machines. It also has the human resources for such an expansion.

Their current alignment with the U.S. gives them a potential for a technological boost that could see the country quickly become an AI regional power with some superpower capacity.

  1. CURRENT SITUATION

What follows are current headlines from the AI world in the last 16 days alone.

The headlines reveal the rapid changes that are happening to AI as a developing tool. They also show how commercially ready AI tools are already radically changing the way we must organize to meet this new reality.

  1. NOTE: These headlines are archived news blurbs and links aggregated and collated on our site, mindfulintelligence.news. You can find the blurbs and links to all the stories used in this part of the Deep Dive there as well. The dates on these archived stories begin April 2, 2026, and end April 16, 2026.
  2. PLANNING & DESIGN – Humans are becoming managers of AI, while the development of AI is being increasingly done by AI itself. As rumors of AI’s pending peak persist, evidence suggests that might be premature. Yet, mathematically, AI’s limitations are allegedly assured, especially in the hopes that AI will ever truly be “human.”

1.1. NEVER HUMAN – Agentic coding requires effective spec-driven development. From scienceblog.com“The Halting Problem and Gödel’s incompleteness theorems suggest that perfect AI alignment with human values is mathematically impossible.”

1.2. SPEC FOR AGENCY – From venturebeat.comSpec-driven development starts with a deceptively simple idea: before an AI agent writes a single line of code, it works from a structured, context-rich specification that defines what the system is supposed to do, what its properties are, and what ‘correct’ actually means.”

1.3 BRAIN BASE WARS – Google upgrades its robot brain base, calling it Gemini Robotics-ER 1.6. This is a departure from DeepMind. From marketpost.com –  “Gemini Robotics-ER… is the embodied reasoning model: it specializes in understanding physical spaces, planning, and making logical decisions, but does not directly control robotic limbs. Instead, it provides high-level insights to help the VLA model decide what to do next. Think of it as the difference between a strategist and an executor — Gemini Robotics-ER 1.6 is the strategist.”

  1. RESOURCES – When it comes to AI resource demands, right now the most pressing demands are coming from what we are calling their remote brains, the data centers. These are not fully functioning AI machines, rather they are the databases, the remote brains, of the AI machines.

National infrastructures will require far more data centers than AI machines, including America’s, where the issue of data center expansion is becoming an increasingly political one.

From The Blaze: “The public is being asked to shoulder a burden to facilitate a supposed technology whose benefits are very unclear and dubious… Republicans are continuing their uninterrupted streak of woefully underperforming in elections.

However, in the first of its kind referendum on Big Tech data centers, voters are showing that a party that embraces land sovereignty over Big Tech dystopian land grabs will win the day. Sadly, Republicans have chosen to be on the losing side of the issue.”

They are referring to a referendum in Port Washington, Wisconsin, to require any data center additions be approved by a general election. The Republicans were against the referendum. The referendum passed by a 2-1 margin. A city in Missouri is planning to outright ban data centers.

The issue isn’t just about energy demand, it’s about land occupation. Data centers require acres of land. Across the world, the need for numerous data centers will cause friction with the locals wherever they proliferate.

  1. CULTURE – AI planners are recognizing the need to create culturally calibrated machines. Anthropic’s invitation to Christians is a strong bellwether of this reality. The recent assassination attempts on an AI CEO highlight the growing friction between the increasing use of AI alongside the mounting mistrust and hatred of it.

3.1. CHRISTIAN AI? – Anthropic signals a need for diverse cultural inputs for AI; they invite Christian leaders to a summit to talk about it. From christianpost.com“At the summit, held last month, staff sought advice on how Claude should respond to complex ethical queries, including how to handle users who are grieving or at risk of self-harm, and what attitude the chatbot should adopt toward its own potential demise, such as being shut off.”

3.2. AI ASSASSIN – A man who believes he can kill AI by killing its corporate leaders has been captured after attempting to kill the OpenAI CEO twice. He told the world, “…if I am going to advocate for others to kill and commit crimes, then I must lead by example and show that I am fully sincere in my message.” Now the question is, what will AI CEOs do in response to this growing threat? Altman himself was described as having a “sociopathic lack of concern” for the attempted assassinations.

3.3. USE IT, BUT HATE IT – While everyone uses AI, no one likes it. AI companies’ efforts to woo the public have failed, as no one trusts AI, no one wants AI machines and remote brains in their backyards, but no one wants to stop using them.

From The Algorithm Bridge: “People hate AI so much that they are prone to attribute to it everything that’s going wrong in their lives, regardless of the truth. That’s why they mix real arguments, like data theft, with fake ones… AI has become the perfect scapegoat. It doesn’t help that the entire AI industry has decided that throwing rocks at its own roof is its best selling point: If AI is so powerful and so dangerous and soon to be so ubiquitous, then what is so unexpected about people blaming everything on it?

Nothing that Altman could say justifies violence against him. This is an undeniable truth. But unfortunately, violence might still ensue. I hope not, but I guess we are seeing what appears to be the first cases.”

  1. MARKET – Google is emerging as an AI leader. AI creation means AI advertising. The whole justification for economics might soon be undone by AI.

These three bellwethers show how AI is already changing market structures and, at least theoretically, dismantling economic theories.

4.1. GOOGLE CHIP STASH – Has Google already won the American AI wars? From 24wallet.com“Peter Diamandis argues Google (GOOGL) holds more AI chips than entire countries and will dominate the AI infrastructure race because it saw the opportunity a decade ago when Larry Page invested in proprietary Tensor Processing Units before competitors.”

4.2. AI AD MARKET EMERGING – If you do a search using AI, you understand how radically different their results are from “traditional” search results. There’s no comparison.

Now, the trick will be in figuring out how to work ads into AI-produced results and content. From observer.com“Over the past year, the rapid adoption of generative A.I. and the corresponding decline in traditional search traffic for many publishers have intensified questions about how the next phase of the internet will be funded.”

4.3. WRECKING ECONOMIC THEORIES – One of AI’s unintended consequences is in exposing the unsoundness of economic theories. A book from Tyler Cowen attempts to show just how AI is already doing this. From The Federalist“Rather than mounting a frontal assault on large questions about the future of economics, Cowen begins at the margin, with the history of a single idea, the doctrine that value is determined not by the total utility of a good but by the utility of an additional unit of it.

Many readers arrive at this book knowing that definition. Cowen’s first service is to show how much that belief has concealed. Marginalism is not one thing but several: There is intuitive marginalism, tautological marginalism, engineering marginalism, and social marginalism. The further one presses into the concept, the more it ramifies. Even the ideas we think we understand resist the grip that holds them.”

  1. AI TOOLS – From math, to war, to healthcare, this month alone has seen revolutionary changes in all three major institutions. The factor behind all the changes is the introduction of AI tools into these institutions. For better or worse, AI is already ubiquitous in the world, and these latest AI tool developments are the bellwethers of that reality.

5.1 AI MATHING – Our leading mathematics institutions will have to undergo a shift from working out formulas that advance mathematical standards to being mathematical experts capable of effectively managing the new formula workers, AI tools.

Daniel Litt of the University of Toronto declared what AI tools will do to mathematics departments. He told Quantum Magazine“it will look and feel altogether different from the way mathematics was traditionally done.”

Mathematician Terence Tao at the University of California, Los Angeles, said, “Where before mathematicians studied one problem at a time… with these tools you can solve thousands of problems at once and start doing statistical studies… Though nobody I spoke with thinks AI will replace mathematicians… there are a lot of institutional changes, cultural changes, we will have to make.”

5.2. AI WARRING – More than taking over traditional positions in the battlefield, the physical expression of AI at war, drones and robots, is about to go beyond human understanding and design. First, AI is increasingly at least heavily influencing life and death decisions on 21st century battlefields, now it is about to start designing the next generation of its battlefield physical manifestation.

From WION“The wars of the future may be about algorithm versus algorithm rather than human versus human. Deterrence may depend on machines reacting faster than humans can think. AI warfare is more widespread, less predictable, and constantly evolving. AI warfare could be more unstable than the nuclear standoff, even if it follows a similar logic of deterrence.”

A recent Chinese military exercise using AI saw AI decisions 43% faster than seasoned leaders, while maintaining over a 90% accuracy in identifying relevant information.

5.3. AI HEALING – AI is changing the whole way the healthcare industry is structured, with some of it being promising while key challenges still remain.

Decentralized AI, so far, is proving more useful than centralized AI. From Devdiscourse“The study, titled ‘The Decentralized AI Ecosystem in Healthcare: A Systematic Review of Technologies, Governance, and Implementation,’ provides insights into the way decentralized AI technologies such as federated learning, blockchain, and decentralized autonomous organizations are reshaping clinical and operational healthcare environments.

The findings show that while decentralized AI holds significant promise in addressing systemic inefficiencies and regulatory challenges, its large-scale implementation remains constrained by technical complexity, governance gaps, and limited real-world validation.”

6.4. AI SCIENCING – AI is now capable of autonomously writing scientific papers. ResearchEVO is behind the project that successfully created this scientific-paper-writing tool. From Quantum Zeitgeist“Zhe Zhao and colleagues at City University present ResearchEVO, a new end-to-end framework that mimics the iterative process of scientific discovery, beginning with experimentation and followed by theoretical explanation. The system uniquely combines algorithm evolution, driven by performance, with automated research paper generation, ensuring factual accuracy and avoiding fabricated citations.”

ASSESSMENT

The most powerful nations of the world are locked into a strategy that will keep them in that trajectory for 3-5 years, barring unforeseen breakthroughs that radically alter the AI dynamic.

The nations that have the best advantage are the ones whose long-term AI advantage potential development is meeting their short-term needs (like Japan).

The nations who can build the superpower AI machines and the infrastructure that goes with it, the remote brains, the data centers, will do so.

Those who can’t build superpower AI machines (and the supporting infrastructure) will work on being support specialists, hoping to become an essential element of the AI industry at some key part of the AI delivery process.

This process is well under way. In some ways, the pre-AI alliances are forming AI alliances (like Russia and China); in other ways, AI realities are forming new alliances (like Argentina and America). In the case of Germany and France, it might drive recent alliances apart.

While the nations formulate national strategies, AI tools are already impacting the world, even as AI development continues to challenge infrastructures before they’ve been created.

It is too soon to assess how AI will impact the institutions its already changing, but sooner rather than later major answers are sure to surface. We will be here, God willing, to update our assessment as the circumstances change (and they will).

As AI impacts human lives, there seems to be polar responses, one which enthusiastically embraces it (even pays monthly for it), and the other is violently untrusting.

Humans in peak expression, through various factors, have already manifested how such worship and hate integrates with the human platform.

While geopolitical strategies are settling into more predictable patterns in comparison to what we’ve seen for the past 6 months, institutions have only just begun to confront the impact of AI tools on their very habits of being.

We will be monitoring these developments closely.

AI is here, and it will touch every part of your life. Whatever you do, if it involves repetition or thinking, AI will be replacing you or aiding you.

As we have said in our earlier AI report for our Futureq series, becoming adept at using AI as a tool to augment whatever you do to make a living, or whatever you hope to do to make a living, is not only advantageous, but it’s also essential. Your competition is already using these tools, and the best ones are the most adept at getting the tools to effectively do what they want them to do.

Even we here at MIA rely on AI for much of our research (not all, for much of it comes through our archived news blurbs and news links on mindfulintelligence.news).

I use AI as a proofing tool and a drafting consultant (not an editorial consultant, nor as a “writer”). I treat AI like it is intended as a blessing, though it contains within it something less than a blessing as well.

Thanks to AI, we can put a lot more work into our reports without taking more time to do so. If you’re using AI to perform at your pre-AI level, you’re using AI wrong. Your competition is using it not to shorten their workload, but to add substantively to it without adding more labor or time to do so.

If you think you can kill it or ignore it, you are simply wrong. AI is here to stay. It is our new reality. This is not a statement of value, but merely a statement of fact. Welcome to the next major stage in human development, the AI age.

You can follow the latest AI news at our website, mindfulintelligence.news – AI Watch news tag.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

2025 Government AI-Readiness Report – Oxford Insights

2026 Artificial Intelligence Index Report – Stanford

Eight ways AI will shape geopolitics in 2026 – Atlantic Council Experts

The Marginal Revolution: Rise and Decline, and the Pending AI Revolution – Tyler Cowen

 

Originally published April 10, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get weekly issues.

DATE: 26-01-01 to 26-03-31

By STAFF

“Mr. Speaker, in 1848, Karl Marx said, a progressive income tax is needed to transfer wealth and power to the state. Thus, Marx’s Communist Manifesto had as its major economic tenet a progressive income tax. Think about it, 1848 Karl Marx, Communism…. I say it is time to replace the progressive income tax with a national retail sales tax, and it is time to abolish the IRS, my colleagues. I yield back all the rules, regulations, fear, and intimidation of our current system.”James Traficant

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This deepdive covers the first 3 months of the year. In the first 10 days of April the patterns we outline here have only continued. For the purpose of this deepdive, however, we are only analyzing progressive action in the first three months of the year.

The pattern we outline is progressive, not American. Wherever and whenever progressives are called to choose between America and the rest of the world, they inevitably choose the rest of the world.

Wherever and whenever progressives are called to choose between self-stewardship empowerment and safety and security, they almost always choose safety and security (granted by coercive state and corporate action).

These are not habits of being for Americans, they are only habits of being for progressives. Americans live boldly next to neighbors who hold values outside their own. Progressives seek corporate and state power to assure the neighbor’s values are never seen or heard in public.

This is not a value judgment on progressives, but rather a statement of fact; progressives are NOT Americans and Americans are NOT progressives. We live in a land with two nations, and neither one can co-exist with the other anymore.

BACKGROUND

What follows are bellwether examples of progressives in action over the last three months alone. This is not comprehensive; no matter what we end up choosing as our bellwethers, we’re sure later we’ll wish we had included another bellwether instead.

Yet, imperfectly as it will be, it will present a progressive nation in action whose values are objectively antithetical to America’s values. Progressives value the international over the national, including the American national. They value protected classes over individual merit. They invite state censorship and empower the state to compel individual speech.

The progressives fear the individual more than they fear Islamist terrorists.

These will be brief, but links will be provided.

  1. PROGRESSIVE LEADERSHIP – The last Presidential candidate of the progressives, Kamala Harris, openly praised and encouraged the anti-ICE operations during the currently most violent period of President Trump’s deportation operations.

The progressives’ flag bearer in the Senate is Chuck Schumer of NY, who also happens to be the Senate Minority Leader. He is now proposing the partisan rainbow flag be given the same protected status as the U.S. flag.

The progressives’ flagbearer in the U.S. House, Hakeem Jeffries, also of NY, told Americans, “The last thing that the American people need are for untrained ICE agents to be deployed at airports all across the country, potentially to brutalize or, in some instances, kill them.”

The early frontrunner to be the flagbearer for the progressives in the 2028 Presidential race, Gavin Newsome of CA, recently said of ICE agents who were in the midst of facing coordinated anti-ICE attacks, “I want to remember all those images of masked men, the secret police, something familiar in Germany.”

U.S. District Court Judge Patrick Schiltz symbolizes the blurred lines progressives have between serving constitutionally and serving progressive values. The Judge famously refused to issue arrest warrants for the progressives who engaged in an anti-ICE disruption campaign in a place of worship during one of its services.

He refused to prosecute anti-ICE activists who had clearly violated numerous civil and criminal laws because he is an anti-ICE activist himself, having contributed to anti-ICE groups.

  1. PROGRESSIVE MEDIA – A recent article in Townhall highlighted “… a List of All the Hoaxes CNN’s Broadcast over the years,” with the latest one coming from their claim that two Islamist terrorists were “two Pennsylvania teenagers…” who were in NY “for what could’ve been a normal day enjoying the city during abnormally warm weather.”

The same post implied Mamdani was the target of the attacks and not the anti-Islamist Christian nationalists who were attacked with tossed improvised explosive devices (IEDs).

If the FCC is to be believed, the network news outlets appear to be using fake news to push a pro-Iran, anti-America, anti-Israel narrative. FCC Chair Brendan Carr warned the broadcasters that “are running hoaxes and news distortions – also known as the fake news – have a chance now to correct course before their license renewals come up.”

Three recent examples of the progressive media’s coverage of the Trump deportation operation share a pattern of hyperbole aimed at vilifying ICE agents while favoring illegal aliens and anti-ICE activists.

ABC and CBC both protected the anti-ICE activists by refusing to cover the story of a hotel being assaulted by an anti-ICE mob. CNN allowed a guest to claim deportation centers are “concentration camps,” a claim that was unchecked by the host, Jake Tapper.

The anti-ICE activist, Jamie Schwesnedl, said, “We can’t do business as usual right now anyway because our city has been invaded by masked gunmen kidnapping family members and friends and neighbors of ours to send them to concentration camps.”

  1. CHILDREN’S ARMIES – Two Pro-Hamas groups that teach children the evil of whiteness have been allowed into our public schools by progressive school boards and districts. They are only a sample of similar anti-American, anti-white groups being given access to our children in public schools.

The National Education Association recently held a training session called “Advocacy and Free Speech Rights for K-12 Education” that seeks to establish the oughtness of woke ideology as the oughtness of human life. This action is sectarian in nature, which challenges its legality given the alleged non-partisanship the organization is expected to maintain.

The current payoff of years of progressive-controlled education is the creation of a children’s army of sorts, an anti-American protest group easily recruited and organized in public schools by progressive activist teachers.

Yet while progressives are successful in creating progressive activists among children, they are failing at teaching the children the basics of their own country, America. A super-majority of U.S. high school students, and U.S. college students, cannot pass a basic U.S. citizenship test.

Less than 3% of all students, college and high school, can pass the citizenship test.

When teachers act in a way that might seem to favor Americans over “illegal aliens,” they might just lose their jobs, as some teachers did.

One complainant stated that the teacher publicly supporting ICE “couldn’t be trusted to work with the children of immigrants.” The children see the powerful social signal when the teacher is replaced by someone more compliant.

  1. PRO-CRIME – Nothing shows the progressives’ predilection to allow crime for the sake of social justice than how they have reacted to President Trump’s deportation operations.

The actions against ICE are coordinated and well-funded, in part by foreign interests and in part by progressive ones. Many of the progressive interests are also NGOs, funded in part or whole by American tax dollars through progressive political “slush funds.”

Signal Chats were exposed that show coordination between anti-ICE activists and Minnesota state officials.

Minnesota’s Attorney General, Keith Ellison, was directly connected to the chat. His office created a secret portal for the anti-ICE activists to use to coordinate their attacks and get information that was used to attack American independent reporters like Cam Higby.

It should be noted the activity began shortly after the Somali Fraud scam was exposed by another independent journalist whose private and public actions were tracked with the help of Ellison’s secret web portalNick Shirley.

In addition to anti-ICE interference campaigns strategically executed by well-trained and funded activists, progressives with political power are wielding it to not only make it difficult for ICE agents to conduct their operations but also to criminally charge them.

If you’re an undocumented foreign national, the Governor of Illinois, J.B. Pritzker, and the Mayor of Chicago, Brandon Johnson, will have a hard time handing you over to ICE even if you’ve committed murder. Both men protected accused murderers from ICE prosecution, with another progressive official all but blaming one of the victims of one of those alleged murderers.

Even when the illegal alien being detained is a pedophile, progressives will still help him escape, as anti-ICE activists did when ICE agents attempted to detain child predator Walter Roberto Vides-Ortez.

  1. FOREIGN FAVOR – The Anti-ICE actions by progressives, both the government officials and the activists, show a pattern of favoring the foreigner over the American that can be crystalized in a recent public conversation at the Munich Security Conference by alleged 2028 Presidential hopeful, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.

She said, at one point, “Our alliance can be built on, values of democracy and respect for international law.”

She told German students that western culture is “thin” and emphasized the rise of the “global south,” which seems to be her source for value. This is a problem when you are elected to constitutionally serve a “western” nation, not a “global south” one.

More tellingly was this comment in which she seems to imply American whites are no real people at all. She told the students, “There’s a very big difference between whiteness and national like your actual culture, right? Whiteness is an imaginary thing. Being German is real. Being Italian is real. You know, being English, these are rich cultural heritages that are based on values, and they are so much a part of what make our, our cultures and our societies what they are.”

This is also what makes Americans uniquely American, including American “whites.” This is a fact we doubt AOC can afford to face, let alone declare.

She followed this up by launching an “all-Spanish” campaign to compel the government to pay for daycare for illegal immigrant children. She launched that campaign with progressive NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani.

On CNN, an exchange between the host and progressive Maryland Senator Chris Van Hollen revealed the progressive mindset in action. In that exchange, you will hear an elected American Senator practically repeat IRGC talking points while American soldiers are at war with that same enemy, engaged in an operation that has already cost them lies. The host asked, “So you believe the Iranian officials over the president of the United States?”

To this, he responded, “I believe that based on all the information that‘s available and Donald Trump‘s track record of lying, including the big lie, which he told the American people during the campaign, that he was going to keep us out of war in the Middle East. He broke that promise. He lied about Iran being an imminent threat… And yes, we know he‘s lying when he says that the Iranians are talking with us and they‘re about to give Donald Trump everything he wants. Yes, that’s a lie.”

It does appear the President was right when he claimed to be talking to Iranian officials as a ceasefire has been agreed to by these same officials.

The progressives’ Texas Senate candidate James Talarico made it crystal clear he favors foreigners over Americans, telling potential voters, “Before I was a politician, I was a public-school teacher in San Antonio, Texas, on the west side of the city, and I taught a lot of undocumented students, and those students tended to be my most patriotic students. They understood something about this country that a lot of us who are native-born forget: that this is supposed to be the land of opportunity.”

Not only do progressives favor illegal immigrants, but they also seem to favor Chinse Communists. The Mayor of Arcadia, CA, Eileen Wang, is a naturalized U.S. citizen from China, whose fiancé was recently convicted of being a CCP spy. The fiancé is a green card holder named Yaoning “Mike” Sun; he is a known member of the CCP.

So far, Wang has refused to resign. This type of CCP activity is only a small part of the rising evidence of widespread CCP influence across both political parties, but significantly more substantively among progressives, their natural “allies.”

CURRENT SITUATION

  1. DEFUND ICE – Progressives continue to refuse to fund the DHS. The effort is intended to end President Trump’s deportation operations by defunding the whole Department of Homeland Security (no matter the cost to security and American travel). So far, the President has found some workarounds, but cracks are showing, and security risks are emerging.
  2. PROJECT 2029 – The progressives have produced an answer to Project 2025, a conservative policy wish list presented within American constitutional standards. Their answer is Project 2029, which mostly appears to be a promise to arrest everyone who opposed progressives during the Trump years.

The whole “project” was unofficially kicked off by progressive policy wonk Susan Rice, who served in the Biden administration.

She threatened corporate leaders that complied with President Trump’s executive orders, saying, “When it comes to the elites, you know, the corporate interests, the law firms, the universities, the media … it’s not going to end well for them, for those that decided that they would act in their perceived very narrow self-interest, which I would underscore, is very short-term self-interest, and, you know, take a knee to Trump.”

Shri Thanedar (D), a naturalized citizen now serving as a U.S. House representative, recently threatened a Trump administration official for daring to follow constitutional orders, claiming, “You better hope you get pardoned because you will be held accountable for the absolute disregard of the law your agencies have shown over the past year.”

The progressive minority House Leader Hakeem Jeffries echoed the de facto “Project 2029” agenda, stating, “One thing to understand as people who are flirting with the Trump administration, or doing the bidding of the Trump administration, or engaging in the pay-to-play schemes of the Trump administration: The statute of limitations is five years. Donald Trump and this toxic administration will be long gone, but there will still be accountability to be had.”

Project 2029 is not a formal policy wish list, for it primarily has only one policy: prosecute dissent.

  1. VA INSURRECTION – The state of Virginia seemed to overwhelmingly vote for violence in politics by electing a governor who wouldn’t condemn it. as well as the highest law man in the land, who also openly advocated for it.

Abigaile Spanberger’s refusal to condemn her fellow party member, Jay Jones, for texting he wanted to murder his republican opponents’ kids in front of him matches the current spirit of progressives in general.

Virginia’s newly elected Governor and Attorney General have now seemingly openly advocated for terrorism.

From our January 13, 2026, Final Thought, “The New Blue Fortress, Virginia”:

Here are some of their worst proposed bills this year (so far):

Softening sentencing rules for robbers.

Eliminate ballot hand-counting to assure easier election fraud.

Ban gas-powered leaf blowers.

Free Education for Illegal Aliens

Ban Arresting Illegal Aliens in courthouses

Add 4.3% Delivery Tax affecting all deliveries, including Amazon, Uber, and Door Dash.

“Protects” Transgender children from parental resistance

There are numerous new gun control laws proposed, and abortion will be legalized up to the birth of the child.

They have also voted to triple their pay after campaigning on a promise they will make life more affordable for Virginians.

ASSESSMENT

The last three months have seen an increasing number of progressives, from the street fighter to the top politician, openly declaring progressive values in defiance of American ones. It is somewhat difficult to assess if this rise in boldness is borne from a perception that they are winning the people over or if it has risen from a sense of rapidly diminished standing with the people.

We suspect the reality is known by the most powerful progressives, that honest competition in the marketplace of ideas is a catastrophic defeat waiting to happen. They are quadrupling down on their claims of fascism, Nazism, white supremacism, racism and all the rainbow-connected phobias (homophobia, transphobia, etc.).

Whenever and wherever they get power, they move quickly to establish draconian changes to the law that reinforce their progressive values. Virginia is a classic case in point. Their method of gaining power can also be seen in Virginia, where they ran as “moderates” fighting the white supremacist devil that is the GOP.

They promised economic pragmatism that confronts the white devil, but when they gained full power, they quickly abandoned all pragmatism and moved swiftly to recreate Virginia in the progressive nation’s image, not America’s.

The disregard for blowback indicates the leaders may perceive this might be their last chance to fully convert the United States of America to Progressive U.S.

The street fighters, however, seem to believe the certain and confident tones of their troubled leaders. This seems to be the product of manipulated design, intense psyop agit prop that the progressive media has only intensified over these past three months.

The leaders seem desperate to raise violent armies in anticipation of the growing backlash against policies Americans increasingly view as adversarial to their own American self-stewardship potential.

Our observations of social media commentary by street fighter progressives suggests they have MORE confidence the world is with them, not Americans, and that their progressive values are ACTUALLY the REAL American ones.

They seem to have made the full conversion from progressive American to simply progressive, with little to no awareness of how antithetical their values are to Americans. Their values dismantle the very legitimization of authority in America today, the state’s continued demonstrated recognition of the self-stewardship agency of the individual as a boundary on its power.

Such boundaries on state power in Progressive U.S. would be called dog whistles of white supremacism, as they already call them.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

We believe that progressives, whether observationally or heuristically, understand their nation within America has outgrown its womb and must now either formally end the American experiment or be re-absorbed by it (if not fully annihilated).

The November 2026 election prevents them from fully going openly rogue, for there is still “hope” for a soft-power takeover of the republic so long as they perceive they can realistically win.

Short-term, this means more violence from the street fighter wing of the project and some degrees of checks on progressive aggression by the leaders should they perceive that they may win in November.

Should the polls go against them, for whatever reason, expect progressive aggression to increase across the board. From street fighters to progressive judges and state legislatures, progressives will push for action that triggers constitutional crises.

Whatever cause, country, or people challenges American rule of standards, the progressives will lift them up as justification for ending American rule of law.

RECOMMENDATIONS

What the progressives most benefit from is the failure of Americans to form an effective counter to their project. The GOP project has devolved into a rear-guard protector of progressives, as its values continue to nudge further and further away from Americanism and closer and closer to progressivism.

It also helps that the most powerful counter to the progressives, Donald J. Trump, appears to be a man who lacks self-control. His recent easter expletive threatening to annihilate a civilization falls right into the hands of progressives.

Their narrative to the uninitiated is they’re simply the good guys opposing white supremacists, fascists, and psychopaths. They won’t tell you that the cost of being protected from the bad guys is a surrendering of your agency to the party’s preferred “experts.”

Trump himself does a poor job articulating Americanism. He speaks in grand platitudes about America, but never in specifics. Make America GREAT Again is not a policy statement, it’s a general feeling anyone can put any idea into it that they want.

In that, the marketing phrase is very progressive in nature, appealing to emotions in vague ways that can capture broad audiences.

An American slogan might read Restore and Preserve American Rule of Law. Here, we at least have a specific reference, American Rule of Law, that can lead to a specific conversation about what American Rule of Law is. It is easier to put your own imagination into “great” than it is to put it into “American Rule of Law,” for instance.

Trump has some qualities that are good, qualities we’d want an effective American leader to have. One of these is his ability (though it is inconsistent) to see the root of the issue and attack a problem there. He is a Gordian Knot cutter, but one who sees every problem as a Gordian Knot that just needs cut and not patiently untied.

Trump is willing to be hated by most people even though he would be hard-pressed to ever actually experience it. This is a necessary quality to have so long as progressives control the means of socio-cultural production (which they still mostly do). You must have very thick skin to fight the progressive information war machine.

Trump fundamentally believes in the primacy of sovereign nations over a global governance model, which is a key trait for any future American leader to have.

What Trump is missing is self-control. When he emerged on the scene, politics had become incredibly large-language model driven. There were no clear answers or positions, there were only set responses to certain questions that almost every politician answered according to the party they belonged to.

Trump ended that, which is a good thing, but he replaced it with something that might even be worse, rhetorical shock and awe bullying. Americans needed to shake the large-language model discourse out of politics if they ever hoped to bring politicians to account, but they didn’t need a new political reality where f bombs are the surest path to raising your political profile.

We believe the GOP is no longer a viable alternative to the progressive nation, as it mostly exists within it. If we could compel Americans to act, we would encourage them to explore what American rule of law is for themselves and with their family, friends, and neighbors.

Identify Americans in your community and fellowship primarily with them.

We need conversations, public ones, that invite an exploration of American Rule of Law, of what makes us American, so we know what we are fighting for and what we are fighting against.

From this, we need American parties to emerge that are pledged to not offer policies that violate our American Rule of Law standards. That standard is to have state power bounded by the self-stewardship agency power of its citizens.

Most likely, there will be a left party that favors the weak over the strong and a right party that favors merit over social hierarchies. Yet BOTH will offer no threat to the individual’s capacity to be a self-stewarded individual.

Were we President Trump, we would declare an insurrection, then immediately freeze all progressive media assets and sell them to Americans. We would arrest the top leaders of the progressives, charging them with high crimes and misdemeanors, seeking the death penalty in some cases, while offering paths to restoration to the vast majority of progresses willing to surrender their utopian dreams to American rule of law.

We believe this action would not guarantee success, and it could lead to balkanization, but to continue down the path we are at present is simply to allow the progressives more time to build real violence-producing power in this land while they continue to constrict American liberty wherever they control the government (with gun confiscations and hate speech laws at the TOP of their agenda).

There is no reasoning with the progressive in aggregate, though surely some individuals will abandon this project soon enough. The project itself must complete its transformation, from progressive American to pure progressive, or die trying. It’s built into its very DNA, which tells its followers “Silence is violence” and it can actually “end hate.”

There is no peaceful coexistence possible between the fully formed progressive and the American. At the end of the next 5 years (at most) what this land will be will come into being. Will it be Progressive U.S.? Will it be America? Will it be multiple nations? Or will it be something different altogether?

So long as the new term for their new nation fails to emerge, there is great hope their project is about to come to an inglorious end (for now). The minute that new term emerges, we can only hope our American political leaders recognize the threat and act within the full extent of the law to end the threat.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

America Transformed: The Rise and Legacy of American Progressivism – Ronald K Pestritto

American Progressivism: A Reader – Edited by Ronald K. Pestritto and William J. Atto

Progressivism in America; a study of the era from Theodore Roosevelt to Woodrow Wilson – Arthur A. Ekirch Jr. and Arthur Alphonse Ekirch

 

Originally published March 27, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get weekly issues.

By STAFF

“When we removed our country’s corrupt judges, we faced a strong backlash from the so-called ‘international community,’ including the Biden administration. We did it anyway, because it was the only way to save our country.”El Salvadoran President Nayib Bukele

INTRODUCTION

ED. NOTE: We want to offer this caveat; Not ALL rulings against Trump are unjust progressive rulings, even from progressive judges. President Trump himself is a precedent breaker and sometimes he breaks Americanist standards himself. He also has a bad track record picking competent prosecuting attorneys, which has also empowered progressive judges to easily halt prosecutions of progressives.

GET THE LATEST ON JUDGEFARE HERE

This month’s bellwether could have been Iran because it is certainly the biggest story of the month. We recently did a report on Iran in our March 13, 2026, issue of MIA. While plenty has happened since then, the fundamental state of the war hasn’t. You can read an analysis of the current state of the war in our Situation Report for this month on page xx.

The Iran War remains THE bellwether story for global geopolitics, but at home, the emerging bellwether story is about the growing divisions between the progressive judiciary and the conservative executive. Acts by the progressive judiciary appear to be attempts to expand their powers until they become the de facto policy makers of the executive branch.

They might do this through direct orders or through selective ethics violations charges of those who dissent from the progressive program.

Recent rulings by what we would classify as progressive activist judges have only widened the divide between the conservative executive and the progressive judiciary.

We believe the judiciary is mostly controlled by progressives, directly through progressive activist judges and indirectly through bar associations, law schools, and other judicial enforcement institutions. This control is not absolute, nor are the progressive activist judges always in agreement with one another.

Their values, as a whole, are unique to their people, and alien to Americans, for they rest on the assumption that the social usurps the individual and social status usurps American rule of law. When it comes to “rights,” they tend to favor the weak individual over the social strong, but the social weak to the individual strong (at least their perceptions of the people who fit those categories).

A white middle-class American will be assumed to have less rights expectations than a non-white middle-class American because of the status of the group they belong to, the white middle class.

Equality will matter when it comes to limiting the rights of the strong against the weak, while individual liberty will matter when it comes to limiting the power of the strong and protecting the rights of the weak.

Remember, “the strong” is assessed according to the progressive hierarchy, not an Americanist one. A poor white orphan is in “the strong” category while a black middle class college student with loving parents is in the “weak” or “protected” category.

These are the values that drive these judges, and this is what makes them a consensual participant in what we see as a deliberate act to replace Americanist values in our courts with Progressive values, not through amendment changes properly ratified, but through sophistry executed by progressive judges.

We call this part of the progressive revolutionary war machine, Judgefare, the use of judges and the judiciary to stifle dissent and complete the transition from “Progmerica” to the Progressive U.S., now free to openly practice progressive values and bury Americanist values once and for all.

They will no longer be required to use American terms. They will no longer be required to act with restraint until they have more power. They will be free to be what they’ve always been, anti-American, Progressive.

In this report, we’ll highlight the recent rulings that triggered this analysis, we’ll spell out the Judgefare plan, the use of bar associations in this war against the republic, the SCOTUS defense of Judgefare, how the pushback has begun, and finally what might come next in the war between the progressive judiciary and the conservative executive.

A. RECENT RULINGS

A recent slate of decisions has come down from the courts that overwhelmingly rules against President Trump’s actions. While the 1st U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals has delivered a victory to President Trump, allowing the deportation of illegals to third countries to continue, and the 8th Circuit has now allowed illegal alien detention without bond, they would be the only favorable ruling from the progressive-dominated judiciary.

Mostly Biden-appointed Judges have shut down numerous major Trump policies, including freezing federal funding, shutting down Voice of America, halting DEI investigations of progressive schools, stopping ICE detention facilities from opening, and even more.

Here are details of three examples from this month alone:

  1. PROTECTING “WOKE” ANTHROPIC – U.S. District Judge Rita Lin has issued a ruling that prevents President Trump from ordering the Pentagon to sever ties with the AI company, Anthropic. The Trump administration has determined Anthropic’s governance standards are not aligned with America’s standards.

The Federal judge has essentially ruled she knows better than Trump if Anthropic is aligned or not aligned with American standards. She said in her ruling, “Defendants’ designation of Anthropic as a ‘supply chain risk’ is likely both contrary to law and arbitrary and capricious.”

  1. DEI PROTECTION – U.S. District Judge F. Dennis Saylor has ruled the Department of Education cannot receive student admission data from colleges and universities. The Department was seeking information on race, gender, standardized test scores, and GPAs of applicants. The data would be collected and reviewed in a way that does not expose student IDs.

The data is needed to determine whether colleges and universities are complying with a SCOTUS order ending affirmative action in college admissions. The ruling will be appealed. The lawsuit was initiated by 17 Progressive states. We believe they are seeking to protect their Progressive institutions from an American plumb line.

  1. ICE STAND DOWN – A progressive activist judge has made another questionable ruling that seems as if it is intended to prevent ICE officers from effectively protecting their facilities from “protesters.”

Progressive judge Michael Simon has ruled that officers cannot use non-lethal means of crowd dispersal or control unless the crowd poses an “imminent threat of physical harm.” Non-lethal crowd control is a means of preventing protests from becoming riots.

This ruling effectively assures violence will happen at ICE facilities as ICE officers will only be able to respond AFTER the escalation has gotten out of control, meaning lethal force will be required.

This is exactly what they want, ICE officers killing protesters, who will all be portrayed by the progressive media as choir boys and girls that didn’t do no harmall with children and mothers and fathers…

Judge Simon is married to a militant anti-ICE Progressive, Congresswoman Suzanne Bonamici. That fact was not enough to warrant his removal from this case, because the decision makers are all Progressives themselves, so no action was taken against what seems to be a clear violation of constitutional standards.

Fortunately, a recent 9th circuit ruling has reversed this decision.

B. THE PLAN

  1. THE CONFERENCE – In July 2025, we covered a Judicial conference in Washington, D.C. that, in part, telegraphed the plan by the judiciary to assure its power was not usurped by an aggressive executive.

We reported at the time: In another blow to the perception of Rule of Law, The Federalist has discovered a memo that reveals a D.C. Judicial Conference in March turned into a cabal to undermine President Trump. The conference introduced inherent biases into their judgements before a case ever came before them.

At the center of the cabal is Chief Justice John Roberts and Judicial Supremacist D.C. Circuit Judge James Boesberg. The latter, Boesberg, would be the one who said the quiet parts out loud.

From the memorandum obtained by The Federalist, “… District of Columbia Chief Judge James Boasberg next raised his colleagues’ concerns that the Administration would disregard rulings of federal courts leading to a constitutional crisis.”

  1. THE JUSTIFICATION – Progressives fundamentally believe conventional Americanist views, like being against abortion, or viewing homosexuality as a sin, or not believing in government welfare program efficacy, or being in favor of gun possession, are dog whistles of white supremacism. This is a view we believe is either shared or accepted by progressive activist judges.

ED. NOTE: It is not anti-American to believe in abortion, celebrate homosexuality, or believe in government welfare programs. It IS anti-American to be against your neighbor’s right to basic self-defense, which MUST include the right to bear arms. It is also anti-American to try to create a corporate-state governance standard that unpersons people with these anti-progressive views.

Through this ideology, progressive activist judges can view their trampling of the constitution as a better outcome than empowering evil to take over the land.

Nothing signals this better than a recent editorial in a progressive information war machine, The Nation. The title says it all, “Why Does the Supreme Court Treat Trump Like a ‘Regular’ President?”

The writer, Ellie Mystal, captures the depth of the delusion of the progressive and the nature of the war they think they are fighting. That war is a winner-take-all war, and the enemy, anyone not progressive, is literally the devil who, if he wins, WILL KILL US ALL.

She claims, “The Donald Trump who exists in the real world—the racist, fascist sexual predator who happily tweets out the illegal and unconstitutional motivations for his policies—does not exist according to the Supreme Court. Instead, the court has invented a different Trump, one who does not speak, does not lie, and adheres to the well-established norms regarding the use of executive power. It has dreamed up a normal US president, grafted this creation onto Trump’s legal filings, and then ruled as if this fiction were reality.”

  1. THE EXPANSION – Not only do progressive have progressive activist judges willing to subvert Americanist standards using sophistry as their dissecting tool, but they are also working to train progressive activist jurists to further subvert Americanist standards and undermine the republic by destabilizing its judiciary.

RedState reported:

A left-wing activist network is training liberals how to slip onto juries in federal cases and then vote “not guilty” to derail prosecutions brought by the Trump Justice Department.

Recordings and training materials tied to the group Freedom Trainers show activists being coached on how to conceal their left-wing views during jury selection and then use jury nullification once they are seated on a jury. The webinars, slide decks, and pamphlets behind the effort all push the same approach: Blend in during selection, say the right things to get seated, and use the jury room to block convictions.

The premise is straightforward. Look like any other potential juror, avoid signaling their radical political agenda, and make it through voir dire, the jury selection process, without raising suspicion. Once deliberations begin, however, the guidance shifts sharply.

The method of moving into an Americanist institution and corrupting it from within is perfectly encapsulated in this jury nullification technique. Jury nullification in and of itself is a fine American tradition when it is used to challenge unconstitutional laws, but it is deliberate insurrection when done to fundamentally derail the whole American judiciary altogether.

It is only fitting that the Progressives would use a tool created to serve Americans and turn it into a bludgeon against the host nation they fed off until the time was right to assert their own nationhood, freed from Americanist trappings. This is exactly what the progressive “jurist” does once we let them inside the jury room, inside our American institutions.

C. THE BELLWETHER BOASBERG

James Emanuel “Jeb” Boasberg is the current Chief Judge of the United States District of Columbia. He was appointed to this position by former President Barack Obama in 2011. In 2014, Boesberg became a presiding judge in the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC). On January 1, 2020, he became the presiding Judge of the court. He served on the FISC court in 2021 and still has some involvement with the court.

He represents the quintessential Judgefare Judge, the judge who assumes the most judicial authority he possibly can. He could be viewed as the Charles II of the Judiciary. Charles II wanted the English crown to follow the French model, the model of absolute power for Kings.

Boasberg’s judicial history is FILLED with unprecedented claims of judicial authority, the very authority the progressives needed to consolidate power when Trump was out of office and prevent a long-term loss of power while Trump is in office.

Boasberg may yet warrant a full report on his own in the future, should events warrant it (and that looks increasingly more likely, but not inevitable).

Here are a few of his most impactful cases to illustrate what we mean when we claim Boesberg is a judicial absolutist. Let the reader decide for themselves if these actions match that assertion.

  1. THE “DUTY OF CANDOR” – 2019 – When Boasberg determined the FBI had “breached its duty of candor” in the Crossfire Hurricane investigation, he ordered the FBI to provide for the court a detailed explanation of how the FBI would assure there would be no more errors in their investigative reports.

The ruling was called “unprecedented.” It was an assertion of judicial authority that hadn’t been claimed before.

  1. BANNING AGENTS FROM FISC COURT – 2020 – Boasberg issued a strict conduct order that banned the FBI agents who handled the Carter Page applications in the Crossfire Hurricane Report from ever participating in the FISC court again. Once again, the ruling was called “unprecedented.” It was an assertion of judicial authority that hadn’t been claimed before.
  2. THE VENEZUELA RULINGS – These rulings could merit their own lengthy analysis as they serve as a Bellwether for judicial absolutist sophistry that will help Americans understand the nature of the opposition to their republic (and Boesberg most assuredly is no friend of Americanist standards).

The most startling ruling was Boasberg’s order to turn a plane around that was already on its way to deport Venezuelans. From this, Boasberg has sought to charge Trump officials with contempt of court. SCOTUS chose to somewhat hem him in, but not entirely, and the constitutionality of Boesberg’s actions remains unsettled.

These rulings were “unprecedented,” and they asserted judicial authority that hadn’t been claimed before. Like we said, Boasberg is the ideal Judgefare Judge for the progressive revolutionary cause.

D. BARFARE

Ben Weingarten, writing for The Federalist, summarized “barfare” in his report on the latest use of this political weapon to target another political opponent. He wrote, “By making life hell for conservative counselors, by hitting them with such complaints, the idea is to pick such legal talent off the playing field — while spooking others who might otherwise enter it — and thereby eliminate the left’s legal opposition.”

Barfare is the use of bar associations to bring frivolous, dubious, and outright false charges against non-Progressive government attorneys, as well as any defense attorney who might represent them. They mostly target attorneys who aggressively advance policies the progressives oppose.

The latest victim of Barfare appears to be U.S. Pardon Attorney Ed Martin, who allegedly violated ethical standards by enforcing President Trump’s constitutionally approved executive order ending DEI practices in government-funded schools. Martin now faces ethics violations charges by the bar authority in D.C. (the DC Disciplinary Counsel), the very authority he had been questioning and working to begin investigating.

Another victim of this barfare association was Jeff Clark, a former regulatory officer in the Trump administration. He said of the latest barfare assault on Martin, “Lawfare/Barfare is alive & well. Apparently, DC’s Disciplinary Counsel cares not that 1) DEI is an unconstitutional violation of equal protection of the laws; & 2) the President had issued an executive order banning it if an institution takes federal money. Blatantly political.”

The Trump administration is fighting back against this, which we’ll cover in the PUSHBACK section of this report.

E. SCOTUS PROTECTION

We wrote this news blurb on March 19, 2025. It encapsulates both SCOTUS’ protection of progressive activism in the judiciary and also Judge Boesberg, our bellwether progressive activist judge:

Chief Justice John Roberts injected himself into matters not directly in front of his court in defense of a district judge being threatened with impeachment for ruling against President Trump’s deportation operation decisions. Specifically, the district court judge ruled that a planeload of Venezuelan convicted felons should be immediately returned.

Chief Roberts wrote, “For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision. The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

It should be noted Roberts didn’t say it was illegal, only that it was “not an appropriate response.” His argument is for precedent, while the argument itself is in defense of a man who has demonstrated a dangerous lack of restraint regarding that same guiding judicial standard, “precedent.”

After Roberts’ missive, Representative Brandon Gill (R-TX) introduced articles of impeachment against that same federal judge, U.S. District Court Judge James Boesberg. He is the same judge that gave tough sentences to convicted j6 protestors while giving alleged FBI plant Ray Eppes a lenient sentence.

A year later, there has been no substantive move against Boesberg’s “unprecedented” rulings, and John Roberts is still defending Boesberg from attacks.

Roberts took a public stance against the outrage being directed at progressive judges in general, saying “You see, from all over … [there’s] not just any one political perspective on it, that it’s more directed in a personal way, and that, frankly, can be actually quite dangerous. Judges around the country work very hard to get it right, and if they don’t, their opinions are subject to criticism. But personally directed hostility is dangerous, and it’s got to stop.”

Critics responded that had SCOTUS reined in rogue progressive activist judges who demonstrate repeatedly legal standards inconsistent with Americanist standards, the “rhetoric” he called dangerous would end, for it is only “dangerous” if it is inaccurate, not if it is true. It would be dangerous to try to chill such speech, as Roberts appears to be doing.

His public action also signals to lawyers in the executive what little protection they have against rogue progressive judges and the associations they control (such as the bar associations).

F. THE PUSHBACK

Starting from the top, there has been increasing pushback against progressive activist judges. The Trump administration itself is finally pushing back against the barfare assault on non-progressive executive legal officers and advocates.

The administration’s DOJ has proposed a rule change to curb barfare’s power: The Department of Justice proposes to establish a process for reviewing bar complaints and allegations against its attorneys. 

Under the proposed rule, before a current or former Department lawyer may participate in any investigative steps initiated by the bar disciplinary authority of a State, Territory, or the District of Columbia in response to allegations that a current or former Department attorney violated an ethics rule while engaging in that attorney’s federal duties, the Department will have the right to review the allegations in the first instance and shall request that the bar disciplinary authority suspend any parallel investigations until the completion of the Department’s review.

This would provide a major impediment to the progressive association’s power to impede oppositional policy through selective and overreaching ethics violations charges that diminishes executive power while creating a de facto policymaking tool for progressive activist judiciary supremacists to wield arbitrarily (as it has been in recent years).

Outside of Trump’s increasing willingness to characterize progressive activist judges as being something approaching insurrectionist, no other substantive action has been taken by the administration to curb progressive activist judiciary supremacist power.

The more the judiciary’s power grows, the more American liberty is threatened by progressive courts that not only no longer recognize American rights, they also actively work to subvert them (when and where they can).

At the local level, police departments are defying judicial orders. In one case, the Las Vegas Police Department refused to release a serial violent criminal despite another criminal-enabling ruling by a progressive activist judge, who sought to release the criminal despite his violent and police-evading past.

In another instance, the Riverside County Sheriff’s office seized 650,000 ballots from a November 2025 election, alleging there were thousands more ballots cast than there were eligible voters. While the Progressive Activist DA has attempted to stop the investigation, the sheriff’s department, so far, has refused to comply, claiming the DA has no authority in the matter. The DA has made the same claim about them.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

While rank-and-file conservatives seem to recognize the existential threat that a progressive activist judiciary poses to the American republic, elected Republicans have mostly refused to go beyond challenging their constitutionality. So far, every effort to censure or impeach a progressive activist judge by congress has ended in failure.

President Trump has no real power to blunt the judiciary outside of replacing it, and even then, he would not replace the progressive activists still dominating legal institutions, like bar associations and law schools.

The executive could have some power to check the power of progressive-controlled institutions, especially with a conservative court. We doubt, however, that a conservative court would give the executive as much power as it might need to remove the progressive threat from her American womb.

Furthermore, the GOP-majority Senate has been sitting on new judicial appointees by the Trump administration since his 2nd term began, even though the GOP allowed the Democrats to rush through a slate of Biden judges near the end of his term. Many of those same judges are leading the Judgefare assault on the American republic.

More and more, we suspect President Trump is looking to preserve anti-American power, like judicial overreach, for what he presumes will be the next regime in power, the faction we are loosely simply referring to as the “conservatives” (see our Final Thought on pg. xx for more on what “conservative” means in this context).

He isn’t existentially threatening progressive power, even as he seems willing to existentially threaten globalist power. At home, he has far more patience with the Democrat Party than he does the globalists of Europe. But he also has far more patience with China than he does some Republicans within his own party.

He seems to be far more pragmatic than idealist, and far less concerned with preserving and restoring American rights than with preserving American geopolitical and economic power.

For this reason, we doubt the Judgefare assault will change anytime soon. If anything, it will only get worse, until one ruling is so far beyond the pale, failure to act will immediately undermine the whole Federal government’s legitimacy as a representative of an American republic.

This is not to say such a ruling is inevitable, but only that it will take a rash decision made in anger by a narcissistic progressive activist judge that critically affects American security to compel the President to act in a substantive way to remove progressives from the courts altogether.

We do not think such a ruling is likely before the general election this year. If the polls start to turn on the Democrats, the likelihood of such a ruling increase before the election. If the Democrats win both the House and the Senate, expect activist judges to file contempt charges against Trump officials for a myriad of “reasons.”

President Trump does not appear to have the real stomach for the existential fight he would trigger if he moved as aggressively against the activist judges as the El Salvadorans did when reclaiming their country from another parasitical faction, the cartels, natural allies of progressives.

Trump would need a smoking gun to act, like a video recording of activist judges conspiring to undermine Trump policies knowingly using “word games” to invent legal standards on the fly so they can effectively contain and eventually destroy the evil that is Trump

This smoking gun video, or evidence like it, is not likely to come out anytime soon. Until it does, expect the Trump policies to slowly wind down, and some to get reversed, as activist judges will only be emboldened by the lack of decisive action from the Trump administration and the GOP’s congressional leadership.

SCOTUS is divided into three camps, the progressives, the Americanists, and the pragmatists. There are three members in each camp. So long as the court has a minority of Americans, but also a minority of progressives, expect some checks on progressive power to continue, but hardly decisively.

The continued allowance of lower court serial constitutional abuse and overreach by SCOTUS will also add to the emboldening of more clearly unconstitutional rulings in the name of stopping the devil, Donald Trump.

We will continue to watch our bellwether Judgefare judge, James Boesberg, as well as all the other Judgefare judges plotting deconstruction of American Rule of Law in the name of stopping Hitler (Trump) even as we close this report.

Let us pray a smoking gun is delivered that allows the President to act decisively to end the progressive activist threat within our judiciary.

ED. NOTE: In our Quarterly review, scheduled for release on Friday, April 10, 2026, be sure to check out our Predictive Analysis for the next three months in our Situation Report.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

A History of American Law – Lawrence M. Friedman

Judicial Activism and the Assault on Christianity – Greg Bredemeier

The Politics of Law – A Progressive Critique – David Kairys

Originally published March 6, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

“As (Kavanaugh) explains, the Court’s decision … cannot be justified as a matter of statutory interpretation. Congress authorized the President to ‘regulate … importation. Throughout American history, the authority to ‘regulate importation’ has been understood to include the authority to impose duties on imports….

As I suggested over a decade ago, the nondelegation doctrine does not apply to ‘a delegation of power to make rules governing private conduct in the area of foreign trade,’ including rules imposing duties on imports. Therefore, to the extent that the Court relies on ‘separation of powers principles’ to rule against the President is mistaken.”Clarence Thomas on the SCOTUS Tarriff ruling

INTRODUCTION

Americans waited for days, weeks, and months to learn what the Supreme Court of the United States would say about President Trump’s use of tariffs under the IEEPA Act (International Emergency Economic Powers).

The long delay in the ruling led many to believe it would be a partial win and loss for the President, but in the end, it would turn out to be a loss, but not a definitive one. The court refused to clean up the mess its ruling has already produced, the scramble for tariff refunds from domestic and foreign interests (a scramble well under way).

It also only selectively struck down tariffs made through the IEEPA Act, not tariffs in general (though the precedent set by this court might eventually do so).

The President responded with defiant words, but compliant action. He chose not to challenge what seems to many Americans to be an on-its-face unconstitutional power grab from the court. He chose instead to create new tariffs through other laws, while offering threats to American companies to attempt to stave off the refund hell coming our way thanks to what this writer considers to be (and has considered for a long time) an anti-American rogue court. In short, this is a Progmerican court, which is NOT American at all.

We analyze Roberts’ ruling primarily, Trump’s response, the market’s response, the global response, and finally offer a Predictive Analysis of where this might be going next.

A. THE RULING

SCOTUS Chief Justice John Roberts, who invented a tax to save Obamacare, is once again using the invention of a tax to save America’s enemies from the President’s foreign policy.

In his decision, he wrote, “The President asserts the extraordinary power to unilaterally impose tariffs of unlimited amount, duration, and scope. In light of the breadth, history, and constitutional context of that asserted authority, he must identify clear congressional authorization to exercise it… IEEPA’s grant of authority to “regulate . . .importation. “

This is a claim that fails basic scrutiny if one goes back more than 50 years. Tariffs have been traditionally used as foreign policy levers mostly from the moment nations started using them, sometimes through congressional action, sometimes through Presidential action. The fact that an IEEPA justification hasn’t been used does not remotely attack the legitimacy of tariffs as foreign policy tools.

The most talked-about example came in 1971, when Nixon imposed an import surcharge of 10% on all dutiable imports. The move was intended to strengthen the American dollar by pressuring allies to open their markets to the U.S.

In 1974, congress passed the Jackson-Volt amendment to the Trade Act of 1974, which cut America’s communist enemies, like Russia and China, from Most-Favored-Nation status, effectively raising tariffs on all of them.

It was after 1974 that America began using tariffs less and less, switching instead to international law standards. By 1994, tariffs were all but nullified. For Roberts, history must not begin until after 1974.

Roberts continues, “IEEPA contains no reference to tariffs or duties. The Government points to no statute in which Congress used the word “regulate” to authorize taxation.”

Here Roberts is playing the tax semantic game, assuming the side effect of foreign policy, de facto taxation, is enough to nullify tariffs as a Presidential tool, yet he did not unilaterally deny the President’s power to levy tariffs.

By this logic, the IEEPA law is irrelevant to the point, it’s about tariffs as a tax only, and not a primary foreign policy decision that costs Americans money (as many foreign policy decisions do).

By Roberts’ logic, the President would be barred from making ANY foreign policy decision that could cost Americans money, for, by his logic, that would have the net effect of being a tax. In the case of Obamacare, the primary right being challenged was the government’s right to create a healthcare monopoly, a state corporation, which the constitution flat-out doesn’t permit. There is no explicit power to create a state healthcare system, but Roberts still allowed it then, because taxation makes it constitutional.

Roberts chose to deny the constitution and protect Obamacare by declaring it a tax. He rejected the higher principle being violated for the lesser principle being executable. Here, he is doing the opposite, he is rejecting the higher principle, the ESSENTIAL right of a President to enact foreign policy. He is ALSO rejecting the President’s power to define what an emergency is, despite the fact that his decision explicitly denies it.

On one hand, he faults the IEEA law for not EXPLICITELY allowing tariffs as a means of response within the IEEA framework, while on the other hand he CREATES explicit standards that have never existed in the history of this country, that tariffs should be viewed primarily as a tax, which ultimately undermines ALL tariffs.

Roberts continues his artless sophistry, claiming THIS as a legal consideration, “until now no President has read IEEPA to confer such power. We claim no special competence in matters of economics or foreign affairs. We claim only, as we must, the limited role assigned to us by Article III of the Constitution. Fulfilling that role, we hold that IEEPA does not authorize the President to impose tariffs.”

His anti-American reasoning is that the IEEPA must EXPLICITELY spell out the tools the President can use in carrying out that law. He does this by arguing that “regulate” doesn’t mean taxation, therefore the IEEPA doesn’t allow taxation to be used. The distinction, as the dissenting justices point out, is pedantic, devoid of any legal substance.

Article III imposes no power on SCOTUS to rule tariffs are primarily a tax and thus can’t be used in regulating the economy in a time of emergency, to be determined by the President, not the quisling Roberts. He fulfilled the role of traitor at least, and CCP collaborationist at worst, in his ruling, for only China will benefit from this anti-American death ruling.

This decision is on its face a gross violation of American rule of law. It is every bit as unconstitutional as the Obamacare ruling, a ruling Roberts made possible with his deciding vote.

This ruling shows the fundamental danger of allowing anti-American human beings like the SCOTUS 6 into American institutions, human beings that clearly do not understand or respect American rule of law. These “justices” are Progmericans at heart, aliens in the land they presume to judge. No progressive has any business being involved in American politics, let alone American courts.

This ruling is, in part, why I am calling on constitutional amendments to make citizenship an agreed-upon covenant (with citizens today grandfathered in) and to create a legal power to remove citizenship rights from citizens that openly advocate for the violation of rights of other citizens.

All gun control advocates would immediately lose their right to bear arms since they can’t respect the rights of their neighbors to be self-stewarded individuals, people who can defend themselves against all enemies, foreign and domestic (in the case of the Progmerican within).

If these amendments existed today, Roberts and the whole SCOTUS group would lose their office, their right to bear arms, their right to vote, and their right to speak sedition in public against the American people (as they did in this ruling).

In this instance, this ruling has set dangerous precedents that are sure to be exploited by Progmerican judges to destroy Rule of law even further. Now, the whisper of the tariff precedent has already been set, and, despite any cautions by Roberts and his cohort of Progmerican traitors to the contrary, the door is now wide open to end tariffs as a means of Presidential power altogether.

We will get into the consequence of this ruling, which reveals just how devastating this ruling is to American power, a consideration that never entered the minds of the quislings who made such an obviously unconstitutional decision. Their refusal to rule on the chaos of potential refunds by American companies and foreign powers reveals the cowardice of a ruling they knew would aid America’s enemies and cripple her in return. It is an obvious act of sabotage by Roberts and the other SCOTUS 6 traitors.

They did not want to put into the record that they are directly complicit in creating utter chaos for the American republic at a time when our very survival is in question. This is the type of ruling that should have immediately produced defiance from the Trump administration. It crossed the line from legally tenable to outright sedition, which is plain to see for Americans, but not so much for Progmericans (or their frenemy, the Neocon).

This SHOULD HAVE been the moment Trump declared war on the DNC-CCP. Instead, he looked for new loopholes to escape the unconstitutional ruling.

The overall ruling was more complex than this, as parts of the ruling had a full majority while one ruling had a plurality decision. That decision hopes to create an anti-American standard that congress must approve any decision the President makes on “significant issues.”

B. TRUMP’S RESPONSE

President Trump had a long rebuttal to the unconstitutional ruling, but the heart of his message was this:

“It’s my opinion that the court has been swayed by foreign interests and a political movement that is far smaller than people would ever think. It’s a small movement. I won by millions of votes, we won in a landslide. With all the cheating that went on, there was a lot of it, we still won in a landslide. Too big to rig.

But these people are obnoxious, ignorant and loud. They’re very loud. And I think certain justices are afraid of that. They don’t want to do the right thing. They’re afraid of it.

This was an important case to me, more as a symbol of economic national security and also, I would say, just for our country itself, so important, because we’re doing so well as a country. We’ve never done so well.

The good news is that there are methods, practices, statutes and authorities, as recognized by the entire court in this terrible decision — and also as recognized by Congress, which they referred to — that are even stronger than the IEEPA tariffs available to me as president of the United States.”

In this writer’s opinion, Trump is most likely right when he claims foreign influence and partisan interests (or fears of the DNC terror machine) behind this clearly badly written sophistry-pregnant slight-of-hand ruling. You have to really HATE America to read into the law such an uncharitable take as these anti-justices did.

Notice the President continues to call his measures “IEEPA tariffs.” This is in open defiance of the unjust ruling that claims a broadly written law must offer specific tools that can be used to accomplish it, when that hasn’t been the precedent in the past. The only time that applies is when laws SPECIFICALLY limit the tools that can be used to enforce them.

Yet, the President chose to speak out both sides of his mouth, on one side all but accusing them of colluding with America’s enemies, an act of the highest order of treason, while at the same time respecting the ruling by changing his approach to using tariffs as foreign policy tools.

As we talk about in our Final Thought on pg. xx (News War Machines), this President seems to want to preserve SOME Progmerican power for himself, otherwise, he would move to destroy it.

In his defense, if you know you will lose for sure by moving against your enemy, you might want to bide time while you build up your power and continue to erode theirs.

This writer is just not certain that’s the reality he faces. If it is, then he’s doing the right thing by holding his powder. If it isn’t, he’s missing a great opportunity to finish off the Progmericans, at least for a couple of decades before the next threat reconstitutes itself (and it will).

He has already enacted a global 10% tariff tax and says he will use other laws with proven tariff applications historically to get the job done. What he hasn’t addressed in detail is what to do about the refund demands already happening, including from foreign powers.

C. AMERICAN BUSINESS RESPONSE

Immediately after this ruling, the leftist-leaning U.S. Chamber of Commerce immediately called forswift refunds of the impermissible tariffs.” Chief Policy Officer Neil Bradley attached his name to this action, a decision that might one day prove to be his undoing (and rightly so).

Joining this association was the National Retail Federation, which includes Walmart. They called for “a seamless process to refund the tariffs to U.S. importers.” They claim the refunds will be an “economic boost,” but for whom?

It won’t be an economic boost for a country diminished by an unconstitutional ruling. It will only embolden her enemies, which includes, apparently, these business associations (all taken over by Progmericans).

Walmart will be remembered for its failure here to stand up for America over corporate greed. The money they get back will NOT be passed on to the consumers, who’ve already paid for the tariff, it will go to the corporate leaders.

These were only the start of business associations that quickly lined up to get refunds, despite SCOTUS not ruling at all on the constitutionality of refund-seeking, or how that will come about. The ruling was so reckless they refused to create a mechanism to deal with the mess their ruling created. This is intentional sabotage at work, not judicial caution.

The President threatened these companies with worse deals if they tried to do what they are doing, choosing profit over American security. This writer hopes he follows through with that threat. If you think the left really opposes corporate power, witness their overwhelming support for the corporations seeking profit-taking over national well-being.

These companies prove these American businesses are not run by Americans at all, and as such we should move to nationalize the progressive businesses and sell them to Americans. This might seem ridiculous right now, but within a year or two tops, this call will be echoed by a lot more Americans than me.

D. FOREIGN POWERS RESPONSE

This is a quote from a Grok research pull we did for this paper. We asked Grok how the foreign powers reacted to this ruling. Here is what Grok said about China, “[China] Emerged as a significant beneficiary, with analysts noting a substantial reduction in effective U.S. tariff rates on Chinese goods (e.g., from around 32% to 24% in some estimates, as many IEEPA layers were removed while Section 301/232 tariffs persisted). China called for the U.S. to lift unilateral tariffs on trading partners and stated it would ‘comprehensively assess’ future U.S. changes while adjusting countermeasures as needed. This was seen as strengthening China’s negotiating position ahead of planned high-level talks.”

Grok itself recognizes the power this ruling gives to our current greatest enemy, China. This factor alone should have stopped the quislings from making such a sophistry-laden decision, one that invented a tax standard in favor of ending a President’s power to deal with existential threats at a pivotal point in our history.

By any stretch of the imagination, this was hardly a black and white issue, and legal experts were divided from the start on what the ruling “should be.” They had to take the most uncharitable view to get to the ruling that damages America the most, while empowering and enabling her worst enemies, including China.

While foreign powers might be less inclined to push aggressively for refunds (for fear of inviting Trump’s new tariff counters), they will now be even more incentivized to seek to influence these same judges to continue to rule in their favor, gutting the American presidency in preparation for creating the Progmerican one.

America’s military power is undisputed. Her enemies know this, and they rely on this SCOTUS, and similar quislings within American institutions, to undermine us with soft power from within, with Progmericans who are naturally more aligned with the CCP than George Washington.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

So far, President Trump’s threats for more tariffs have not materialized. He has enacted the 10% global tariff, but he failed to follow through with his threat that he’d bump it up to 15%.

The President’s ability to use tariffs quickly, and to modify them just as quickly, might be all but gone after this ruling, a likely possibility that in and of itself should tell you why this ruling was wholly illegal and sabotaging to U.S. security in every way imaginable.

I’d add a caveat here: Tariff law is complex and somewhat untested until quite recently. There could be a rock-solid path for Trump going forward that is even unassailable by the best sophistic justices out there, but I am highly skeptical such a secret super law weapon exists.

This ruling signals to me either an emboldening of the Progmerican nation within us, or desperation. What Trump’s tariffs have been doing is hammering away at International Rule of Law, a game whose motte of “rule of law” hides its bailey of “diminish American and nation-state powers,” which is what International Law has largely morphed into. THIS is what SCOTUS was protecting, most likely due to threats or profit from foreign powers, including Progmerican organizations in America.

Now, Trump will have to return to those Progmerican international courts to make foreign policy moves against ongoing existential threats to our existence (ESPECIALLY from China, who has its own domestic existential problems).

Failure by the rearguard of the DNC, the RNC, to pass the SAVE Act, the act requiring photo ID and paper ballots for federal elections, will result in a DNC majority in the House, and possibly the Senate.

The DNC-CCP is already aligned with America’s existential enemy, China, so its power in the House will be continued to be used to cripple American power at the benefit of her enemies. To this end, expect impeachments that will come from the tariffs themselves, impeachments this writer believes this court knew full well they were legitimizing in advance.

Were emails or chats leaked one day showing collusion between the DNC and the justices to assure their ruling laid the groundwork for these impeachments, this writer would NOT be surprised. My understanding of human nature and our current reality of power strongly suggests this is highly probable (but not certain).

This writer has little confidence the GOP will muster enough votes and courage to force the SAVE Act through (as they could right now if the party were American, and not, at the top level at least, simply the DNC-CCP’s rearguard protector).

Trump has a few months to move fast to cripple our most pressing enemies, which right now are China, Russia, and Iran. He will not have the power to levy tariffs so easily through these other laws, which will limit his ability to quickly respond to actions by our adversaries in response; but he’ll still have some power. The question is, will he use them?

I am certain his lawyers are already working on plans to justify tariffs, and the enemy, the DNC-CCP and its allies (Progmerican-controlled business associations), are working hard to file lawsuits. These lawsuits will be filed with favorable district judges predisposed to stop Trump’s programs, if for no other reason than they believe they are stopping the Nazis by doing so (constitutional law be damned).

I expect courts favorable to the DNC-CCP to continue to allow the degradation of our security by rubber-stamping foreign powers’ efforts to use our own courts to sabotage our power. I expect some exceptions, as there are still American judges in our courts.

At the SCOTUS level, I expect this court to side with the resistance, and wherever sophistry can remotely be applied to justify the denial of Trump’s policies (to defeat Hitler, in their minds), they will do so. However, there are limitations, even for this rogue court. Some degree of a semblance of Americanism must still be maintained, at least for now.

For that reason, I expect SCOTUS to not fully shut down Trump’s tariff powers, but from here until the first District Court injunction, he has a limited time to act decisively using tariffs to target our enemies for economic warfare.

What many do not realize is this, American pax is over and everyone knows it. There is a new real scramble for power that will leave the losers in destitute circumstances. The race to build the one AI machine to rule them all is on, and Trump recognizes this; THAT is why he chose to use tariffs in this unprecedented, but legal (unprecedented doesn’t equal illegal, Mr. Roberts) way, for he understood the stakes are high.

The world is resetting its power structure, and competition is fierce to not become a subservient to the greater power, and it’s a competition America can lose, especially with Progmerica still fighting to take over from within, aided as they are by quislings in our courts, including our highest court, which should be renamed SCOP, the Supreme Court of Progmerican, which is NO AMERICA at all.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The history of tariff administration in the United States: From Colonial Times to the McKinley administrative Bill – John Dean Goss

US Tariffs Gude by Country; US Goods – Brenda Kecskes

American Tariffs From Plymouth Rock to McKinley – Daniel Harriman

Encyclopedia of Tariffs in U.S. History – Edited and Compiled by Cynthia Clark

 

 

Originally published Feb 27, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

STAFF

“Oh how I love your law! It is my meditation all the day. Your commandment makes me wiser than my enemies, for it is ever with me. I have more understanding than all my teachers, for your testimonies are my meditation. I understand more than the aged, for I keep your precepts. I hold back my feet from every evil way, in order to keep your word. I do not turn aside from your rules, for you have taught me. How sweet are your words to my taste, sweeter than honey to my mouth! Through your precepts I get understanding; therefore I hate every false way.”Psalm 119:97-104

INTRODUCTION

This is not a full analysis of world events, but rather an analysis of bellwether events, regions, trends, and countries that tell the overarching story of the world in February 2026.

Our analysis is from an Americanist perspective, nested within our Christian belief system, using prophetic language.

The bellwether story of all bellwether stories ecumenically is the battle for the heart of governance in the land we currently call the United States of America. That story pits the Progmerican faction against the Trump faction, with the Progmericans wanting to replace individual liberty with social justice, and the Trump faction not fully understanding what true Americanism is (it’s not merely prosperity and military might).

Every nation in the world that is able to has its hands up America’s skirt, attempting to manipulate her towards their preferred outcomes. All of them have one thing in common, a need to see the American project end.

The rise of AI as the new world power defining resource has made Americanism even more of a liability to the nations of the world than it already was, especially now that America’s closest allies, Britian, Australia, and Canada, have all fallen to anti-American projects. Britain’s Gorton and Denton by-election gave the Islamist-courting Green Party a decisive win over both Reform and Labour, a sure sign the road back to western civilization will be a long one for our former closest ally.

The need for states to move rapidly in their AI machine building is what makes Americanism so dangerous, for it slows down the state more than any other existing project. The stories of the past month have only made that reality of power clearer.

A. AMERICA

  1. INSURRECTION -The symbol of the DNC’s hatred for America, and its true alienation from it, was crystalized in President Trump’s SOTU address, when he asked them to stand for Americans over illegal aliens. Afterwards, one Democrat accused the President of racism for even DARING to ask American politicians to stand for Americans over illegal aliens.

The open rebellion of the President is seen in the old guard’s former priest of culture, the celebrity, like Robert DeNiro, who openly calls for Americans to revolt (he’s really only talking to Progmericans, for Americans find him to be a stench in the land).

But the Democrats are still doing real damage beyond rhetoric, especially in Virginia where they hope to take guns, wealth, free thought, and the unborn in a bid to fully convert Virginia over to Progmerica.

More chilling though, might be the news that the FISA court (the de facto Star Chamber Court, a constitutional violation in and of itself), has selected Biden’s former disinformation lawyer to advise them on surveillance.

GO DEEPER ON DNC INSURRECTION

  1. EPSTEIN FILES – As we cover in our Bellwether of the month, (pg. 2), the Epstein Files saga is not going away, despite President Trump’s best efforts to make that happen. With more foreign countries arresting Epstein conspirators, Americans are wondering when we are going to see arrests. The DOJ recently backtracked a bit from its claim that the Epstein File releases were over. Now, they claim they MIGHT have been mistaken, there may be more files to release after all.

As a side note, BoingBoing’s headline for the news Larry Summers has resigned after showing up in the Epstein Files shows you their hierarchy of sin. In their hierarchy, being racist is worst than being a pedophile. Their headline read “Larry Summers used racist language in message to Epstein.”

GO DEEPER ON EPSTEIN FILES

  1. 2026 ELECTIONS – So far, the 2026 midterm elections do not look good for the GOP. Even in Texas, DNC early voting in their primaries is outpacing Republicans. The racist anti-American “firebrand” Jasmine Crocket is leading that DNC primary by double digits.

The gerrymandering wars have mostly been won by the DNC, with Virginia hoping the people deliver what would be a decisive gerrymandering victory.

While President Trump has hinted he might make ID mandatory for U.S. elections, one doubts he’ll have the courts to back him. The Republicans continue to hold rearguard protection of the DNC in the Senate, with their own majority leader refusing to act decisively, to force an oral filibuster that would ultimately force the DNC to break and allow for the passage of this vital legislation.

Failure to pass the legislation, or failure for Trump to triumph in the courts should he use an executive order, will most likely result in at least a DNC House majority, which will assure more rounds of impeachments, subpoenas, etc.

The one bright note is two republicans currently lead the polling in the California gubernatorial race.

GO DEEPER ON THE 2026 ELECTIONS

  1. DEPORTATIONS – The lawlessness of the DNC and its pathological hatred for America can be seen in its zeal for using violence, directly through paid and organized street fighters, and indirectly through agit prop campaigns orchestrated by DNC-controlled-aligned media.

The SOTU crystalized that alignment, not just in the stand for Americans moment, but for the fact that one democrat, Ilhan Omar, brought one of the street fighters to the SOTU (who was promptly arrested for alleged documented attacks on ICE agents). Another Democrat, Seth Moulton, brought an illegal alien to the SOTU, and then helped that illegal alien evade law enforcement.

The violent rhetoric of the press, left unchecked by the DOJ, is the real driver of the violence, that and the foreign money that is helping to fund this de facto DNC street army.

We are watching the expansion of the deportation operations and the growth of deportation centers with growing skepticism. A report soon on the full extent of the operation and its plans going forward might be forthcoming should events warrant it (and we suspect they will).

GO DEEPER ON TRUMP DEPORTATIONS

B. WORLD

  1. OUR NEIGHBORS – America is becoming more and more isolated from its neighbors at home and Europe abroad. Mexico and Canada are taking increasingly oppositional views to the U.S. on the world stage, while Mexico actively works to subvert us. Mexico itself is under siege as the cartels move aggressively to punish the Mexican government for killing one of their top generals.
  2. JAPAN – After their last parliamentary election, Japan is positioning itself to be a partner with America as a beacon of liberty, or perhaps one day the sole beacon. If America stays American, Japan will become America’s closest ally, at least until Britian can reclaim herself.
  3. ISRAEL – Trump ended the Gaza War, though his Board of Peace has failed to gain ground from any noted power in the West, a further testament to the gulf growing between Americans in general and the West as well. Though in the West, pro-American factions, or at least American-aligned factions (like Restore Britian), could change the conditions in a hurry should they ever throw off the shackles of the global leftist world order.
  4. UKRAINE – The Ukraine War is most likely headed for continuation, despite more promises and more talks that we suspect will fizzle to nothing. Neither side is reserved in their total war approach to the other, and neither side has the strength to decisively move the other. With Ukraine abutting against central European nations like Slovakia, risk of the war’s expansion remains high.
  5. IRAN – There are almost daily unsubstantiated reports of resistance in Iran to the current regime. China and Russia have maneuvered to protect Iran, a key geopolitical partner for both of them in the region. Trump has moved military assets into the region but has yet to pull the trigger. Some reports suggest America simply lacks the military power to do the job OR the presence of Chinese and Russian assets alone is deterring them, as they are not wishing to risk a dramatic escalation of the war.
  6. AGHANISTAN-PAKISTAN – On Thursday night, February 26, the Taliban of Afghanistan began a massive offensive campaign against Pakistani border positions along the Durand Line. Pakistan has returned with airstrikes on Taliban leadership targets, hitting military posts, headquarters, and ammunition depots. Pakistan’s Defense Minister Khawaja Asif has declared “open war” with the Taliban.

Unsubstantiated rumors have claimed the Taliban leader has been killed. Accurate casualty numbers on both sides are not currently available, though the potential numbers could, for both sides, be in the hundreds.

  1. MYANMAR – We make a quick note of Myanmar here, though we intend on visiting it in more detail soon (perhaps even as a special supplement). As of now the Junta is now calling its first parliament after elections that we have little detail on (other than skepticism of its legitimacy). It now has a veneer of legitimacy it didn’t have before. This will surely adversely affect the resistance to the former junta’s now quasi-legitimate government.

C. CULTURE

  1. ABORTION – Life saw a victory in Puerto Rico where state law now recognizes the unborn as being individuals, human beings, but across the country death marches on. In Virginia, the DNC-controlled state is now pushing for abortion up to birth. The last election cycle they painted people who claimed Democrats want abortion up to birth as being misogynists using disinformation to scare people into supporting them. Now they want Virginians to cosign the bloody contract.

The unborn child murder pill is still readily available, even as more cases of men murdering their own unborn without the mother’s consent pile up.

Abortion continues to be an unrepentant sin of America that accounts for maybe a third of the DNC’s real political power. Without it, they would never win an election in a white majority state again. The white woman of “choice” is the backbone of the Democrat Party.

GO DEEPER ON ABORTION WATCH

  1. EUTHANASIA – Canada appears to be ground zero for the emergence and spreading of Euthanasia laws, laws that allow doctors to murder patients for an increasing variety of reasons. We all understand what euthanasia really is, eugenics, weeding out the liabilities by nudging them towards suicide.

Canada is exposing the spirit of euthanasia as it takes hold of institutions. The incentive to drive people to suicide grows as the profits rise and the expenses go down. In Canada, we have cases of families claiming their loved one was manipulated into killing themselves. The families themselves were isolated from the patient to allow the suicide groomers to do their work.

They’re now considering euthanasia for babies, euthanizing children without parental consent, and are already expanding the reasons to approve state-assisted suicide. For instance, seasonal affective disorder is enough to grant you the “right” to have a doctor murder you, for the good of the whole.

Canada herself is becoming a petri dish of the leftist global order virus. Her ruination will be a caution to us all, though she still has hope in her. She may one day soon return to the family of man. For now, she has chosen the anti-human path of the leftist global order, death.

GO DEEPER ON EUTHANASIA WATCH

  1. TRANSGENDER IDEOLOGY – The phenomenon of a spike in transgender violence at the extreme of mass killer violence continues, with the most recent trans shooter, Blue Zeke Daly, 26, failing mercifully in their attempt to murder a U.S. border patrol agent. Yet outside of this extreme violence category, there appears to be no uptick in violence from the transgender community.

The transgendered expression itself is a challenge to Americanism. First, it assaults our liberty with “trans rights,” which is really coerced acceptance and coerced cultural framing to favor their reality over the binary sex reality; Second, it challenges Americans to extend to the transgendered individual an opportunity to demonstrate their Americanism without being classified outside of it because of the social group they belong to.

Transgenderism as an expression is not anti-American, but the forced framing of a transgendered reality on a binary people, along with the forced acceptance of and participation in that transgendered expression IS anti-American. This is the transgender ideology, which is a key part of DNC-CCP power that can be leveled against Americanism in the name of being “kind.”

Even if they are a minority, there ARE transgendered Americans. Not all transgendered people are transgendered ideologues, and most transgender ideologs are NOT transgendered themselves.

GO DEEPER ON TRANSGENDER IDEOLOGY

  1. DEI/ESG – On the surface, it appears DEI is in retreat, but mostly because of President Trump’s pen, not through longer-lasting legislation to follow up on favorable SCOTUS rulings. More companies are ditching DEI, though Democrats have threatened that those who comply with Trump’s wishes, demands, will face potential criminal prosecution should they return to power.

The recent Vanguard settlement with Texas that will see the investment firm drop its ESG demands might be a more lasting victory than Trump’s XOs will prove to be. If the Dems gain back the White House, will Vanguard executives be arrested?

We suspect DEI is dead not because corporations developed an American conscience, but because of the AI arms race. Whatever power holds this land, Progmerica or America, either one needs excellent people to develop excellent AI. DEI was designed to clog up the institutions, to bring America down. But now the AI arms race will force the Progmericans to jettison the program just as surely as they have been quietly preparing, we believe, to jettison the global warming monster.

California Governor Gavin Newsome, whose state embraced DEI early and often, became the poster boy for the true pandering and patronizing nature of DEI to the communities it alleges to favor, the POC (people of color). He told a black audience that he was just like them, he scored low on his SAT’s and he “can’t read.”

Were the corporate press merely American alone, Gavin Newsome’s career would be done after this. The corporate media barely covered it, for Gavin is a possible 2028 Presidential contender.

GO DEEPER ON DEI

D. TARIFFS STRUCK DOWN

The Supreme Court Ruling that struck down much of President Trump’s tariffs under the emergency claim has sent the markets into a volatile state, though overall the markets continue to grow. Expect a full report on the Tariff ruling and the fallout from it in the next issue of MIA (March 6, 2026).

Overall, the world markets are trending generally upward, but with mostly modest growth reported. The tariff ruling is seen as an overall plus for markets by policy experts. What it means in the war between America and the leftist global order, however, might be another matter altogether.

The emergence and rapid evolution of AI is also changing world market parameters in ways that have yet to be fully realized. It is a process we are tracking, but there is not enough data for us to analyze it fully.

GO DEEPER ON TRUMP TARIFFS

E. AI

The pitfalls and opportunities of AI were highlighted this month. China tried to use ChatGPT to destroy the current Prime Minister of Japan’s reputation at home. The plan failed, but it is still noteworthy they tried.

More and more people are beginning to realize AI is humanity’s latest greatest challenge. Can the species survive the invention of AI? While a growing number of voices call for AI’s destruction, we doubt there is any real chance to do that. Slowing down AI’s development would require global power alone, never mind the power needed to stop it altogether.

As militaries seek to integrate with AI, the “ethics” of the AI they choose is essential to sustaining the military culture they hope to sustain. We see this friction with Anthropic, which is getting a rebuff from the military over its ethics parameters, which favor a leftist globalist order framing. Anthropic seems ready to jettison the safeguard, should the military wish to reconsider.

Data center plans are conflicting with local interests, and the battles are only going to heat up. One data center requires as much as 900 acres of land and uses more water daily than many small towns do. While technologies are emerging that might significantly reduce resource demand, for the foreseeable future, the push for those who are capable to build massively and quickly continues.

Countries with less individual rights offer great advantage over countries with more individual rights, though AI companies in the U.S. who might be tempted to build overseas where it’s easier to invade local stewardship, must consider their vulnerability to that same state that made their destruction of local wellbeing so easy in the first place.

We do not believe we are using hyperbole when we say EVERYONE who is able should be learning the principles of AI, AI structure, its physical components, and how to manage it as a resource.

One way or another, AI will touch your life, and if it touches your life as a digital pope, you are in danger of becoming its machine. If it touches you as a machine that you understand and can visualize (I visualize data centers and cooling pools intentionally when I interact with AI), it remains your machine.

Being grounded in yourself is more important than ever, lest you become the AI’s machine. For some of us, that grounding comes through our daily immersion in scripture. Our story is in that total story, not in the atomized presence of the now where AI machines become digital popes.

SYNTHESIS SUMMARY

Be sure to read our quarterly sitrep in our April 10, 2026, issue for our Predictive Analysis for the next quarter.

The world is in the last death throes of the old-world order, the U.S. pax, and is now entering uncertain world orders. Despite attempts to claw back the broken American pax by leftist global order disciples, including U.S. politicians, there is little doubt at this point that even a post-Trump world is incapable of returning to that now broken order.

The current major hotspots of the world, Ukraine, Iran, and now possibly Pakistan-Afghanistan, can quickly be joined by numerous potential hotspots, from the Koreas to Mexico (whose already in a near civil war state as it is.

While AI rises, the battle that began before its rise, the battle over global order versus nation-state order, is coming to its near-completion. Britain might be the bellwether of that battle, with the rise of the British nation-state disciples through Restore Britain serving as the opposition to overwhelming leftist global order power. How Britian goes may determine how the other nation-states go.

America, however, is uniquely positioned to both preserve the nation-state over the global order while undermining the ethnic essentialism found in most nation-state models today, including Britain, Japan, and Turkey, to name a few (which is nearly EVERY nation state).

Every aspect of human life in one way, shape, or form, is (or soon will be), confronted with a new human paradigm, AI in the wild, at the consumer level. In our quarterly sitrep, we will offer our predictions on the immediate worlds that will come because of both the potential in AI and the hearts of the people who build, maintain, and utilize its services.

We cannot stress to our readers enough the importance of grounding yourselves in a script, whether it’s the Vedas or scripture, whatever aligns with your current beliefs. The people who are without a cosmic narrative outside of creation itself are the most at risk to be subsumed by the rising AI spirit in the land.

If you don’t want to be absorbed, become self-stewarded in your beliefs and preferences, and anchor that stewardship in the script of those beliefs. For most of our staff, we choose the Protestant canon of scripture. Whatever you choose though, beginning daily meditating on that script today.

Originally published Feb 27, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Bill Collier, Publisher

“Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewal of your mind, that by testing you may discern what is the will of God, what is good and acceptable and perfect.”Romans 12:2

“… but he walked in the way of the kings of Israel. He even burned his son as an offering, according to the despicable practices of the nations whom the LORD drove out before the people of Israel.”2 Kings 16:3

“I have given them your word, and the world has hated them because they are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. I do not ask that you take them out of the world, but that you keep them from the evil one. They are not of the world, just as I am not of the world.”John 17:14-16

ED. NOTE: In the beginning of this month, we did a Bellwether DeepDive on the Epstein Files data dump from the Department of Justice. This story is also our Bellwether story of the month. Our Publisher, Bill Collier, did a Bellwether DeepDive on the Epstein Files that challenges the Trump Administration’s current approach to this real scandal and provides a personally-experienced behind-the-curtains view at the backroom reality of the bloody winner-take-all “sport” of American politics. That view might dictate what we might see next in the Epstein Files saga.

In light of the recent  wanna-be Trump assassin’s alleged motivation coming from Trump’s handling of the Epstein Files, this Bellwether Deepdive is even more timely.

An emerging Bellwether story is SCOTUS’ Tariff rulings and the fallout from that. Expect an analysis of that fallout in an upcoming issue of MIA.

INTRODUCTION

Regardless of being guilty of crimes or not, the utter degeneracy of the “ruling class” in the US and the UK as revealed in the “Epstein files” is being exposed.

The depths of the cover-up are not a surprise to me. What is a surprise is how much has been revealed despite what appears to be a continuous effort to block the total truth from seeing the light of day.

If you think YOUR favorite leaders or your Party is innocent and only “they” are guilty, then you are part of the cover-up.

I do not expect justice. I am not sure this will bring anyone down because both sides are at once weaponizing this to take down the OTHERS while claiming virtue for themselves. If the masses on a non-partisan basis were to unite around accountability for all and transparency, then I would say we may see some kind of justice.

As it is, unless someone is easy prey for political gain to take them down by one side or the other, nobody will face justice.

The corruption may even include partisanship on the part of some of these victims who are decrying the current administration without decrying the previous one, aiming their anger only at the Republicans, while refusing to name any names. In other words, even the public known victims are refusing to reveal the truth they know.

If the victims actually drop the politics and just name names, regardless of whose ox gets gored, that could be substantive in regard to getting some justice.

It does appear that a significant portion of Epstein’s friends and co-conspirators in his many schemes (many of which would be considered legal but unethical, outside of the sex stuff) are Democratic party big shots and Uber rich leftists.

But who knows what tomorrow brings in terms of revelations, because Epstein was “smart” and seemed to maintain relationships with people on the right, also, including Steve Bannon, who, full disclosure, I know and have worked for and with, including when he was in the White House. I am not going to dish on Steve (or attempt to defend him), as it is not at all relevant to this mess he seems to be in with the public.

This connection, however, gives me a perspective that is relevant to what I see in the Epstein Files themselves.

A. THE HALLS OF POWER

My intention here is to show you how easy it is to become connected to evil without ever knowing it. It is also to show you, in part, how the most powerful operate, and what those who want some of that power have to do to share in some of that power.

My work in consultation, digital promotions/marketing, and research puts me in the company of MANY such persons as Bannon, who I always got along with. I am not their colleague, I’m not even their “ally.” I am just a bit player and a workhorse to them, nothing or no-one of consequence.

Some of the people I have also known or worked with or for are in those files behaving in ways that were certainly not known to me and, near as I can tell, my name never came up with anyone in an email.

As for Epstein, I would have avoided him like the plague if I had been offered a chance to meet him. I have on many occasions refused to meet with or be introduced to certain people I find detestable. But the nature of my work puts me within the orbit of a lot of people, some of whom turn out to be bad people.

In my own experiences being sort of like a fly on the wall barely being noticed while still needing to be in the room to do my job, I have never been “trusted” enough to be privy to any secret goings on connected to Jeffrey Epstein. In other words, just because I am sometimes “in the room” as an occasional bit player in a drama that has little to do with me, doesn’t mean I know much of anything about these people beyond the project I am working on. This is probably the case of MOST of the people mentioned in the Epstein Files (though this is speculation).

  1. HOW I GOT HERE – A little background about me is necessary here.

I have been engaged this political online work ever since 2008. I did sales, ran a few little local newspapers, became an insurance agent, did market research, was a youth pastor, and even did flea markets up until 2008 when I got back more heavily into politics. It was the rise of Obama and the push for single-payer healthcare that brought me in as an activist.

I became noticed when I worked with my mentor and friend Ralph, running the then largest social conservative activist site, Team Sarah, under the aegis of the Susan B. Anthony list.

After that, I started come into the orbit of such people after being involved in the Dontgo movement and breaking news on Nancy Pelosi’s conspiracies in Texas and California to profit from wind farms and a water scheme, all with T. Boone Pickens.

In the 2008 election cycle the powers that be took notice of me. I was flown places, all expenses covered by the host, to interact and sometimes train activists and citizen journalists. A lot of the people I met back then remain friends and many have risen in the ranks, hence why I know a lot of people, on both sides of the aisle, in politics. At the time, I had absolutely no idea some of the people I was interacting with would prove to an evil most of us find hard to comprehend.

I have seen good and bad. To me, politics was basically High School on steroids, for bigger stakes if you can become a cool kid. Of course, it was much worse, only I didn’t understand that at the time. This should color your understanding of my environment. I have not seen any criminal or ethical violations that would compel me to report someone, beyond doing background vetting (where I have sometimes had to report a crime).

I have played a role in vindicating innocent people and in exposing corruption, often seeing my work used without crediting me, and being thankful for that! I often say, “please don’t publicly acknowledge me, my pay is thanks enough” (publicity would have also impeded my work).

Through this, I want to convey that I have enough insights into the power structures, popping into and out of the presence of key players as a fly on the wall, to be able to say that things are pretty gnarly in our politics, in BOTH parties.

It is only germane because I happen to have engaged personally with some of these people in these files and this gives me a different perspective than the average person. But it would still be the Epstein Files that opened my eyes to the levels of horror that was mercifully concealed from me.

  1. MY CONTEXT IN VIEWING THE EPSTEIN FILES – Seeing these emails closed the loop for me on some things that I thought were not as they seemed. I play small ball but sometimes must engage those who play at the top and to whom I am little more than background noise. But even with such a tenuous level of access I see the degradation of leadership and of integrity in our political institutions and I now suspect much worse is yet to be exposed by these Epstein Files.

Again, my work often puts me in the room with people from most of the existing factions from time to time. It is not unusual for me to find myself working with a major player out of the blue, and then, after doing our shared thing, never hear from that person again.

The fact Epstein has connections in all the factions and was seen as an asset or vehicle to access by many does not surprise me. He wanted his hands in everything, and his fingers in every pie, and it appears he was the consummate influence peddler for whom such access was not only a drug in and of itself but a shield of protection, probably for decades.

That some of the people I know or knew occasionally, as a background bit player, had some sort of connection to Epstein who was the ultimate access king, is not a shocking surprise in general, but it was still an unsettling surprise. That this is being exposed is the surprise (one I welcome and want more of).

  1. STEVEN BANNON – Steve Bannon may be one of those liminal figures. The mentions of him don’t fully condemn him, but they potentially indict him. Regardless of what you think of him, I suspect his engaging with Epstein was simply being at the table with as many people as possible. Epstein was a center of power that almost everyone seemed to be drawn to (if not almost everyone, a significant portion of powerful players).

I strongly doubt there were ever any “sex things” in Bannon’s orbit, though what’s being questioned is how much he tolerated powerful people, like Epstein, that he KNEW were engaging in child sex acts, or “sex things.”

The things Bannon said about Epstein were not good, but ingratiation for access is a common thing, and one may believe with good cause that what Bannon was doing was little more than saying what Epstein wanted to hear to gain access. The question remains, was he gaining access to take him down or gaining access to pull from his power? Unfortunately for Bannon, there is no clear answer for that outside of his denial (which isn’t sufficient in and of itself).

This is not to suggest Bannon was acting in evil, but no evidence clearly exonerates him or indicts him. As I know him personally, it is naturally for me to NOT WANT to believe he was acting in a spirit of enabling evil. I would still be shocked if it were affirmed that he was acting in a spirit of enabling evil rather than deception to get in to destroy Epstein. For now, I assume he was acting with good intentions but reserve the possibility he wasn’t.

One may also come to other conclusions and take every word at face value but having been privy to how the influence and access game is played, I doubt Bannon was communicating truthfully. Nothing in my interactions with him would suggest otherwise, but anecdotal evidence is not objective evidence.

Bannon is a case study of either how merely rising in power in America will get you inadvertently connected to dark forces whether you want to or not, or how men of integrity starting out can make small compromises that end up leading to essentially enabling child rape and murder.

Suspecting the systemic evil in the halls of power causes one to question whether one should ever enter it. I believe, though, good men and women should be compelled to enter it, but not without understanding the cost of engagement, potentially being confronted with a choice between power (and maybe just self-preservation) and defying evil.

B. BEING IN THE EARTH BUT NOT OF IT

Politics is access and influence. If you can access the true shot-callers, you can influence them, and that is the path to becoming a player yourself. It is a game I understand but do not choose to play beyond doing my job and promoting my services on their merit.

If you work in politics long enough you will live to see people you worked with (including people you’ve worked with for years) be exposed for things you were certainly not privy to. This is probably why in all these things I have never ever been investigated for anything related to anyone I have worked with or for who was investigated.

Despite knowing the reality I live in, the nature of the people I deal with (which, when it comes to degeneracy, is rarely detected before the exposure), I, of course, have no intention to stop my work as I can still do GOOD things for the cause of liberty and sometimes even nudge things a bit here and there.

I have always seen my work as sort of trying to slow the flood so the people can get to safety. At the same time, I preach self-sufficiency and self-reliance with local family and friends and independence from the influence and control of the existing power structures as much as possible.

The truth may never be known by any of us, unless and until we all agree to drop the weaponizing of this mess to game elections and advance our party or our team. There are good and bad people in this system, but we must seek the exposure of the bad people no matter who they are or how much our side might be hurt if they are exposed.

When I do candidate and client vetting, I often say that if I find a crime or severely unethical things and must report them by law, I will not hesitate, so “before I hit the big red button and start vetting you, do you want to reconsider?”

A few have had to change their plans after I discovered something unethical but not illegal, but at least once legal action followed.

I’ll probably be doing research projects for the midterms, including vetting and opposition or corporate research projects. I believe if in 2007 I had been asked to vet or do opposition or corporate research on Epstein, I would probably have found enough to justify an investigation. I have found things that have sunk major candidates, which I cannot disclose. This fact alone causes me pause when I learn of the depth of the relations had with men and women who regularly investigate potential allies and enemies.

Because I understand the political game of influence and access, I can find the connections people don’t want found. So, it seems to me that Epstein and his orbiters were never seriously looked into by anyone like me and/or things were suppressed and covered up, things that might have alerted someone to investigate them for crimes.

Epstein could not have operated his access influence schemes, which enabled the deeper sex crimes against women and children, WITHOUT some form of protection from on high.

Against this backdrop, knowing what I knew, Donald Trump has more than once suggested the Epstein Files were nothing but a hoax, but I can clearly see now the systemic abuse and coverup that occurred thanks to BOTH political parties (let the historians determine which party enabled and protected Epstein the both).

C. DONALD TRUMP’S VIETNAM?

The Epstein Files are becoming an albatross about President Trump’s neck in the same way that the War in Vietnam became a cancer on Lyndon Johnson’s Presidency. Johnson never made it out of the Presidential primary.

Right now, the Trump administration has, to put it mildly, royally screwed the pooch on this whole thing, which is becoming a debacle and is tainting Trump’s reputation for “draining the swamp.” No prosecutions, arrests, or justice, have come, despite Kash Patel’s early promise. At this point, this has become, to many, a slap in the face. Whether or not the base will become demoralized or even turn on Trump in the polls remains to be seen, but it is an increasing possibility.

Were the left not so committed to an anti-American ethos (that places the social status of the individual above the individual’s own meritorious claims), this could have been an issue that united us. I know amongst Republicans and conservatives there is growing discontent and anger over the failure to bring the perpetrators to justice.

Claims President Trump partook directly in the evil have minimal credibility, but not none. Still, the most “credible claims” seem to be unsubstantiated anonymous claims coming from an FBI tipline. That tipline was filled with many wild, unsubstantiated accusations not just against Trump but others as well.

But this isn’t, for now, about the right’s suspicion Trump is guilty of partaking in the evil, it’s about the right’s suspicion Trump believes he must protect evil to protect American stability.

Trump should shift gears and go whole hog on this to expose whoever has dirty hands at any level, but especially to imprison those who trafficked in or utilized sex slaves, including adults but especially children, or who murdered and consumed them, as this was the alleged the fate of some of the victims.

If Trump wants to drain the swamp, now is the time; this is the smoking gun needed, and the fact he both views this as a distraction and a hoax and that his people, Bondi and Patel, continue to try to minimize exposure and redact names and details, is not helpful to the country.

Trump can do this without putting the brakes on anything else he is trying the accomplish. But Trump’s only strategy is to gain a position where success is totally guaranteed before he acts, as with Iran so with this. He is risk averse at times, especially when he may suffer loss. This delayed response and his inability to use every tool available to him comes from wanting to be almost 100% certain of success before acting. This the charitable take. The uncharitable take is he’d rather protect evil than risk destroying America’s international reputation.

Trump’s supporters may be forgiven if after years of lawfare against him they have grace over his hesitation in this matter but the time for grace is gone, in my opinion, because too much evil is being covered up.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

Spiritually speaking, I see this as a warning and an opportunity. It is an opportunity to unite as one People to demand justice and to want to expose all corruption and punish or at least shun and shame the bad people. It is a warning that God will punish the land for protecting such evil because the blood of the innocent cries out to Him for justice.

I am leaning toward the latter. Trump’s base will probably stick with him and downplay things as he has, and insist he is still going to drain the swamp. The left will downplay any democrats involved while taking the slightest hint or most outlandish false accusation to engage in lawfare and insist all republicans are pedophiles and all democrats are saints. I suspect the right will do the same to the left as well.

Indeed, the behavior of the latter informs the behavior of the former! Republicans know the courts will drop the hammer on any republicans without proof and likewise protect the democrats and even refuse to allow them to be prosecuted, which is established as fact in my mind. Just look at the corruption of the courts trying to protect gang members from deportation or the bad injunctions and insane ramblings of leftist and uniparty judges.

For Trump to fully engage in exposure and prosecution entails great risk. If a democrat is exposed, the courts will most likely protect them (but not always). If a false accusation is used by some DA to nail a republican, the courts will go most likely along with the lawfare.

As a Christian I have faith in God, in His justice, and so I would take that risk and do all I could to expose everything on everyone, regardless of party, and appeal to the American people when the courts engage in one-sided lawfare against republicans and protection of democrats. I would do what is right and make my appeal to Heaven for justice, because God is going to act against uneven scales of justice only if the right thing is done in the first place.

If Trump does not take the risk and do the right thing, going whole hog against those who were part of Epstein’s grand conspiracy, then God will judge this land for protecting evil and to avenge the innocent. If Trump goes whole hog this will be an invitation and appeal to heaven for justice and God will act to avenge the innocent without judging the whole land.

It is that simple for me. I have been close enough to the “beast” to know it’s real. I will NOT be gaslight into believing otherwise. The Vietnam War is immoral, and it is lost. Face the facts. Surrender. Release the Epstein Files, unredacted where it protects the perpetrators. This is the same as saying “bring our boys home.”

FURTHER RESOURCES:

Jeffrey Epstein: Names in the Dark – Inside the Unsealed Case Files – Boris Petrovic

Filthy Rich – The Jeffrey Epstein Story – James Patterson

Dead Men Don’t Talk: The Epstein Files – Campaign Justice

 

 

Originally published Feb 13, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By STAFF

The average man does not want to be free, he simply wants to be safe.” – H. L. Mencken

“Is life so dear or peace so sweet as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take, but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death!”Patrick Henry

  1. NOTE: This report was completed February 12, 2026. Any major breaking updates will be covered in our next MIA issue.

INTRODUCTION

Canada was struck with the news of a mass shooting that left 8 victims dead, and scores more injured. The dead included five students from the location of the second part of the mass shooting, Tumbler Ridge Secondary School, near Vancouver, Canada.

The shooter would then turn the gun on himself.

The motive for the shooting, so far, remains unclear. The shooter, Jesse van Rootselaar, was originally reported as a female shooter, but it would later be revealed “she” was a male presenting as a female.

It might turn out the motive for the shooting had nothing to do with the shooter’s transgenderism, but we suggest you could rightly assume it had something to do with it, though we would not recommend you make that conclusion until more information comes out (which might have by the time this report is published).

For this bellwether analysis, we want to look at this event in the context of Canada’s current governing spirit. We will bracket off the motive. What we want to consider is the promise Canada has offered to Canadians, that if they lay down their arms and shut their mouths in submission to the state orthodoxy, their lives will be safe from hate. Lose your guns, lose your tongues, and you will be safer.

They gave up Christ in the public square in part to protect the very person that murdered their children.

A. THE DETAILS

On February 10, 2026, 18-year-old Jesse van Rootselaar kicked off a killing spree in Tumbler Ridge, British Columbia, Canada. He killed his mother and his stepbrother at his residence, with a young female relative escaping. She ran to a neighbor to seek help, who then alerted the police. The shooting happened at 2:20PM. The police did not arrive until 15 minutes later.

While the police were going to the residence, Rootselaar was on his way to the Tumbler Ridge Secondary School, with a shotgun and a modified handgun. The school is a gun-free zone. There was no armed security. There were no armed teachers.

By the time the Rootselaar arrived at the school it was 2:30PM, just 10 minutes after he killed his mother and stepbrother. The shooting was reported at 2:32 PM, another team of officers arrived two minutes later. By the time the officers who were called to his residence arrived, he was already dead in the school.

Rootselaar would have just 4 minutes to do his worst. His victims were powerless to stop him. The police were also powerless to stop him. By the time they arrived, Rootselaar was already dead by suicide, but so were six others, one adult teacher and five students (three females and two males aged 12-17). Along with the dead were 27 more injured, mostly students.

The motivation for the killings is not clear, but Rootselaar has a years-long history of causing disturbances at his home, some of which involved firearms. At one point, law enforcement confiscated the weapons, but later returned them after a petition was started. The firearms do not appear to be owned by Rootselaar, however.

Rootselaar began the process of “transitioning” to a “female” four to six years ago (we have conflicting information on this point), at the age of 13. He was on anti-psychotic drugs, in addition to transitioning drugs at the time of the shooting. His transgendered status was concealed from the public as long as it could be by both the Canadian government and the international corporatist press.

While the motive is not clear, the presence of anti-psychotic drugs in the shooter has become a tragically well-earned trope of mass shootings that this event follows as well. His transgenderism as a factor is ambiguous, though one wonders if the transgender “solution” was masking a much deeper problem transitioning only made worse (as this writer suspects is happening a lot in the age of trans mania).

B. THE IMMEDIATE REPORTING

We asked Grok to give us the headlines that were immediately shared by the international corporatist press after the shooting, and Grok’s answer revealed these cherry-picked headlines:

  • CBC News: “10 dead, including suspect, following shooting in Tumbler Ridge
  • The Globe and Mail: “Ten killed, including suspect, in mass shooting in Tumbler Ridge, B.C.”
  • Vancouver Sun: “LIVE: Nine dead, 27 injured in mass shooting in Tumbler Ridge
  • National Post: “Canada in shock after one of the country’s worst mass shootings
  • CTV News: “C. RCMP give an update in their investigation into a mass shooting in Tumbler Ridge
  • BBC News: “At least seven dead after school shooting in British Columbia, Canada, police say
  • The Guardian: “Canada shooting: 10 dead including suspect in attack on Tumbler Ridge high school, police say

All of these answers provided a pretty generic telling of the event, but what Grok gave me was not indicative of the REAL spirit international corporatist media chose to operate within.

After these headlines, Grok started listing headlines acknowledging the shooter was transgendered. Grok would leave one with the impression the international corporatist media acted responsibly, with no political agenda. However, that was not reality; we believe that was programming protecting the disenfranchised class over simply answering a question truthfully.

Here are some of the headlines we found when we did time-based searches:

  • Collingwood Today – “‘Beyond devastating’: 10 dead, including female suspect, in B.C. school shooting
  • MSN – “10 dead, including female suspect, in ‘devastating’ shootings at BC school and home.”
  • MSN – “Female Identified as Suspect in Worst Canada School Shooting in Decades That Killed 10 and Injured at Least 25
  • Reuters – “Ten dead, including female suspect, after Canada school shooting – as it happened

A Royal Mounted Police officer at a press conference just after the shooting referred to the shooter as a “woman.”

C. THE BACKGROUND

We have created a special news tag in our aggregation process called “Canada Soviet” to tag all the stories that cover Canada’s lurch into authoritarianism. A trans person in Canada has more personal power as a normal private citizen than most people have in America today. A trans person in Canada cannot have their identity challenged. A trans person in Canada can destroy competition with a false accusation that won’t dare be challenged lest the challenger face hate speech charges.

You can call Christ the devil in public, but you can’t call abortion murder.

As for guns, Canada has effectively criminalized gun defense, along with most gun possessions. The shooter violated Canada’s gun laws, yet was able to accomplish his dark deed, nonetheless.

  1. LEGAL TRANS PRIVILEGE – In June of 2017 Canada introduced the now-famous bill C-16, which launched psychologist Jordan Peterson into the stratosphere as he stood as one of the few Canadians warning against the intolerance pregnant in this bill.

The bill was an amendment to Canada’s Orwellian-named Human Rights Act, which sought to limit liberty in the name of protecting the disenfranchised from being insulted in public. This amendment added “gender identity or expression” as a protected expression that ALL Canadians must comply with, regardless of whether they believed men could become women or not.

The Criminal Code already protected certain groups from what it calls “hate propaganda.” This bill added transgenders to that protected class. In other words, it de facto ennobled the transgender class as a protected class that should no longer be expected to hear opinions that invalidated their assertions that a man could become a woman, a woman could be a man, or that genders even existed at all. If they said it, you better parrot it, end stop.

In January 2022, a bill that was passed in 2021 took effect, Bill C-4. That bill made it illegal to attempt to persuade anyone, including children, that they should be heterosexual or “cis” gendered (a pejorative attempting to both vilify conventional binary gender constructions and invalidate them).

The fact that the bill included a phrase most humans would consider hate speech at this point, “cis gendered” shows the futility in allowing the state to define what “hate” is (as if hate, in and of itself, is a bad thing, unless you want to argue that hating murder is evil).

These are the two major acts, though provinces and local governments have their own “protections” for the ennobled trans class (except in the case of Alberta, which seems to be fighting back against the ennobled trans class).

ED. NOTE: While we join our readers in their concern over “trans mania,” we hold the view that some people might very well need transgender “therapy.” We also want to make it clear the evidence for the rise in trans violence is ambiguous. The majority of transgendered people should not be stigmatized by the minority ‘bad actors.’ We believe in individual justice, not social justice, and that applies to transgendered people as well.

2. ANTI-GUN LAWS – Canada has some of the strictest anti-gun laws in the nation. It began in 1995, one year before the UK began the process of surrendering their guns.

The Firearms Act of 1995 added a host of new requirements for gun ownership, which included licensing, background checks, safety training, and rules that effectively made it illegal to use your gun to defend yourself in your own home (outside of the most bizarre circumstances).

The only non-restricted weapons Canadians can currently own are bolt-action rifles and pump action shotguns. Any weapon capable of semi-automatic firing is highly restricted or prohibited altogether.

In 2022, Canada’s Bill C-21 took effect, which put a freeze on the sale, purchase, transfer, or import of handguns. It also ended ALL conceal carry for civilians, with some limited open carry allowances which basically allowed Canadians to hunt with their non-semi-automatic long guns.

While an unidentified adult in his household was legally able to possess the firearms the shooter used to kill 8 people, the shooter was not. The shooter violated multiple gun laws, appeared to use limited-action firearms (still unconfirmed), and was yet able to kill 8 people and himself in the span of 14 minutes, and that included the time it took him to get to the school from his residence.

  1. ANTI-SPEECH LAWS – During our research, we used Grok to search for Canada’s anti-speech laws. Grok began its results for me with this dystopian, unreal statement: “Freedom of expression in Canada is protected as a fundamental freedom under section 2(b) of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms (part of the Constitution Act, 1982). This includes freedom of thought, belief, opinion, expression, and the press and other media of communication.”

What followed next was a complete disconnect from that opening statement.

Grok would “clarify,” not realizing (or being allowed to realize) that this next statement wholly invalidates the first one and makes Grok read like an Orwellian propagandist delivering the new definitions of the day and the new list of friends and enemies.

Grok “clarified,” “However, these rights are not absolute. Section 1 of the Charter allows ‘reasonable limits prescribed by law as can be demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society.’ Courts apply the Oakes test to assess such limits, requiring the objective to be pressing/substantial, the means rationally connected and minimally impairing, and the benefits outweighing the harm.”

Grok also buried the lead. In 1985, C-46 was passed, which created a new Criminal Code called “Hate Propaganda and Related Offences.” This bill was challenged in the courts where it was “validated” by their Supreme Court on numerous cases, the two key ones being R. v. Keegstra (1990) and Saskatchewan (Human Rights Commission) v. Whatcott (2013).

Here are some of the vaguer, and thus more disturbing parts of the criminal code (from Grok):

Section 319(1): Public incitement of hatred – Communicating statements in a public place that incite hatred against an identifiable group where likely to lead to a breach of the peace (up to 2 years).

Section 319(2): Wilful promotion of hatred – Communicating statements (other than in private conversation) that wilfully promote hatred against an identifiable group (up to 2 years). Defences include truth, public interest discussion, good faith religious opinion (under subsection 319(3)(b)), and good faith belief on religious grounds.

Section 319(2.1): Wilful promotion of antisemitism – Specifically condoning, denying, or downplaying the Holocaust (added in recent amendments; up to 2 years).

Had the shooter lived, he might “enjoy” the “extra” protections his ennobled class might soon receive should Bill C-9 pass. This bill hopes to remove religious exemptions from speech restrictions, as well as add new offenses for displaying hate symbols. It also seeks to eliminate the need for the Attorney General to consent to speech violation prosecutions. In other words, they want more people to be subject to their thought control, and they want to make it EASIER to prosecute them.

D. BELLWETHER ANALYSIS

  1. NOTE: This is a new feature we have created. Unlike a PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS, this type of analysis is about understanding the context of the “present,” not predicting what might come next. Unlike a SUMMARY, it is not simply a synthesis of the facts as a review, it is an analysis of the spirit of the whole event as a bellwether.

A somewhat simplistic, but mostly accurate timeline of events will show the kernel of Wokeness was most closely created by the Frankfurt School starting in the early 20s. The kernel of wokeness was born in Europe.

Under the label, “critical theory,” the notion of social justice over economic justice began to emerge. By the 60s, American leftists decided to exploit that path, having realized capitalism wasn’t going to collapse anytime soon, and, unlike their predictions, was continuing to offer greater prosperity to more people in society than communism ever did (or would).

Wokeness, long before we used the term, was infiltrating American academia, which in turn spread its wokeness to other nations. As it infiltrated direct government power, the American state began to export wokeness to the rest of the world. They offered cash to the compliant and interference (to put it mildly) to the non-compliant.

Unfortunately for Canada, they got our wokeness in spades. As our next-door neighbor, Canada was most affected by the U.S.’s new woke promotions.

In America, the battle for the spirit of the land continues, with wokeness currently taking major hits (but hardly dead). In other countries like Canada, the UK, and Australia, wokeness has ended their status as a traditional Western “democratic” power. There is no free speech in any of these lands.

Wokeness may have started in Europe, but America gave it international strength, poisoning the rest of the world with an ideology that hates its citizens. Yet, America is still holding out while the others seem to have fallen (at least for now).

Why is that? It is because America’s right to rule is based on the premise that we are endowed by an authority outside the state with certain rights, rights that enable us to define and choose our own paths to happiness and prosperity.

Canada and Australia are no longer directly under the rule of the British crown, so the monarchy does not justify their rule. For these two countries, the right to rule is from “popular sovereignty,” the approval of the people, which is just mob rule with extra steps if that is your own right to rule principle.

In Britian, the monarch is the final authority, not God, so there are no absolute restrictions on government power.

Canada, Australia, and Britain all quickly gutted the public of guns starting around the same time, the late 90s, as it became apparent that technology was beginning to advantage small-scale resistance over large-scale conquest.

After the guns fell, the tongue followed behind, in all three countries, with Canada and the UK fighting neck-and-neck to be the most Soviet western nation of them all.

Now, here Canadians sit, having been promised security in exchange for surrendering dangerous freedom but getting neither. They sit in a world in which the press and the government must lie about the basic facts of a shooter to protect a special class of people from free tongues, enslaving all, including the special class (which are now desperately dependent on the state to protect them from mean thoughts, a protection they’ve been propagandized to militantly expect).

The “security” through disarming your neighbors’ guns and tongues has made Canada fundamentally less safe than it was before. A madman grew up among them, indulged by the system, protected from reality (you have a mental illness, you’re not a girl), and medically conditioned to be predisposed to even greater psychotic breaks with reality.

While children’s bodies were yet cold, the “authorities” were doubling down on the toxic lie that this boy was a girl. They were probably more frightened of the authorities sending them to jail for violating the psychotic safe space of transgendered people than they were of anything that happened at that school.

This bellwether event shows what happens when a government is too afraid of its citizens to let them have the tools to defend their children from a 4-minute execution by a mentally ill child indulged by the same system that took Canadians’ guns away. They created the beast and they disarmed its victims.

For we Americans, this should compel us even more to resist any effort to confiscate our guns. Vast swathes of American land are occupied by Progmerican overlords who seek to do to us what Canada has done to its citizens, disarm us while they raise beasts to kill us.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Origins of Woke – Rochard Hanania

Woke: A Critique of Social Justice Ideology – Jon Mills

Woke Ideology Critique and Counter Proposal – Frank Kaufman, David Burgess, Christ Kenedy

Originally published Feb 6, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By STAFF

“If Balak should give me his house full of silver and gold, I would not be able to go beyond the word of the Lord, to do either good or bad of my own will. What the Lord speaks, that will I speak? And now, behold, I am going to my people. Come, I will let you know what this people will do to your people in the latter days.”-

Numbers 24:13-14

INTRODUCTION

Just as we were wrapping up our monthly MIA report for January 2026, news broke that the Department of Justice had released over 3 million documents related to the massive conspiracy surrounding the now-deceased Jeffrey Epstein. This was a sort of prophetic utterance on the land from the highest echelons of power. It was meant for a curse, a curse by omission. It kept the black hole mystery alive but offered no clear justice. It keeps the land unsatisfied and unsecure.

When the Israelites were about to enter into the promised land, Balaam of Peor, a prophet of Ba’al, was enticing Israelites to worship the god that calls you to sacrifice your child. He was preparing to give a curse to the Israelites, but instead, God compelled him to give them a blessing, which he did.

Balaam’s reward was to later be killed by Joshua for the crime he committed of bringing Israelites to worship Ba’al.

The Israelites were about to enter their Promised Land, which was a Hope Exit of their time from Egyptian and Wilderness bondage when a curse was about to befall them. But that curse was turned into a blessing by the supernatural intervention of God, who was compelled to speak blessings on Israel and curses on Moab.

We Americans are about to enter our Hope Exit (hopefully) as well, as the division between American and Progmerican becomes clearer and clearer over the coming months. Just as we face this challenge, we see once again the Ba’al priests protected by the establishment. It seems they hold the high places still and they mean to protect their child-sacrificing god, come what may.

Yet, even as Balaam hoped to pronounce a curse with his mountaintop declarations, what might have been meant as a form of a curse on the land in the Epstein files release will yet be a blessing on the land, though it might be difficult to see that now.

After the releases, the partisan information warriors scampered off to their platforms and produced agit prop and content marketing condemning the other and protecting the ingroup. There were some, mostly outside of the Progmerican left (but not exclusively), that took measured wait-and-see takes, but, for the most part, Trump was exonerated or condemned, Bill Clinton was exonerated or condemned. There was little ground in between being created by the info warriors in the partisan camps.

Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche made the announcement, not Attorney General Pam Bondi, which might be telling in and of itself. He gave a measured statement, exclaiming these documents only represented half of the documents the government had yet not released. He claimed these files were held back because they identified victims, exposed medical files, had child pornographic images, or showed death, or showed abuse.

Right from the start he made it clear we were getting a sanitized look at the madness, which might be to our favor, but then again, it might be a demon we need to look at to see that the demon was fed by us as well. THIS might lead us to the repentance we have yet, as a nation, to experience, the repentance against our worshiping of Ba’al, the god who calls a nation to sacrifice their children to his fire.

Remember, many of the highest-level leaders of our country, in all sectors of life, were part of this child rape-murder-sacrifice-torture cabal. None, so far, have faced criminal consequence for their actions. Most of them continue to walk amongst us, our masters, dictating our terms of existence to us from behind a veil of moral supremacism concealing child sacrifice at its heart.

If it’s not them, it’s their adult children, who, by now, have most likely been initiated into the family affair, the family “business.”

These same leaders were the ones making deals with China that sold our vitality to the Chinese Communist Party for a promise of an Eldorado that would never come (the burgeoning consumer class in China that would one day dwarf America’s).

While they sold our vocations to China, at home they were browbeating us with a morality they used to justify corporate censorship and the unpersoning of the unorthodox. While they were browbeating us in public, in private, they were stealing life to satisfy Ba’al’s fire within them all, a fire that is never quenched, which is an eternal torment to the worm that never dies.

The documents were only released in what we imagine is a “minimal” adherence to a law ordering the DOJ to release the Epstein Files. The Deputy Attorney General stated, “We comply with the act, and there is no ‘protect President Trump.’ We didn’t protect or not protect anybody.”

The statement itself is a minimal affirmation of the Act, which would support our theory the DOJ “minimally” complied with the law. As for the claim they didn’t protect anyone, let us see if we find this statement to be accurate after our analysis.

It should be noted that this release was six weeks past the due date outlined in the November 19, 2025 Act signed into law by President Donald Trump.

The releases include 2,000 videos and 180,000 images. The two biggest names everyone was looking for, Donald Trump and Bill Clinton, failed to deliver the proverbial smoking gun, as these releases largely did (with some noted exceptions).

First, we will look at the two biggest names and what these Epstein Files say about them, then in general at who was most damaged and who escaped any serious harm, and finally we’ll analyze what this type of release tells us about the Reality of Power at the global scale, behind closed doors, where the children are most likely still being used as elixirs of youth and deification.

A. DONALD TRUMP

Shortly after the Epstein Files release, President Donald Trump told the press on Air Force One, “I didn’t see (the files) myself, but I was told by some very important people that not only does it absolve me, it’s the opposite of what people were hoping.”

He was referring specifically to what he alleges the Epstein Files show, a conspiracy between Jeffrey Epstein and author Michael Wolff to besmirch Trump’s name out of revenge. This charge has some suggestions through the email correspondence between Wolff and Epstein that might corroborate that claim, but there is no smoking guns affirming the claim. Trump has threatened to sue Wolff, who expressed no alleged fear at such possibility.

Progmerican Info Warriors have taken to sharing a meme that says “Donald Trump was mentioned more times in the Epstein Files than Jesus was mentioned in the Bible.” As usual, category “errors” abound in that narrative, the first of which is that one category is the Holy Word of God, and the other category is criminal child sex trafficking investigation files.

The meme itself reveals that the Progmericans have no hoped-for smoking gun from the Epstein files. The most damaging files are anonymous complaints that are filled with horrifying details. However, most of the other high-profile people, including Bill Clinton, suffer from this same circumstance.  These are mostly unsubstantiated claims by anonymous sources that were either followed up on and ruled out as uncredible or ruled out as uncredible from the start.

The “best” attack the left had was to malapropistically use Christ as a bludgeon against Trump’s presumed Christian base. Not understanding scripture at all, they had no idea such comparisons would ring hollow, especially for those who hold to the rather orthodox belief that ALL of scripture points to Christ. Where His name is not spoken, the Word yet points to Him.

It also cheapens the profundity and sacredness of scripture by comparing it to child pornographic criminal records. THIS was not by accident.

While the DOJ says Trump has been mentioned over 5,000 times in the files, Bill Clinton’s number of mentions hasn’t been released. When you do a search for Bill Clinton in the DOJ’s Epstein Files library, you get 1,230 mentions. When you do a search for Donald Trump, you get 1,478 results.

B. BILL CLINTON

Bill Clinton will find nothing even suggesting an exoneration like President Trump did in this release, nor was there a smoking gun condemning him. The evidence against him still remains circumstantial, which includes the new photos of him with Jeffrey Epstein, including some with young women, sometimes in questionable (but not obviously so) positions.

When the U.S. House Oversight Committee subpoenaed both Bill Clinton and his wife Hillary to testify under oath, the Clintons initially refused. Now, they have agreed, in principle, to testify in the face of potential criminal charges of contempt for continuing to refuse to comply to the subpoena.

Perhaps the most damaging evidence against the Clintons, in general, is Jeffrey Epstein’s deposition in 2016 when he invoked the Fifth Amendment numerous times to avoid answering questions about the nature of his involvement with Bill Clinton and the Clinton Foundation. Outside of that, this release introduced no real new information about the Clintons and their relationship to Jeffrey Epstein.

C. THOSE MOST AFFECTED

This category excludes, of course, the ones obviously most affected from this whole operation (one probably still going on in one way, shape, or form), the victims of these little gods, the men and women consuming the future to preserve the illusion of the eternal now.

  1. KIER STARMER – The UK Prime Minister was not originally on this list, but circumstances have changed. Momentum continues to grow for the PM to resign after it was revealed Starmer KNEW about Peter Mandelson’s connections to Jeffrey Epstein BEFORE he approved of Mandelson becoming the U.S. ambassador.

His own intelligence service flagged Mandelson, but Starmer overruled the flag. The only reason this was discovered was because the second person on this list, Peter Mandelson, was exposed in the Epstein Files in a way that led British authorities to discover this fact.

  1. PETER MANDELSON – After the Epstein Files were released, Peter Mandelson was exposed as having leaked sensitive information to Jeffrey Epstein that could result in criminal charges. The fallout was immediate, as Mandelson was forced to resign from the Labour Party and from the House of Lords. He had already been forced to resign as the UK ambassador to the U.S. It was the notification from the Epstein Files that Mandelson had leaked this information that led to an investigation exposing the initial flag by the intelligence community on Mandelson and Starmer’s direct override of the flag.
  2. MIROSLAV LAJCAK – Slovakia’s National Security Adviser was forced to resign after the Epstein files release revealed he had numerous parties and meetings with Epstein back in 2018. The opposition party pounced on the releases, while Lajcak claimed he had done no wrong.
  3. STEVE TISCH – The Co-owner of the New York Giants, Steve Tisch, showed up in this new batch release 400 times, and that includes emails from him using terms like “working girl” that made it highly probable he was referring to sexual activity, though not underage activity.

While the NFL has announced plans to investigate Steve Tish, so far, he hasn’t been forced to resign, nor has he offered to.

  1. BILL CLINTON – While no smoking gun was revealed in the release, they did help to fuel the House Oversight Committee’s efforts to get the Clintons to testify under oath (something they wanted to do for some time).
  2. OTHERS – Some lesser affected include Harvey Weinstein, Leon Black, Casey Wasserman, and Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. The last one is most noteworthy, with Lutnick showing up for an Epstein Island lunch visit years after he claimed he last contacted Epstein.

ED.NOTE: We consider one Democrat hard hit by the Epstein Files release, Stacey Plaskett, a minor actor. What she has alleged to do, text Jeffrey Epstein during U.S. House hearings, indicts the system. Her removal as an actor, however, is almost inconsequential.

While Donald Trump doesn’t appear to have the clear exoneration he claims, he has taken no real damage beyond what he’s already received from his handling of the Epstein files in general.

D. WHAT’S MISSING

At the now culturally irrelevant Grammy Awards, British actor and comedian Trevor Noah made a joke about Donald Trump, saying, “That’s a Grammy that every artist wants — almost as much as Trump wants Greenland. Which makes sense because, since Epstein’s gone, he needs a new island to hang out with Bill Clinton. I told you, it’s my last year! What are you going to do about it?”

Upon hearing this, President Trump responded on Truth Social, “The host, Trevor Noah, whoever he may be, is almost as bad as Jimmy Kimmel at the Low Ratings Academy Awards. I can’t speak for Bill, but I have never been to Epstein Island, nor anywhere close, and until tonight’s false and defamatory statement, have never been accused of being there, not even by the Fake News Media. Noah, a total loser, better get his facts straight, and get them straight fast. It looks like I’ll be sending my lawyers to sue this poor, pathetic, talentless, dope of an M.C., and suing him for plenty$. Ask Little George Slopadopolus and others how that all worked out. Also, ask CBS!” added Trump. “Get ready, Noah, I’m going to have some fun with you!”

This exchange right here might be the most amount of action these file releases have generated far. A far-left anti-American British citizen on an American television show to an American audience made a joke about a former and current President going to an island that is known for child rape (and probably child murder as well).

The CURRENT President responded to this jokester by threatening to sue him, demonstrating a critical unawareness of basic first amendment constitutional law, or an indifference to it. Either way, the most dramatic exchange to come after this mega-release turns out to be between an anti-American agit prop activist properly exploiting American freedom and the sitting President not properly understanding it.

What’s missing is evidence that leads to criminal prosecution for anyone, which we can only surmise includes a high proportion of leaders in all segments of society. Hundreds, if not thousands, of powerful men and women who participated in consuming children to satisfy their little god fires, are still among us, still holding social, cultural, political, and even sacred leadership and gatekeeping positions.

What’s missing is accountability, what’s missing is a transparent assurance the operation is actually shut down and is not being continued with different Epsteins and Maxwells.

E. THE CASE FOR SEEING MORE

Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche let us know this release was only half of the files the DOJ still has. We suggested he complied as minimally as he thought he could get away with, and the fruit of this release suggests to us he wasn’t being truthful when he said he wasn’t protecting anyone.

We don’t presume he is protecting President Trump, or NOT protecting President Trump. We don’t presume Trump is guilty beyond turning a blind eye to something he AT LEAST should have figured out a lot sooner than he did (if he’s even guilty of that).

We don’t even suggest this for President Clinton as well. For all we know, both these men could be innocent. For all we know, both these men could be guilty of comparable crimes.

Blanche revealed the released files did not include those files that showed child pornographic images, or showed death, or showed abuse. He also cited medical records concerns and victim identities; both seem credible enough. However, those first three categories don’t, especially because sensitive areas can be blurred to at least expose the criminal, something we must assume has already been done, but led to no arrests.

As stated above, we have no idea who walks among us that is part of this Satanic cult, and the cost of shocking Americans with the awful sins of our leaders is overshadowed by the much costlier consequence of continuing to protect the criminals of Epstein Island. Protect no one, not even Donald Trump (if it’s needed at all).

Failure to let Americans see the horrifying truth will only further erode the state’s legitimacy of rule, which is already on life support as it is. Release the Kraken, come what may, for the guilty can no longer be protected if the state in its current form (officially still American) hopes to continue to exist.

SUMMARY

The Department of Justice, under the direction of Pam Bondi, did the minimum it felt it had to do to at least give the political leadership of both parties plausible deniability that yet did not remove the Epstein fangs pointed at one another.

The goal here, it would seem, was to sustain the status quo between the real competing factions. These competing main factions are Trump’s elites now hedging their bets on the China model and leaning towards an America-lite model, and the “China Model through the Woke Vehicle of Power” elites who have been the center of power until recently.

We see here King Kong versus Godzilla, fighting over our city, with the Epstein files being performative missiles shot off now and then by the city security forces, who assure us the monsters are under control. We Americans find ourselves rooting for King Kong, the American-like monster, for at least this monster won’t completely destroy our city, whereas we KNOW Godzilla wants to destroy us completely.

We have a real chance in the post-Kong victory world to fully live out our Americanism. We have little chance to fully live out our Americanism if Godzilla wins. Still, we see the monster that King Kong is clearly for ourselves, and we are not prepared to bend our knee to him anymore than we would be prepared to bend our knee to Godzilla. Or so the metaphor goes.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

The latest attempt by the Trump administration and the DNC to placate the masses without giving too much safe harbor to the enemy has served only to delay the soon-to-be louder voices demanding the real damaging files get released, come what may.

We can’t imagine anyone seriously thought this would put the Epstein files to bed, and possibly that was never the intended outcome. For as much as we want to know the full truth of the child sex ring designed to blackmail thought leaders in multiple countries, we also understand the black hole mystery that is the Epstein Files.

This black hole mystery can gobble up minds, resources, that might otherwise have discovered practical paths to blunt centralized control over human action. This is not to suggest the effort to expose the truth shouldn’t continue, but only that the continuation of this black hole mystery is not completely disadvantageous to the elites.

This is especially true of the elites who continue to be part of the blackmailers group, not the blackmailed leaders group Clinton, Trump, etc., are candidates for being in. The blackmailers have every reason for the mystery to continue, and our passion to continue to be absorbed by it, for, even as we speak, most likely they’ve long moved on to their new centers of child sacrifice.

We always allow for God’s intervention, but outside of that, this black hole mystery is set to continue at least for another year, maybe longer.

We doubt the Clinton hearings will yield much more than body language videos and montages of “I plea the Fifth,” which is assuming the hearings happen at all, something far from certain at this point. If they do, the Clintons will try to look hard and determined in the same way Hillary did during the Benghazi hearings (presaging Trump).

Trump has standardized the bluster, the WWE promotion-style savaging, which the Clintons will try to manifest in their outfits and their demeanor.

They will address the Republicans curtly, with a tinge of contempt. Bill could be a wildcard if he gets caught in a logic trap and says more than he should. The DNC criminal media will cover them with plaudits and heap shame on the Republicans daring to question their integrity.

The press will carry headlines comparing Trump’s 5K mentions to Bill’s “fewer” mentions as proof this is merely a political witch hunt. The girls at the View may offer this as proof that the Department of Justice is protecting Donald Trump by going after the Clintons to distract them from Trump, who, after all, is mentioned more

The net result will be a blunting of the Epstein Files as a uniquely Republican or Democrat problem, which is not a good overall net result for America, because it means less creators will find incentives in producing content keeping the pressure on these people to release files (since it doesn’t exclusively hurt the other faction).

On one hand this might be good if those same creators start showing their audiences how to build Americanist communities right where they live, starting in their own homes. But this seems less likely, as that type of content is not nearly as monetizable as Epstein content that eviscerates the opposing faction.

On the other hand, if this is swept under the rug, it will only embolden the elites to do more, which means more victims than ever before, for surely, they haven’t stopped Jeffrey Epstein’s work. What this means is they haven’t stopped offering children for power to the people who will still rule over us as if WE were the ones that needed THEIR moral authority for our lives to be “good.”

There is a Goldilocks zone for our engagement with this black hole mystery, and it’s not silence or indifference, nor is it where the bulk of our energies should be spent.

The blackmailers would ultimately be happy with either/or extreme, total obsession that saps restorative energies to total crickets allowing the conspiracy to operate in silence. The blackmailers prefer to see the pendulum swing wildly from the obsession extreme to the cricket extreme. This assures the blackmailed still feel threatened while also assuring the blackmailers continue to remain invisible (as they mostly still are).

A consistent, steady approach to investigating the Epstein files is what is needed amongst us Americans (see Whitney Webb), but only a handful of us.

Unless a brave whistleblower manages to get the irrefutable proof of the dark sins of our leaders, expect the black hole mystery of the Epstein Files to continue to burn, for good and for ill, against a backdrop of an America struggling to find her people amongst peoples who have long ago forgotten what America is.

Our ability to confront these sins, to bring to account the main criminals, will most likely be what finally determines if the spirit of Americanism prevails in this land or the spirit of Progmericanism, child sacrifice, prevails in this land.

The Epstein Files release has not fooled the Americans, it is only helping us to clarify whose clearly with us and whose clearly against us. In other words, the Epstein Files release is already proving to be a blessing, not the curse it was intended to be. If you are too partisan in your defense of ANY suspected politician, including Trump, we have reason to question your Americanist credentials.

Will Ba’al replace Christ, officially, as the centerpiece of the “new Progmerican republic” or will Christ remain muted under an American-lite MAGA banner, or will Christ be unbounded in a restored Americanist nation? So far, the release hasn’t had its intended results, which bodes well for the Americanists.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

One Nation Under Blackmail – Vol. 1: The Sordid Union Between Intelligence and Crime that Gave Rise to Jeffrey Epstein – Whitney Webb

Virginia Giuffre: Epstein’s Masseuse Who Took Down the Rick – Nigel Cawthorne

Filthy Rich: The Jeffrey Epstein Story – James Patterson

Epstein: The Man Behind the Scandal – Terry Hall

Originally published Jan 16, 2026 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Michael A. Cessna, Military Affairs Correspondent

“My advisers built a wall between myself and my people. I didn’t realize what was happening. When I woke up, I had lost my people.” – Mohammed Reza Pahlavi

INTRODUCTION

On December 28th, 2025, protests erupted throughout the Islamic Republic of Iran. Decades of incompetence, corruption and incoherent policies have wrecked the Iranian economy to the point that the Iranian Rial (IRR) went from about IRR 48,000 to $1 USD in the first week of December, to crashing down to c.IRR 1.4 million to $1 USD on December 28. Clearly, this level of crash does not provide a sustainable economy.

These riots have the brutal “Islamic Republic” regime (which has abused and violated that nation for some 47 years) teetering on the brink of being overrun, and completely displaced. As of this writing, estimates of the death toll among protesters may be in excess of 12,000.

Decades of poor decisions have resulted in a fundamental undermining of both the natural environment and the rule of law in one of the most populated Muslim countries in the world. President Donald Trump, as this article goes to press, has made some provocative statements in support of the anti-regime protestors…and in doing so, risks disaster if he fails to follow through, or if he fails to follow through effectively (he may have followed through by the time this issue is released).

Essentially, he encouraged the ongoing unrest and declared “help is on the way.”

This report will get you caught up with where we are now and conclude with an analysis of Trump’s options once the “help is on the way” statement was made.

A. WHAT MAKES THIS REBELLION DIFFERENT

The most critical thing to understand about this particular series of anti-regime protests is that it began with the bazaari’s of the country – the small, bourgeoisie business owners who anchor the national economy.

This is important because the other massive protests that have erupted with regularity, beginning in 1999, and especially since 2009, were all based on angry students rioting over various issues, including women’s rights, but also over the deteriorating situation with the economy, making the degrees the students were working towards useless.

With this particular protest coming from the business underpinnings of the country, the tone was fundamentally different. Such a catastrophic collapse of the currency renders it virtually impossible for merchants – especially small merchants – to sustain business operations. These are not a bunch of angsty children demanding to be heard, but the base of what keeps the country running.

This, obviously, represents a breaking point for the regime. The escalating violence quickly shifted from mere economic anger to an all-out push by the common Iranian population to remove the current regime…in favor, apparently, of reactionary demands to return to a Constitutional Monarchy, led by the exiled heir to the Pahlavi throne.

The potential impact of a complete refutation of theological governance by one of the largest Muslim nations in the world by population is almost immeasurable. This is EXACTLY what Reza Pahlavi II is trying to do.

The ruling dynasty of Iran in 1979 was the Pahlavi Dynasty, headed by Shah Muhammad Reza. Much has been written about the Shah, and how he was a corrupt, vapid and brutal dictator, with savage secret police. The problem? Those claims are – without exception – the whole-cloth inventions of the current regime, and a hostile Western media establishment.

The Shah of Iran was the head of a functional Constitutional Monarchy, one that actually functioned as the concept is intended. He continually went out of his way to do everything he could to modernize and improve the condition of the Iranian people. The Ayatollah Khomeini, himself, had his death sentence commuted by the Shah…and repaid him by doing everything he could to undermine and unseat the Shah, proving that no good deed goes unpunished. This is especially ironic, given that the main driver of Khomeini’s commutation and exile was the head of the Shah’s SAVAK secret police.

The Shah was a progressive at a level that should make modern Liberal-Progressives blush with embarrassment. The Shah’s “White Revolution” not only enacted land reform, but also emancipated and empowered Iranian women, while trying to modernize the nation. The reason for the widespread anger at the Shah in 1979 had nothing to do with SAVAK, and everything to do with KGB-developed propaganda.

The endgame for Reza II is to apply what he has been working on for nearly five decades. Reza Pahlavi II has maintained a singular focus on his plan to transition the country out of its totalitarian-generated morass. It is for this reason that the protesters in Iran are chanting, “Long Live the Shah!”

B. FROM SHAH TO AYATOLLAH

Iran fundamentally changed in 1979. A combination of radical Islamists and Communists, both supported by the Soviet KGB, forced the then-Shah – Muhammad Reza Pahlavi, into exile. The Shah was terminally ill with cancer at the time, and without a strong statement of support from then-US President Jimmy Carter, the Shah decided that he did not want the blood of his people on his and his family’s hands, even though the Imperial Armed Forces were more than capable of suppressing the rioters.

As a result, the Islamic government of Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini came to power. Almost immediately, they facilitated the 1979 seizure of the United States embassy in the capital of Tehran, which remains closed to this day. The weakness Khomeini and his radical theocrats imposed on Iran by gutting the Imperial Armed Forces in a Stalin-scale purge, encouraged Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein to invade and attempt to seize major Iranian oil infrastructures at the northern end of the Persian Gulf.

This initiated the eight-year bloodbath of the Iran-Iraq War. It is a testament to the warfighting ability of the Imperial Iranian Armed Forces that they were as effective as they were, despite the purges.

During the war, the Islamic regime ramped up their oppression of the Iranian people, even as it rammed children as young as 12 into battle against Iraqi machine guns, artillery and poison gas. As the war with Saddam Hussein came to an end, rather than working to rebuild the highly developed technical and manufacturing infrastructure they inherited from the Shah’s government, the mullahs in charge of the country functionally looted the industrial and manufacturing sectors more efficiently than any Third World tin-pot dictator ever could.

The result is that by 2025, Iran has been reduced to the level of an artisan/craft economy – exactly the sector of the bazaari’s whose businesses were rendered moot by the currency collapse. Iran has precisely two sectors left that can be considered “high tech”: the oil industry, and a low-tier defense sector.

The oil industry is not as much of an economic underpinning as it was previously, both due to sanctions on Iranian exports, and on the low price of crude, now hovering around $60 per barrel. There are additional major questions concerning Iran’s oil production infrastructure. In combination, this has rendered Iran’s potential oil wealth a moot point.

The overall industrial picture as presented by the regime is deceptively rosy. While there appears to be a robust manufacturing sector, including steel and automotive production, the vast majority of those products are not being exported for foreign currency intake, but for internal use.

The defense industry is stunted, despite breathless claims of its viability. Iranian fixed and rotary aircraft are low-quality reproductions of Imperial-era designs, while their land systems, like tanks, are also of very poor quality, copying already poorly designed and built Chinese systems. Similarly, Iran’s capacity to build any naval craft above the level of “Boghammer”-style armed speedboats is laughable, no matter how dangerous they might be. The one defense export Iran has is its combat drones.

While producing a wide array of combat drones, like the Shahed 129 (similar to the Predator)  long-endurance platform and the larger Shahed 149, plus the widely used delta-wings like the Shahed 136/131, these drones have significant military limitations.

Like most drones, these are only truly effective against forces lacking coherent air defense strategies. Even the Russians – desperate for weapons for its war in Ukraine, had to “modify” Iranian drones before they could be deployed in combat.

Likewise, the general industrial sector has stagnated since 1979, with many formerly stable companies being driven to bankruptcy due to nationalization and endemic central planning mismanagement by the regime. Coupled with a lack of foreign currency reserves, this has significantly limited the import of consumer products.

But these are just incidentals, as shocking as they are, because there is one overriding disaster that the incompetent regime in Tehran has stumbled into:

Water.

C. THE EXISTENTIALLY-BREAKING CONSTANT – NO POTABLE WATER

Water is one of those existential things that people generally do not think about – until it runs out. Without water, you have no crops, almost no electrical power at scale…and nothing to drink. The average human can last about three days without water before they are unable to function.

The roots of Iran’s water disaster ties directly back to the aftermath of their seizure of power in 1979. The mullah-led government, in the throes of a massive war with Iraq, launched a massive program of building dams wherever geography would allow one to go in, with no thought given to the impact on the water supply, because the corruption returns were too great to ignore.

Naturally, because the dams damaged natural flow and retention systems, the government massively pumped in artesian aquifers to keep the water supplies flowing. Unsurprisingly, this caused an eventual crash in the artesian systems themselves.

The conditions have deteriorated to the point that the regime was seriously considering relocating the capital out of Tehran before the current unrest, because their incompetence is continuing to rapidly depopulate the countryside, forcing rural populations to relocate to cities.

The regime has been trying to implement a large-scale desalination program to compensate. The program lacked any clear idea of the logistics involved…and those corruption returns, again, are – or were – highly attractive. The regime is strangling its highly profitable golden goose…because, simply put, they are so corrupt, they are incapable of making a right turn, not even to save themselves.

The broader implications of the regime’s corruption-driven failure in its water policy are a nightmare of inconceivable proportions waiting to happen. Iran has a population of about 92 million people. The possibility of massive displacement movements driven by thirst is very real and threatens to completely destabilize the entire region in ways not seen in living memory.

For outsiders, this is a highly dangerous situation, as it will completely up-end markets and investments, long before we factor in the raw security threats to personal and national safety. In the wider immediate, this situation directly threatens the viability of the Strait of Hormuz as a transit point for oil. In the broader scope, the potential closure of the Strait directly threatens the economies of the rest of the world.

This is not hyperbole. Despite the recent events in Venezuela, the South American state cannot make up the difference of the loss of that oil flow through the straits, despite its proven reserves, because a similar level of corruption and incompetence has left Venezuela with an oil infrastructure that is even more dilapidated than Iran’s.

The few overland pipelines running out of the Persian Gulf region cannot function as a viable bypass either due to a lack of volume and a lack of security, with a resurgent Islamic State terror group.

Russia is still bogged down in Ukraine, so it is in no position to act effectively, as the on-going U.S. seizure of several of their “ghost fleet” tankers has shown. Likewise, Communist China cannot fill the oil gap – if they can’t get to the oil, it doesn’t matter how many commercial tanker ships they have…which may well be why the Communist state is experimenting with arming its merchant vessels.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

Right now, Donald Trump is riding high (geopolitically) as he nears his first full year in office. With an improving economy, serious movement on dealing with illegal migrants, and the recent wins against Venezuela and Russia (in terms of the seizures of the ghost fleet tankers), Trump has made some very definitive and provocative statements in support of the Iranian Street

The danger with these statements by Trump is that he tends to make provocative statements as a strategic or tactical bluff, while refraining from any practical measures – in this case, that means even limited military action, in the form of airstrikes. Here, however, that strategy could backfire massively.

If Trump, after making strong and definitive statements of support, fails to follow through on those statements, he would face the same disastrous position as George H. W. Bush in the second quarter of 1991,when Bush implied that the US would support the Iraqi people if they rose up against Saddam Hussein. Although he never explicitly promised support, he did imply it.

His failure to provide support when the uprisings did happen, while not the only reason for the defeat of his reelection bid the following year (another failed promise, “read my lips, no new taxes,” being the main reason), DID play a role in cementing his “untrustworthy” branding. In Iran, however, Trump has pointedly told the Iranian people “help is on the way.”

This is placing Trump’s credibility directly on the line. Failure to provide direct, meaningful support to the protestors before the end of January will mean both the collapse of resistance but will also critically damage Trump’s aura with those anchoring their support of the GOP in the 2026 midterms to his credibility.

ED. NOTE: It will also damage the credibility of any future U.S. administration that might promise hope to the next round of dissenters (should they still “need” it).

Conversely, actually providing support brings the very real risk of “mission creep”, with implications of a massive “boots on the ground” requirement, as well as managing the geopolitical fallout on his own.

The phrase “help is on the way” is unambiguous in a way Bush’s “take matters into your own hands” was not. Trump has made a promise, not offered encouragement. The Iranian protesters, risking everything in 200+ cities, have heard that promise. So has the regime, which will use any American support – or lack thereof – to justify its response. And so has the rest of the world, from allies wondering if American commitments mean anything, to adversaries calculating whether this is the moment American resolve finally breaks.

The strategic calculus is brutal: limited support (intelligence sharing, sanctions enforcement, cyber operations) may prove insufficient to tip the balance, leaving protesters exposed to massacre while still giving the regime propaganda ammunition about American interference.

But substantial support – no-fly zones, arms shipments, direct strikes on IRGC facilities – risks the very mission creep that destroyed American credibility in Somalia, Iraq and Afghanistan (reports indicate perhaps Israel is already doing some of this). Either path carries enormous risks; the only certainty is that doing nothing after saying “help is on the waywould be catastrophic.

The question becomes: what does meaningful support look like without repeating Iraq’s mistakes? Options range from minimal to maximal involvement:

At the low end, it means enhanced sanctions (which he’s appears to be already doing) targeting regime leadership personally, freezing their offshore accounts, providing encrypted communication tools beyond Starlink, intelligence sharing with opposition forces about regime troop movements. These carry minimal risk but may prove insufficient.

Mid-range options include establishing no-fly zones to prevent helicopter gunship attacks on protesters (the same tactic that crushed the 1991 Iraqi uprising), targeted airstrikes on IRGC command facilities, direct arms shipments to organized resistance forces, and formal diplomatic recognition of a Pahlavi transitional government. These would materially aid the uprising but risk escalation.

Maximum involvement would mean direct military intervention to decapitate the regime – a path that leads inevitably to occupation, nation-building, and all the disaster traps that implies. The stakes extend far beyond Trump’s political fortunes.

A successful Iranian revolution ending theocratic rule would fundamentally reshape Middle Eastern geopolitics. It would eliminate the primary state sponsor of Hezbollah, Hamas, and most of the various Shia militias destabilizing Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, and Iraq. It could enable a genuine Arab Israeli normalization beyond the Abraham Accords. Most critically, a restored constitutional monarchy with Pahlavi’s detailed transition plans could begin addressing the water crisis before it triggers the displacement of tens of millions of people.

Conversely, a failed uprising followed by regime survival would entrench the mullahs for another generation, embolden authoritarian regimes globally, and accelerate the water catastrophe. Worse still, American abandonment of Iranian protesters after explicit promises would validate every adversary’s claim that American commitments are worthless – a message that would resonate from Taipei to Kyiv to Jerusalem.

The problem is that the protesters, after Trump’s statements, may be expecting maximal support, while Trump’s political constraints and strategic caution suggests the minimal involvement route.  That gap between expectation and delivery is where credibility dies. There are few good options. While that lack is not Trump’s fault, he has inherited the situation, and now has to deal with it, because his statements of support are now water under the bridge.

ED. NOTE: As of the completion of this report on the morning of Friday, January 16, 2026, outside of tariff announcements by the President against nations that do business with Iran, the U.S. administration has not followed up on Trump’s claim, “help is on the way.”

FURTHER RESOURCES:

A History of Iran (Empire of the Mind) – Michael Axworthy

Immortal: A Military History of Iran and Its Armed Forces – Steven R. Ward

The Shaw’s Iran – Abdolreza Ansari

The Shah of Iran: The Man and His Land – I.G. Edmonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originally published Dec 12, 2025 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

STAFF

“Every man has a property in his own person. This nobody has a right to, but himself.”John Locke

“We cannot seek achievement for ourselves and forget about progress and prosperity for our community.” Valerie Jarrett

Our Bellwether storyline of 2025 is the dramatic erosion of individual liberty standards in three nations that were early leaders in the project that gave rise to those standards, “liberalism.” The first nation, England, may be ahead of the second nation, Canada, in killing that individual liberty spirit, but the third nation, America, is not far behind.

Last month, we suggested our top story of the year would be the first year of the second term of President Donald Trump. However, that story is only part of the much-larger story, the death of John Locke’s civilization and the emergence of a new one (or new ones).

In America, buttressed as it is through vast swathes of its territory populated by legally armed American citizens, John Locke is making a comeback in many ways, even if just it’s just in slowing down the bleeding.

In other ways, however, he’s all-but died already, especially (but not exclusively) behind enemy territory, Democrat-ruled lands.

We will highlight some of the bellwether stories within each nation’s own John Locke narrative. We will begin our analysis with a brief explanation of why we chose John Locke to be the bellwether of the larger story this year’s bellwether is framed within.

A. JOHN LOCKE’S BODY

John Locke was a 17th Century philosopher who created the underlying presupposition regarding the nature of valuing in governance that has created the civilizations featured in this report, Britain, Canada, and America. That underlying presupposition is that a society cannot progress if it cannot pursue truth. It cannot pursue truth if it does not respect the rights of others to be wrong.

The way we Americans would word it is this: Your rights end where your actions harm others. This is not only the standard individuals should live by, but it’s also the standard that will allow truth to flourish, and thus people to flourish, as a result. But where truth is oppressed in the name of protecting the weak from wrong thoughts, truth dies, followed by flourishing.

While Locke was a Christian, he was also an Empiricist, meaning he believed meaning was mostly derived from the perception of the material. He advocated the notion that the human mind was a blank slate, a tabula rasa.

He got to God through material understanding, saying, “We are capable of knowing certainly that there is a God. Though God has given us no innate ideas of himself; though he has stamped no original characters on our minds, wherein we may read his being; yet having furnished us with those faculties our minds are endowed with, he hath not left himself without witness: since we have sense, perception, and reason, and cannot want a clear proof of him, as long as we carry ourselves about us.”

The enemy attacking John Locke was born from his “liberalism,” though some “classic liberals” still claim a liberal center can hold. As of now, that does NOT appear to be case anymore for the liberal project. Perhaps it has hit that Kantean dialectical wall, where reasons pushes through into nonsense, which is what many claim liberalism ultimately did through “wokeness,” the alleged natural outcome of liberalism.

From Locke, for instance, we get the notion of “progress” as a necessary component of “human flourishing,” a notion the “Woke” still rely on today. From Locke, though, we get the American justification for these same restrictions on government power, though we add the assumption of a creator as the source for the recognition of “rights” of individuals. Still, that assumption of a creator is based on “reason” (or at least the mere capacity for reason), it does not come from a revelatory source.

This puts the liberal project in danger, but need we use the Lockean justification for an “individual liberty” respecting government or can we provide another justification for that claim? We believe we can provide an alternative justification, but one which is limited to communities that themselves are not compelled to use coercion as a means of socio-cultural or political influence.

This justification does not rest on anything but the pragmatic realization by such communities that a government bounded by individual liberty allows all participating communities opportunities to sustainably flourish on their own unique terms.

A government bounded by individual liberty allows member communities the space to freely practice their own standards and beliefs while also benefiting from the enriched value exchange potential between like-minded “neighbors,” other communities with their own standards and beliefs.

“Americanism” can be a pragmatic bridging standard between communities not willing to bear the sword in the name of their “god.”

This last year delivered serious blows to the corpse of John Locke. One hopes what rises has the spirit of individual liberty without the need for “justification” beyond an agreed standard between peaceful communities.

It is not the state’s role to settle such matters, it is merely the state’s sole justification for power, the fruit of a state that limits its power in recognition of individual liberty.

B. SOVIET UK

Here is the UK’s descent into madness told through the briefs we created through 2025. They are listed not in chronological order but in our editorial view of their importance and relation to one another. This format will be used for Canada and the U.S. as well:

  1. JANUARY 2025 – UK CONTINUES DESCENT INTO LEFTIST AUTHORITARIAN MADNESS The Labour Party is making every effort it can to destroy what’s left of Britain, with three actions showcasing the further devolution of the country towards authoritarianism.

Kier Starmer went to Ukraine to sign a “100-year deal,” meaning he envisions a one-party state if he feels he can make such guarantees. That one-party state will move closer to the Chinese Social Credit Score model with the start of its authoritarian Digital ID program, which it hopes will make all of its citizens, especially the natives, trackable. The coup-de-gras might be the Labour Party’s decision to not open an inquiry on child rape gangs that have been forming in Pakistani “communities.”

  1. NOVEMBER 2025 – UK THINKS WE’RE STILL A COLONY? – Ofcom, the United Kingdom’s communications regulator has recently declared that Americans are not protected from UK prosecution for violating their soviet-styled speech laws when their social media posts reach their citizens. So far, talk of bills being written to deal with this foreign intrusion on American sovereignty is all that’s been seen in response to this assertion by the UK. They do this while they push forward with Online censorship, Digital ID, and now mass arrests of UK protesters.
  2. 3. SEPTEMBER 2025 – AFTER MASSIVE “UNITE THE KINGDOM” RALLY, STARMERS RESPONSE IS TO CALL THE RALLY RACIST – Prime Minister Keir Starmer is relying on the old rules of engagement when dealing with resistance to his anti-British planvasion plans. This time, in response to a half a million plus rallying in support of the British nation and national identity, Starmer chose to spread misinformation and lies about the rally.

He declared, “People have a right to peaceful protest. It is core to our countrys values. But we will not stand for assaults on police officers doing their job or for people feeling intimidated on our streets because of their background or the color of their skin. Britain is a nation proudly built on tolerance, diversity, and respect. Our flag represents our diverse country, and we will never surrender it to those that use it as a symbol of violence, fear, and division.”

  1. JULY 2025 – UK LABOUR TO CHANGE VOTING LAWS TO MAKE CHEATING EASIER– The anti-UK government currently controlling the UK, Labour, has announced plans to rig the next election by lowering the voting age to 16 so they can get more freshly indoctrinated children to vote for their own demise. They also promise to “soften” voter ID laws to assure illegal alien invaders of the country can keep the anti-UK party in power.
  2. JUNE 2025 – BRITAIN PASSES BILL THAT LEGALIZES EUTHANASIA – The Terminally Ill Adults bill passed the UK parliament by a narrow 314-291 vote. The bill will allow mentally competent adults with 6 months or less to live to choose to be euthanized by medical staff. The concern is that the bill will start off with limited candidates for euthanasia, but keep expanding like Canada’s law has, which now even allows the mentally ill to “choose” death.
  3. APRIL 2025 – UK’S WOKE POLICIES LEADING TO “MISINFORMATION,” GOVERNMENT UNWITTINGLY ADMITS – The United Kingdom’s Parliamentary Home Affairs Committee issued a report that cited the policy of concealing the ethnicity of a suspect led to race riots. Those race riots happened after “false claims” spread online that an illegal immigrant stabbed three children to death. These “rumors” spread because the police failed to offer an identification to begin with.

ED.NOTE: The non-illegal was the son of illegal immigrants. Axel Rudakubana, 18, was the “British teen” the media reported on. His parents are Rwandan “immigrants.” He was later sentenced to 52 years minimum in prison, where he is currently enjoying reading Harry Potter books.

On December 18, 2026, Luke Yarwood was sentenced to 18 months in jail for tweeting in response to the Southport stabbings, which happened in 2024. His posts were seen a total of 33 times. They called for “slaughter in the streets” and encouraged people to “head for the hotels housing them and burn them to the ground.”

C. CANADA

Canada’s descent into anti-liberty values can be seen in its doubling down on the “woke ideology” and its continued expansion of “euthanasia” as a means of culling from the social the unproductive and disruptive.

Here is the bellwether of their reality told in briefs from 2025:

  1. FEBRUARY 2025 – CANADA’S UNELECTED NEW PRIME MINISTER COMES OUT HARD AGAINST TRUMP, AMERICA – Now former PM Justin Trudeau’s party, the Liberal Party, has selected their new leader, and thus Canada’s new unelected Prime Minister, Mark Carney. The new PM faces re-election by this October. He has a well-documented history of being “anti-Trump.” He came to power after Trudeau announced his resignation in the face of wilting polling numbers for his party.

He began his campaign by telling his supporters, “Canada will never become part of America in any way, shape, or form… Donald Trump, as we know, has put unjustified tariffs on what we build, on what we sell, on how we make a living. He’s attacking Canadian workers, families, and businesses. We cannot let him succeed. And we won’t.” He later demanded, “American, SHOW US RESPECT.”

His bellicose anti-American rhetoric was presaged by a high-ranking member of his party, Chrystia Freeland, who was also a Liberal Party Leader candidate. She stated in her leadership campaign, “The U.S. is turning predator and so what Canada needs to do is work closely with our democratic allies, our military allies. I would start with our Nordic Partners, specifically Denmark, which is also being threatened, and our European NATO allies. I would be sure that France and Britain were there, who possess nuclear weapons.” Read full report

  1. MAY 2025 – CANADA DOUBLES DOWN ON WOKE AS ALBERTA CONSIDERS SEPARATION – Canada has doubled down on its commitment to woke authoritarianism, re-electing a Liberal government led by woke globalist Mark Carney, who promises to mostly keep the same dystopian course Canada is already going down.

At one point the conservative, Pierre Poilievre, led the Labor Party by 20 points, then PM Justin Trudeau stepped aside, and Poilievre chose to run away from Trump and MACA, Make Canada Great Again. Carney’s party holds a minority plurality with 170 seats, 2 seats short of a majority.

As a response, the province of Alberta has introduced Bill 54, which would allow for a referendum on Albertan separatism in light of Canada’s doubling down on a far-left government that puts ideology over people, party over Albertan sovereignty, and well-being. Alberta Premier Danielle Smith stated “I believe in Alberta sovereignty within a united Canada. However, there is a citizen referenda process that if citizens want to put a question on a ballot and get enough of their fellow citizens to sign that petition, then those questions will be put forward. Again, I don’t want to prejudge what a question might be.”

  1. APRIL 2025 – SUICIDE IS BEING PUSHED ON AILING CANADIANS? – Dr. Ramona Coelho, a committee member on Ontario’s MAiD Death Review Committee, is accusing doctors of pushing patients aggressively towards suicide in increasingly questionable situations. She accused the institution itself of “rushing to death” through quick approvals of Canada’s euthanasia program, called MAiD (Medical Aid in Dying).

She said, “These cases highlight how vulnerable individuals, having lost the capacity to consent, may be coerced or unduly influenced to die – whether through financial abuse, caregiver burnout, or other pressures – reminding us that the stakes are high – life and death, no less.”

  1. OCTOBER 2025 – 90K PEOPLE EUTHANIZED BY CANADA SINCE “ASSISTED SUICIDE” BECAME LAW IN 2016 – So far, 90,000 people have taken advantage of Canada’s law, MAID (Medical Assistance in Dying) which legalizes assisted suicide. In 2024, there were 16,500 MAID suicides, which accounted for 5% of total deaths that year.

Canada’s average wait time to see a specialist is now at 27.7 weeks, an all-time high, and this fact alone has led to documented suicides, including from a Winnipeg woman who wrote just before her MAID suicide, “I could have had more time if I had more help.”

  1. NOVEMBER 2025 – CANADA WANTS MOLOCH TO HAVE A DOCTOR’S LICENSE – Canada is now moving to add children to the growing list of people who can be “eligible” for “medically assisted in dying” suicide (MAID). So far, being poor, being disabled, being chronically ill, being depressed, suffering for autism, suffering from PTSD (even if you’re a veteran) qualifies you for MAID. Now, euthanasia advocates are moving their demands from MAID for the ADULT TERMINALLY ILL ONLY to “let’s not let age be a limit.”

D. AMERICA

In America, we have Trump’s MAGA turning a blind eye while Trump does decidedly un-American things, while the DNC’s base increasingly supports violence as a means of political persuasion. The briefs of 2025 will follow first with the DNC, then with President Trump. The briefs start off with the true bellwether of the DNC Progmerica, Virginia’s Attorney General Jay Jones, who easily won the election despite being caught wanting to MURDER his political opponent and his family:

  1. OCTOBER 2025 – VA AG WANTS TO MURDER GOP CHILDREN, DEMOCRATS CONTINUE TO SUPPORT HIM – Virginia’s current Attorney General, Democrat Jay Jones had private text messages exposed that revealed his desire to kill his GOP opponent. He claimed that if he had two bullets, his GOP opponent, and two of the evilest people in human history, he’d use both bullets to kill his opponent. He later expressed desire to kill the opponent’s children.

Since his text messages were revealed, it’s also been exposed he promoted killing cops as a way to change their racist behavior. Yet despite all that, the Democratic Party, including their candidate for Governor, continue to support Jones. No top national Democrat has called on him to quit the race. He remains endorsed by all the major gun control groups and top members of the Virginia General Assembly.

ED.NOTE: He went on to win the election. Less than half of VA voters thought his text were disqualifying. John Locke’s spirit was not in Virginia that night.

  1. JULY 2025 – DNC CRIMINAL MEDIA, POLITICIANS, PUSH TO INCITE, ENABLE VIOLENCE AGAINST ICE AGENTS – The Democrat Party is overtly becoming the party of insurrection, inciting violence against Americans. Michigan Democrats are pushing for a law that would make it illegal for ICE agents to wear masks.

The criminal media is doing its part, pushing lies intended to incite violence against ICE agents. Daily Kos’ headline, “ICE is paying big bucks to come back and terrorize immigrants,” might as well be an order to its insurrectionist base to kill the fascist. Crooks and Liar’s headline, “Tom Homan Shifts ICE Detention Goal Posts, As Fascists Do,” puts an assassination target directly on the border czar himself. against the republic.

  1. SEPTEMBER 2025 – CALIFORNIA LAW WOULD UNMASK ICE; DHS TELLS THEM TO POUND SAND – The insurrectionist state of California passed legislation intended to blunt efforts by the Trump administration to remove illegal aliens from their lands. One bill, signed into law by Gavin Newsom (D-CA), would make it illegal for Federal ICE Agents to wear masks during their operations. The move is intended to help terrorists find the agents at their homes and hurt them and their families.
  2. NOVEMBER 2025 – FOREIGNERS GAVE THE DNC NGOS OVER $2 BILLION – In recent years, more than $2 billion has been sent to DNC-aligned far-left anti-Americanist groups, many with ties to Antifa affiliations, with no checks by regulators. A report from Americans for Public Trust (APT) has exposed the foreign money pipeline driving anti-American hate through DNC-affiliated groups.
  3. NOVEMBER 2025 – DEMOCRATS TELL SOLDIERS TO DISOBEY TRUMP’S ORDERS – Senator Mark Kelly (R-AZ) led 5 Democrat U.S. legislators in a viral video campaign appealing to the military to “refuse illegal orders.” Now, Kelly could face a military recall and court martial, while all six face potential treason charges, The video campaign was called “Don’t Give Up the Ship.” One legislator, Senator Elissa Slotkin (D-MI), when pressed, could not identify any specific “illegal orders.”

President Trump’s suggestion that treason means hanging triggered House Democrats to call the Capital Police for reasons not given. Since the viral video, more Democrat legislators have come out in support of the open call for military members and intelligence officials to commit, in essence, treason.

  1. NOVEMBER 2025 – TRUMP ADMIN MOVING ONTO MILITARY BASES IN WAKE OF RISING PROGMERICAN THREATS – U.S. officials are increasingly moving themselves and their families onto military bases in response to rising threats from within that are connected to the usual Progmerican, DNC blue shirts threats. In addition to the DNC threats, the officials are also facing an “ongoing foreign threat.”

In response to this ratcheting up of threats, the Trump administration is building “a quick reactionary force” in every state through the National Guard to deal with the rising DNC blue-shirts threats. Some of the officials include Marco Rubio.

  1. SEPTEMBER 2025 – TRUMP LOOKS TO RESTORE GOVERNMENT PROPAGANDA BAN LIFTED UNDER OBAMA, TO BE CALLED THE “CHARLIE KIRK ACT” – In what would be another blow to the DNC’s narrative control machine, President Trump has endorsed the plan to reactive the Smith-Mundt act. This act prevented the U.S. government from creating or paying for propaganda aimed at U.S. citizens. The act was rescinded in Section 1078 of the National Defense Authorization Act in 2013 under President Obama. The act will be called the Charlie Kirk Act.

ED.NOTE: This promise has yet to be fulfilled and appears largely forgotten.

  1. MAY 2025 – PALANTIR GIVEN KEYS TO SPY ON AMERICANS – The Trump administration has handed over American personal data to the data management company Palantir, a company headed by Peter Theil, who was also a major early supporter of Vice President JD Vance. The administration’s efforts to create a central database for multiple departments to share seem incongruous with his anti-Deep State public stance.

There is unease amongst Trump’s base about the creation of a tool the Deep State has always wanted to have, central monitoring of Americans’ personal daily data. Right now, Palantir will be (or allegedly has already been) using this tool to help round up illegal aliens, and it is in this guise that the administration may hope to convince his base to go along with such an anti-MAGA action.

  1. AUGUST 2025 – TRUMP DEFENDS DECISION TO ALLOW 600K CHINESE STUDENTS TO COME TO AMERICAN UNIVERSITIES – In a move that seems to be an absolute reversal of his previous policies, President Trump has announced plans to allow 600,000 Chinese students to go to American universities, though they can only stay for 4 years. Trump defended the decision, claiming, “We’re getting along very well with China…it’s very insulting to say ‘students can’t come here.’” The White House also clarified this is not allowing MORE students in than were already being allowed, it’s simply not decreasing in numbers from the previous administration.

He offered more defense, further claiming, “Because they’ll go out and start building schools … but I like that [China’s] students come here. I like that other countries’ students come here. And you know what would happen if they didn’t? Our college system would go to hell, very quickly. … And it wouldn’t be the top colleges; it would be colleges that struggle on the bottom. …

And I told this to President Xi: That we’re honored to have their students here. Now with that, we check, and we’re careful, and we see who’s there … But we have a tremendous college system, the best in the world. Nobody even close – that’s why China sends them here. You can call it an industry if you want … I’m honored to have the students from China come here.”

  1. AUGUST 2025 – IS NATIONALIZING INTEL THE CONSERVATIVE THING TO DO? – Efforts by Donald Trump to de facto nationalize a part of the chipmaking company Intel are being met by stiff resistance and confusion from his conservative base. Senator Rand Paul (R-KY) said of Trump’s plan to purchase 10% of the company, “If socialism is government owning the means of production, wouldn’t the government owning part of Intel be a step toward socialism? Terrible idea.”

SUMMARY

In the UK, a statement of faith in a public street could get you plaudits or prison, depending on whether your god was Christian or any other god. In the UK, a statement of pride in the English race will get you imprisoned, while a statement of pride in any “non-white” race will get you plaudits.

Now, their laws reflect the woke ideology. Social justice has replaced individual justice. The case is decided by the party’s social class; if it’s English, or even just culturally British, not only is it not protected, but defending it publicly is likely committing a felony.

In some ways Canada is ahead of the UK, but in other ways the UK is ahead of Canada. When it comes to free thought, the UK is now rocketing past Canada as far as assaulting it. Under Starmer, jury courts are now suspended for criminal charges threatening less than 3 years prison time. This unilateral decision alone should show the British that a constitution might be better than common law after all, for, in principle, the common law standards of the British would never allow such moves, not even from the King. Ask Charles I about overstepping his authority, or James II.

AP’s coverage of the news reflects its ties to the globalist left regime. It sanitizes the news with the sales pitch Labour itself is using. Its headline said, “UK government plans to scrap some jury trials in an attempt to clear a court backlog.”

While the UK is just pushing through Euthanasia bills, Canada reveals its assault on the principles of individual liberty by pushing euthanasia on an increasingly broad swathe of people, which soon will include children and already includes the disabled and the depressed.

In Canada, the wait list to see a doctor is already leading some to choose euthanasia instead.

The commodification of the soul is even more advanced in Canada than it is in the UK, though the UK most likely is about to surpass them should their power remain as consolidated as it currently is (despite the government’s historic unpopularity).

In all three nations we see the national press, the established press, the corporate press in each country acting as content marketers for the far-left party either in power or seeking to return to power. The press is not the fourth estate, as it would emerge first in England and then in America (and then, through most Western countries), it is the PARTY ESTATE.

In America, the press seems to push knowing lies intended to get Americans harmed or killed, all in service of the party, the DNC. The party itself is more than willing to incite violence against Americans and will openly continue to endorse major candidates for major offices even AFTER they are exposed as wanting to murder their political opponent’s family.

They are social justice warriors, meaning they’re willing to destroy things to change the values in America from individual justice to social justice. While this anti-American “justice” hasn’t fully taken over in American courts, it’s certainly increasingly encroaching on it.

So long as Democrats rule, it will continue to encroach until it becomes the new Rule of Law in a land that used to be America, but is now Progmerica, the nation that grew within America as a parasite then shed her dead body when the beast could emerge on its own.

Social Justice is justice based on your social identity, not American Rule of Law. Its standards are on their face unconstitutional whenever they are forced on Americans, be it by government or corporations. The case is not judged impartially, according to the facts, and according to the same legal standards that are applied to everyone else; the case is judged by the standing of your social identity.

Yet even the only credible opposition to the DNC, MAGA, is led by a man who appears to associate greatness with wealth more than he does individual liberty. Trump is to America what Canada once was to America, a close facsimile, but lacking a fundamental Americanist bulwark (as witnessed by how rapidly Canada lost its gun rights once the far left decided it was time to disarm the opposition).

Thus, this year, John Locke has nearly died in the UK, is all but dead in Canada, and is on his last legs in America.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Birth of Liberty and the Paradox of Slavery: Why It Took America 89 Years to Free Its Slaves – Daniel Ferrer

Magna Carta: The Birth of Liberty – Dan Jones

The Evolution of Modern Liberty: An Insightful Study of the Birth of American Freedom and How it Spread Overseas – George L. Scherger

America’s Founding Documents – National Archives

 

Originally published Nov 26, 2025 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

“In effect, this is a total, all out, complete ban on hemp products in the United States.”Jonathan Miller, U.S. Hemp Roundtable’s general counsel

“There’s a lot of the small retailers, small businesses and farmers that are relying on hemp sales to survive.”Michael Gorenstein, CEO of Cronos Group

“This will shut everything down. There’s just no way to get to that level.”Matt Mitchell, owner of Hemp and Barrel.

“Our hope is that within the next year, sensible legislation can be agreed upon and enacted to protect this type of product for all our customers.”Bryan Farrell, Big Grove spokesperson

INTRODUCTION

On November 12, 2025, the U.S. government shutdown ended after President Donald Trump signed what’s called a CR, a Continuing Resolution that keeps the government open for less than a year. It was the longest government shutdown in the history of the United States. The pressure to reopen the government was rising among both the left and the right (and probably helped the Democrats in the 2025 election).

A CR is optimally a mere continuation of the budget policies of the previous budget, but it has also been used to slip difficult legislation through. This CR had two provisions that fundamentally changed the previous budget’s policies, a provision allowing federal employees to sue if they were spied on by Jack Smith through Operation Arctic Frost and a provision that effectively nukes the consumable CBD industry.

President Donald Trump rose to power with a promise he would end the old political world order and usher in a government more responsive to the American people and more transparent. This government would be on the side of American global excellence that benefits Americans at home.

MIA was working on a report on how Donald Trump represents not a restoration of the American republic, but a creation of a pseudo-American oligarchy with his family positioned to be one of the inside families for generations to come. But then they killed Charlie Kirk….

After the Charlie Kirk assassination, we decided then was not the time to scrutinize what is, effectively, the only voice of REAL POWER in politics for Americans today, Donald Trump.

The President’s willingness to sign a bill that snuck in an industry-crippling provision violates American standards for due process, transparency, and any notion that the government is OF the people. The report is back on. Expect to see a report on President Trump as an ally but not a brother in our Americanism in the first half of 2026 (with the scheduled February 4th issue being the earliest release).

A multi-billion-dollar industry with 300,000 plus people deriving a living from that industry was set on fire in the blink of an eye using all the coercive double-speak standards of a fully empowered swamp.

This is the latest in a growing list of troubling actions by this administration that leads this writer to suspect Donald J Trump may be our most powerful ally against the Progmerican nation within us, but he either doesn’t fully understand the reality of power or he never had any intention of fully restoring and fulfilling the American promise of individual stewardship for all.

Whatever you feel about the growing hemp industry, whatever you feel about the consumption of these new hemp products, Donald Trump and the Republicans used Progmerican tactics to serve other special interests (mainly, the alcohol, medical, and enforcement industries) with no consideration for the reality of power as felt at the street level by their own constituents, the American citizens.

This report will show you how special interest lobbies used an emergency to pass legislation that perpetuates anti-American legislative standards we’ve been suffering under for decades now. The report will show you the legislation that created the industry, how this provision kills that legislation, the potential harms this provision will cause, and how the industry has responded.

I will also make the case for why you should care about this even if you support the outright ban of these hemp products (beyond what you hopefully see already; that it perpetuates coercive legislation-making).

A. HOW IT WAS DONE

Here is the timeline of events leading up to the passage of the hemp provision in the November 2025 CR.

In December of 2018 that year’s Farm Bill passed. It included a provision that effectively legalized a wide variety of new hemp products. From that emerged a new THC/CBD/DELTA market.

By 2023, the U.S. hemp industry reached a $28 billion cap. Texas passed a bill banning most of these products, but the Governor vetoed the bill.

In March of 2025, Kentucky passed legislation capping hemp-derived THC beverages at 5 milligrams.

On July 10, 2025, Mitch McConnell (R-KY) introduced legislation to ban intoxicating hemp products, but it failed to gain traction.

On September 23, 2025, Hemp farmers asked McConnell for a meeting, citing a willingness to agree to some new regulations, some of which they’ve already been calling on. McConnell declined the meeting.

McConnell decided to introduce his ban into the budget bill, which was met with a partisan pushback from Republicans, including James Comer.

On October 1, 2025, the government shutdown began.

On the weekend of November 8-9, a settlement was reached. Afterwards. Mitch McConnell inserted his hemp provision into the new CR, along with endorsements from 39 state AGS. They argue state laws are not enough to address the “intoxicating products.”

On November 10, the Senate debated and voted on the CR. Senator Rand Paul (R-KY) filed an amendment to strike down the McConnell poison pill, but that was struck down, with 22 Democrats and 2 Republicans (including Paul) being the only ones to support the amendment.

Debate for the provision itself lasted no more than 20 minutes between 8:00am and 8:20am.

On November 11, 2025, the House passes the CR by a vote of 222-209, mostly along party lines (with the GOP voting for it). The hemp provision debate lasted no more than 10 minutes, from 2:30pm to 2:40pm.

The total debate time for a provision that IMMEDIATELY affects the lives of 300,000 Americans and millions more Americans deriving medical therapeutic use for these products was no more than 30 MINUTES TOTAL.

President Trump, knowing full well the nature of the poison pill within the CR, signed the bill November 12. One can reasonably argue Trump was choosing between two hard decisions, but this writer suspects this was hardly a tough decision for him at all, one that might pay off for him down the road in the form of RINO favor at a critical time.

This was the reflection of Trump’s pragmatism and with his association of wealth with Great America, as opposed to upholding the principles of a government OF the people, FOR the people, BY the people, not one of special interests making life or death decisions that affect millions mostly based on their own profit-driven market needs. This is not the free market; this is a controlled economy.

It was also a reflection of the dangers of “market conservatism” to Americanism (which, again, is not a free market economy).

As for popularity, a poll from McLaughlin & Associates in October of 2025 showed 72% of Americans support the continued legalization of the hemp products McConnell’s GOP-supported poison pill just nuked.

B. THE 2018 FARM BILL

The 2018 Farm Bill that passed in December of that same year changed the definition of hemp to any cannabis plant or its derivatives containing no more than 0.3% delta-9 THC by dry weight. This created space for a whole host of alternative Delta-9s, Delta-8s, THC-As, TCH-Os, etc.

Hemp growers would have a new market.

Daniel Kruger, PhD, a research associate professor at the University at Buffalo, said of the bill that it “created this massive market for products like CBD and then delta-8 based on this definition. These are products that you can often get at smoke shops or at gas stations. You can order them online. They’re most popular in states that don’t have a legalized pathway to cannabis, so people are using them as a workaround.”

Since that bill’s passage, a new $28 billion industry has emerged, providing direct employment to 300,000 people, and indirectly commercially benefiting hundreds of thousands of businesses that support the industry.

C. THE NEW REGULATIONS

Staten Island Attorney General Joshua Bauchner told the publication Staten Islander that the hemp provision in the CR “supersedes the Farm Bill which, technically, is supposed to be renewed every five years, but does not go into effect until one year from passage, or November 2026, to permit further regulation, particularly at the state level… it completely changes what is legal.  The distinction between hemp and marijuana is a fiction without scientific basis.  In theory, hemp is not psychoactive and marijuana is. They both come from the same cannabis sativa plant.  However, the threshold for that determination varies significantly based on the product and the consumer.  The CR looks to a Total THC measure, rather than just Delta-9 THC.”

Healthline’s description of the provision outlines the essential points of the new regulation:

… The new definition states that hemp may contain no more than 0.4 milligrams of total THC per container. A “container” is defined as the “innermost wrapping, packaging or vessel in direct contact with a final hemp-derived cannabinoid product.”

Additionally, cannabinoids that are synthesized or manufactured outside of the plant will be banned. Delta-8 THC, for example, does naturally occur in cannabis, but in small quantities. In order to commercialize it, delta-8 THC producers utilize a form of chemical synthesis, during which it is converted from CBD.

One section of the bill that has drawn significant scrutiny is the provision banning cannabinoids with “similar effects” to THC. The vague language could give lawmakers wide latitude to regulate a broad range of compounds.

The FDA must issue clarifying guidance within 90 days, including a list of cannabinoids that fall under the “similar effects” clause.

This hastily written provision, whose sloppy language reflects that hastiness, was passed by the Republican Party primarily, under Donald Trump, with 30 total minutes of debate combined from both legislative chambers.

This writer has said it before and will say it again, America needs American parties. The Democrats are Progmericans, which are no Americans at all, and the Republicans seems to AINOS, Americans in name only (which is AT LEAST a lot less threatening than being anti-Americanist like the DNC).

Our only real political ally is the AINO party.

C. THE POTENTIAL DAMAGE DONE

We earlier referenced Staten Island Attorney General Joshua Bauchner’s interview with Staten Islander. In that same interview, the AG outlined one major problem the Farm Bill created that this provision exploited.

He told Staten Islander, “Congress created a viable and robust hemp industry through the passage of the 2018 Farm Bill.  Unfortunately, this created a fictional distinction between hemp and marijuana, both of which come from the same cannabis plant.”

He continued, “Rather than destroy the hemp industry (at the request of the liquor and marijuana industries) the better course would have been to create a safe and regulated market for all cannabis; intoxicating hemp, medicinal and adult-use marijuana, and everything in between.”

He concluded, “By fabricating two ‘types’ of cannabis, two industries — one legal (hemp) and one illegal (marijuana) at the federal level — multiple, distinct state regulatory programs, and enticing farmers, manufacturers, and retailers to participate, Congress created a wholesale mess and, in typical fashion, tried to fix that mess by covering it up with an even bigger mess – at the loss of jobs and livelihoods.”

At risks are the businesses, careers, and jobs of 300,000 Americans, and that’s just the direct hit. Many of these are family-owned businesses that have found a way to make a nice living providing a service they enjoy providing. Again, this was done with 30 minutes of combined total debate in both legislative chambers.

Paul Armentano, deputy director of the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws (NORML), told Healthline “By seeking to recriminalize this market rather than regulate it, lawmakers chose to utilize a sledgehammer when they should have used a scalpel. Banning the hemp-derived products market will not decrease consumers’ demand for these products, nor will it increase consumers’ safety. Instead, it will deny many consumers who previously relied on these products, including those who did so for therapeutic purposes, from legally accessing them in the future.”

One such victim of the therapeutic user group was featured by CNN. They documented the case of a 14-year-old who has found that only CBD effectively keeps her crippling seizures at bay. The very CBDs she needs appear to be on the ban list.

The girl’s daughter, Lisa Smith, told CNN, “She just basically existed. She didn’t really live. And after our first dose of CBD, she was able to stay awake. She started to learn… But prior to that, there was just no hope for us.”

After 10 years of using the drug, Haley’s seizures are down from multiple times a day to two to four times a month. Her family told CNN they fear what they will do if they must face a world without that therapeutic aid.

D. THE INDUSTRY RESPONSE

Cannabis Business Times reflected the hemp industry response in its statement on the passage of the hemp provision:

The 2018 Farm Bill left loopholes that some have exploited, flooding the market with synthetic, intoxicating, and untested products masquerading as compliant hemp products. These products mislead consumers and threaten public trust, and we support banning unsafe, unregulated products.

But equally banning safe, science-backed CBD products that help vulnerable communities would result in nothing short of a public health crisis. It would shut down 95% of the hemp industry, destroy tens of thousands of jobs, and devastate American farmers. It would leave millions of Americans without access to safe, non-intoxicating wellness products they’ve come to rely on.

The proposed 0.4 milligram total THC container limit is not based on science. According to a recently published study by Dr. Ryan Vandrey of Johns Hopkins University, low oral doses of THC, up to 2.8mg, do not cause intoxication or impairment.

As the industry leader, we understand the need for regulation. But regulation must be rooted in science, facts, and action—not fear.

The industry itself had been seeking regulations, solid regulations that accounted for safety, for childhood access, and other issues. An industry that faces constant changing regulations has exploding expenses with each regulation change, so the industry has a self-serving interest in seeing STABLE safety regulations happen.

Coastal Green Wellness offers the industry this “Silver Lining:”

The most important takeaway for you as a consumer is the timeline. The language passed on November 12th, 2025, has a one-year implementation window.

This means nothing at the federal level changes for one full calendar year, starting on November 12th, 2025… This grace period gives the industry a crucial window to fight back…

The entire hemp industry is mobilizing. This new federal language is not viewed as a viable or sustainable solution; it is an act of prohibition that dismantles a multi-billion-dollar industry supporting hundreds of thousands of jobs and countless consumers.

SUMMARY

The title of the report is a little tongue in cheek, but it’s intended to make a point. Many on the right are silent about this passage, and many more seem to embrace it. Most of them seem to be buying the narrative that this is just about ending the fun for potheads. To a lesser extent, the “save the children” narrative is broken out to support the ban.

What they don’t realize is that this passage harms far more than “potheads,” and it further erodes American Rule of Law standards. It also hurts President Trump’s political power.

This writer has no doubt that the election win of Donald J Trump in 2024 has saved us from existential threats far beyond what we face with the Trump-led-GOP majority government, so take that caveat into account as we offer serious critique to this administration, and something beyond that for the AINO Party, the GOP.

Trump’s handling of the Epstein Files, where he told his base that they were believing fake news when they continued to push to see the files finally get released, was a critical, but not fatal, blow to his MAGA brand. It made him seem as inauthentic as any swamp politician ever did.

What follows next is an own goal that might not immediately hurt his brand, but as it gets closer and closer to the deadline to pass a less draconian version of the ban, more and more Americans, his own voters, will start seeing Trump as being just as inauthentic as any other politician, especially as they experience harm as businesses begin to shut down (See how this will hurt him in the final part of our Detaining the Donkey series on pg. 2).

The passage of this bill chips further away at Trump’s political capital, and we Americans need that capital in order for him to continue to do the things we support, as well as some of the things we’ve been waiting to see (such as having the political capital to prosecute leading Democrats for treason, see pg. 2 for more on this).

If he loses political capital, the MAGA advance will come grinding to a halt and the counter-reformers will start to claw back his gains before his term even expires.

This bill also reaffirms the swamp’s tactics for making laws and rewards the highest political bidder with the spoils that come from a double-edged sword slicing open the underbelly of a whole industry just so its highest bidders can feast on the corpse.

So far, conservatives are mostly dead silent about this passage. They’re not even concerned with the violation, at least in spirit, of due process and rule of law, that was necessary for this socialist-like legislation to pass. This legislation is not at all in keeping with so-called “conservative fiscalism.”

The same gang that refuses to risk all to push to end abortion in America, while it also refuses to defiantly stand up to coerced acceptance of the LBGTQ+ plus orthodoxy, suddenly finds morals when it comes to hemp products.

Ok, so the target is high concentrations of THC and related products in liquids and jells, ostensibly, but the hammer shatters more than the target, which is most likely by design.

Our readers already know the lesson we can learn from this report. For those who haven’t been reading MIA regularly, or for those our readers have shared this report with, the lesson is this; neither party, not the Democrats, and certainly not the Republicans, either understand (in the case of the GOP) or want (in the case of the DNC) true Americanism.

Trump and the GOP want the outfits of America, but not the soul, though they’re willing to tolerate it. The Democrats want to burn the outfits and exorcise the soul.

Let us keep that in mind when we determine our reaction to our world today. In this spirit, we still hope for Trump to succeed in the areas we support him (which is still the majority of his policies). We hope he reverses his decline in political capital, for we recognize we need it maybe MORE than he does.

We also pray that the saving grace of Christ can become known to him.

Were Trump to find Christ this writer is sure many of the scales that are still over his eyes would fall away, and the fires of vanity concealing reality in their smoke and flames within will be put out in the flowing of living water.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Papers of Woodrow Wilson, Vol. 27, 1913 – Arthur S. Line, Editor

The Administrative State: How America Was Deceived – RJ Salerno

The Administrative State: A Study of the Political Theory of American Public Administration – Dwight Waldo

Trump: the Art of the Deal – Donald J. Trump, Tony Schwartz

Originally published Nov 26, 2025 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

“To keep any great nation up to a high standard of civilization there must be enough superior characters to hold the balance of power, but the very moment the balance of power gets into the hands of second-rate men and women, a decline of that nation is inevitable.” Christian D. Larson

“The Barbarian… will consume what civilization has slowly produced after generations of selection and effort, but he will not be at pains to replace such goods, nor indeed has he a comprehension of the virtue that has brought them into being. Discipline seems to him irrational, on which account he is ever marveling that civilization, should have offended him with priests and soldiers…. In a word, the Barbarian is discoverable everywhere in this, that he cannot make: that he can befog and destroy but that he cannot sustain; and of every Barbarian in the decline or peril of every civilization exactly that has been true…” – Hilaire Belloc

INTRODUCTION

If I have done my job, you will agree with me that we now assume that if America is to live, the donkey must be detained.

But how does one detain an enemy that is so integral, so enmeshed with us? And furthermore, does the Trump administration recognize the DNC as being an insurrectionist party representing America’s enemy, Progmerica?

In this final part of our report, this writer will enter into the suit of Donald Trump, assuming I had his powers to deal with what I view as an existential threat to Americanism, one that has significant support from the nation within our own, PROGMERICA.

This will be the promise part of my report, where I offer to you what I believe would be the most effective action President Trump could take to preserve the republic, restore what was lost, and fulfill what hasn’t been fulfilled, all while bringing to account the insurrectionists within that almost toppled our republic.

The second part will be the Predictive Analysis, where I step out of the Trump suit and apply my method of analysis to predict what might happen between now and 2028.

A. THE REALITY OF POWER

The Democratic Party and its collusionists are working everyday to establish an anti-American rule of law over any lands they currently govern. From NYC to LA, Progmerican Mayors are attempting reform the landscape from an American one to a Progmerican one.

Every day, the Democratic Party’s own leadership commits overt acts of treason that continue to remain unprosecuted. Rather than backing off, this de facto foreign power is only ratcheting up the violent rhetoric and tyranny against Americans wherever it rules our lands.

So long as they remain free to openly call on troops to disobey orders already ruled to be constitutional by the Supreme Court, the Democrats will only become more vicious, more determined to destroy their competing nation, America. Once we are finished, their ungodly child-sacrificing nation, Progmerica, can finally become openly fully formed.

It is for this reason that this writer suggests the government use the full extent of its constitutional and presumed constitutional powers to move decisively against the Progmerican nation from within.  But before we consider what can be done, an inventory of the reality of power is in order.

  1. THE PRESIDENT’S POWERS – Strictly speaking, the President of the United States does NOT have explicit emergency constitutional powers. While SCOTUS has given tacit approval to the notion of emergency powers, it has never ruled definitively on the constitutionality of emergency powers themselves.

Abraham Lincoln used this clause in the constitution to justify his declaration of Habeas Corpus at the start of the Civil War in 1861:

Article I, Section 9, Clause 2

“The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may require it.”

As this clause comes within a section describing constitutional powers, a case can be made that this is a power congress possesses, not the President.  Two cases, one in 1863 (The Prize Cases) and the other in 1866 (Ex parte Milligan) neither explicitly affirmed nor denied the President’s power to suspend Habeas Corpus based on that clause alone.

The Prize Case upheld President Lincoln’s order to blockade Southern ports BEFORE congress acted to declare war at the beginning of “hostilities.” This ruling did not give the President the power to declare war, rather, it gave him power to act in response to hostile actions from foreign or civil powers.

The ruling gives the President military powers during a time of rebellion, but it never addressed the issue of suspending Habeas Corpus.

Ex parte Milligan struck down a part of Lincoln’s suspension of Habeas Corpus, but only where it circumvented the authority of open civic courts.

While the President can declare a rebellion, theoretically, SCOTUS would STILL have to decide once and for all if he did indeed have that power. The legal hurdle to challenge a congressional declaration of rebellion, however, is far more difficult to overcome than a challenge to Presidential authority to do so.

The reality is congress would be the far more effective declarer of rebellion and suspender of habeas corpus than the President would. Given the slim majority in congress by a party that seems to not understand the nature of the enemy within, that route appears to be effectively dead for now.

  1. DECLARING A TERRORIST ORGANIZATION – Could President Donald Trump today declare the DNC, the Democratic National Committee (corporation) a terrorist organization? The short answer is yes, but the long answer is probably not.

This is because the protections for political parties as free speech expressions do not provide exceptions based on the party’s platform alone.

This fact alone may be considered by future historians to be the fatal flaw of our constitution, that it has no rock-solid mechanism to screen itself from its homegrown insurrectionists.

Creating such a mechanism that couldn’t be abused by those same insurrectionists may be an insurmountable hurdle, but this writer believes one could be created that would still provide more protections for sustainable constitutional governance than having the minimum we have so far (especially if we look at the rise of the anti-American nation within us, the Progressive nation, starting at the turn of the 20th century).

Our only filter is having elected officials, our law enforcers, our military personnel, swear to uphold and defend the Constitution of the United States of America.

However, we are not without hope even though the President declaring the DNC to be a terrorist organization is a BIG ASK in current year. There IS a more realistic route, but it ostensibly relies on an “independent” DOJ making the same conclusion as the President, organically.

The DOJ can open an investigation into possible treason and collusion with foreign enemies by the Democratic Party (it should have done so already).

This IS plausible and CAN lead to the President THEN being able to declare it a terrorist organization (and act accordingly, including arresting its members, even if they are elected members of government).

Declaring corporate media a terrorist organization would also run into the same problems, but again, the DOJ has every right to investigate corporate media for potential acts of treason and collusion with foreign enemies this writer is sure this entity has been committing for decades now.

In addition to treason and collusion, the easier charges of illegal political advertising have been BEGGING to be made for decades now.

Again, the DOJ solution relies on people in power independently understanding the nature of the enemy, the Democratic Party AND being willing (and free) to do something about it. This writer is not convinced Trump has such a DOJ at present. I also suspect it’s more for the latter rather than the former reason given.

As President, I would continue my efforts to filter out the Progressives and invite more Americans into the halls of DOJ power, but those are “solutions” that can easily be reversed after I leave.

  1. REALITY OF POWER CONCLUSION – The power of the President to unilaterally shut down all Democratic Party operations (including those of its collusionists like the corporate media) is iffy at best. Congress, however, has far more power to act against the DNC decisively than the President does, but a divided GOP prevents that from happening.

The liability risks of congressmembers who indulged in the Biden Committee Presidency are unknown to this writer, but in that dross there could be tools of manipulation to “win” enough votes to get congress to declare “rebellion.” This writer isn’t counting on this being possible, though I acknowledge it is not implausible.

The Department of Justice, however, is where the bulk of that power seems to lie, and I have already documented the problem with that.

B. THE PROMISE

In this scenario, I imagine I have been transported into the body of Donald J Trump with my full agentic self, but yet capable of convincing others that I am, in fact, Donald Trump. This is to put myself within what I assume is Donald Trump’s reality of power, meaning I inherit his political power, both for ill and for good, according to how it serves to vanquish Progmerica.

As the President, Trump has the capability to declare an insurrection. He can initiate emergency powers, but he cannot be sure those powers will be upheld by SCOTUS. Still, even if SCOTUS were to rule against him, much work could be done in that time period that COULD render a SCOTUS ruling moot.

If, for instance, after he declared Habeas Corpus, his agents were quickly able to produce irrefutable evidence that there is, in fact, an insurrection occurring by the Democratic Party and its corporate and social allies, SCOTUS would be rendered moot at this point.

This path would rely on Trump’s loyal intelligence team having access to information they at least know will lead to this irrefutable evidence.

If I had that confidence, I would declare a rebellion, an insurrection, and immediately empower my agents to acquire the evidence, wherever they must go, that will demonstrate to the American people, beyond a shadow of a doubt, that the DNC is, in fact, attempting to overthrow the republic and replace it with a socialist-capitalist oligarchy no longer encumbered by American liberties such as the right to bear arms and free speech.

With each exposure, I would nationalize assets and schedule auctions open only to Americans who pledge to abide by American standards when running these assets. The first to fall should be the media outlets. Imagine Americans running Disney and CNN.

IMMEDIATELY upon seizing a DNC media asset (such as Disney), the government would run a public service campaign showing Americans what abortions are and what the consequence of abortions are, both to the murdered child and the mother.

It would be important NOT to over-exaggerate, NOT to use propaganda yourself. The plain facts will be more than enough to fundamentally change hearts or give them no excuse for the evil they have chosen.

It would also be important to include equal time to the pro-abortionists. This writer is confident no defense of abortion will be justified in contrast to the very real consequences of abortion on the unborn, the Mother, and those attached to the act itself.

The normalization of murdering the unborn would end. Protecting the public from the horrors of abortion will end. Americans MUST be confronted with the child sacrificing choices they have made. They MUST repent.

I believe within a few short months support for abortion will plummet, and more and more states will rightly prohibit the continued sacrificing of children for hedonistic, materialistic, sexist, and genetic supremacist reasons. From casual sex freedom to Downes Syndrome genocide, abortion is primarily used to perpetuate sin.

The fruit of unrighteousness in a land can be seen in ours; we sacrifice children, we use the plea of the needy to manipulate the masses to support their own oppression by the scoundrels who sold them the lie, we are led by infants and foreigners, and we openly curse the very name of God.

These are the lessons we learn from the prophets, from Abraham to John the Apostle.

If I lacked confidence in my loyal intelligence team, then I would assume my power to fully vanquish the Progmerican nation is not within my reach. My strategy would move from singular destruction of the Progmerican nation to continued diminishment of that nation while I shore up and even create power that supports Americanism.

Unlike Trump, I would put tremendous effort to pass a constitutional conceal carry law along with a gun ownership bill of rights law that would negate all state laws that go beyond those rights. This bill of rights law would not deliver absolute gun freedom to Americans, as no such law would ever pass our current congress, or the next congresses to come.

What it would do is set boundaries on gun licensing requirements and gun bans without fully eliminating state and local power altogether (for pragmatic reasons, no idealist ones).

If the door to confiscate our guns is shut, the Democrats will feel far more fear of the citizen than they do today. The government fearing its citizens is a true American tradition. Putting the DNC into this reality of power will encourage more Democrats from within to suddenly find reasons to pull back from their authoritarian extremist positions.

Pam Bondi is the bottleneck for other action I would like to take. For instance, I believe the heart of current DNC power is the media, the newsmakers and the movie makers both. If you take that power away, the DNC’s hold on current America diminishes by more than 75%, I believe.

Pam Bondi has more than enough obvious evidence that the media outlets are openly spreading intentional lies they know will inspire violence against Americans for the crime of being American, yet she continues to refuse to even investigate them for illegal political advertising.

If I fire her, getting a new AG willing to AT LEAST INVESTIGATE the media could be beyond my political capital, especially as I squandered a good chunk of it shaming my base when they demanded I release the Epstein files (not to mention the political capital I may have also squandered by signing the CR bill that included a hemp ban, see pg. xx for that report, First they came for the Potheads… ).

My ability to destroy the DNC’s information terrorist machine, their corporate media producers, is not within my capacity, so I must strengthen alternative media to the point where they too have a corporate media presence that captures at least half the country.

Based on the facts on the ground, I would seek to encourage Americanists of means to buy interest in these corporate outlets. Where sales are being made, I would do whatever I can as President to encourage Americanists to buy those properties. If we can’t prosecute them, maybe we can buy them out.

The long-term stronghold of the DNC is education. Here, with more information, I am sure I can find flaws in how Trump is attempting to eliminate DNC power in education, but mostly I agree with how he’s used his power to at least make it more difficult for the Progmericans to indoctrinate our children with a systemic hatred of Americanism, Christ, and, for some reason, white people.

The caveat here is his dismantling of the Department of Education, so far, appears to be producing harmful outcomes for students seeking loans for such critical occupations as Nurse Practitioner.

The fact that GOP leadership in both the House and Senate are Progmerican-lites means Trump’s ability to use legislation to codify his XOs striking down anti-Americanist ideologies being taught as fact in public school (DEI, Wokeness, Leftism in general, etc.) is minimal. He will need to reverse the trend heading into the 2026 election that, as of right now, puts the House majority in doubt.

This means my ability as Trump to significantly harm the DNC’s hold on education is limited and likely to continue to be a source of long-term power for the DNC for the foreseeable future.

Within the bounds of constitutional authority, I would implement a Federal citizenship program that educates children on Americanism, especially the Constitution and the principles it was founded upon. If I could make it mandatory, I would, though I doubt I could.

Getting this program into Republican-dominated areas is not nearly as important as getting it in DNC-dominated areas, especially the cities.

Declaring the DNC a terrorist organization is, constitutionally speaking, probably not supported. If I thought, again, declaring the DNC a terrorist organization would give my agents enough emergency power time to find the evidence that will prove they are, in fact, a terrorist organization, I would make the move anyway.

I have the same limitations on my confidence here as I do in declaring a rebellion and/or an insurrection; it would depend on having a loyal intelligence team confident they can get the evidence needed in a very short period of time.

Lacking that confidence, I would simply start referring to them as unconstitutionally driven whenever I spoke of them. For instance, I would say “the unconstitutionally driven Democrats have once again come out against American liberty, this time in the name of vanquishing the white devil, as it always is.”

Beyond that, relying on congress to declare the DNC a terrorist organization is untenable, though I would certainly make efforts to make that happen.

If other Republicans follow my lead, and influencers do likewise, accusing a current political party of treason and sedition will be normalized.

From that, pressure on the slim majority to deliver a DNC terrorist designation will grow to the point when even the Prog-lites will go along with it if only to preserve their graft-treasuring jobs.

The critical need here is for a reliable intelligence team that has the earned confidence it can move quickly with emergency powers to secure the irrefutable proof needed to convince 70 plus percent of Americans that the Donkey MUST be detained, by government force.

If he lacks that team, or that team lacks that confidence, then all Trump can do is contain and diminish DNC power while he builds up Americanist power, leaving the next battle for the midterm election.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

When Donald Trump first rose to power he was often compared to Cyrus the Great, the Zoroastrian Persian King who paid to have the temple in Jerusalem rebuilt and allowed the exiled Israelites to return to their homes. Trump was viewed as a non-believer who was yet used by God to do his work, to restore a Christian nation.

I thought it was a fair comparison, though a little flawed from the start. Trump was no outsider sending an emissary to rebuild God’s foundation, he was an insider promising to restore American greatness. Trump also proclaims to be a Christian, even if he also claims he can never get to heaven.

A fairer comparison of Trump, though one slightly flawed as well, is with the Judean King Josiah. He was a reformer who came in right after decades of unrighteous rule by his later repentant grandfather Manasseh. Under Josiah’s rule, they REDISCOVERED the book of the law which was presumably lost under Manasseh (who upended the temple from without and within using profane images to do so).

Josiah (2 Kings Chapters 22-23) proclaimed dramatic reforms. He FINALLY tore down “the high places” and performed the Passover. He enacted sweeping reforms that restored the temple assignments of the Levites. He even fulfilled a prophecy earlier told to the then King of Israel, Jeroboam of Nebat, regarding the altar at Bethel he set up at the start of the then new Kingdom of Israel (1 Kings 13).

God testifies to the righteousness of Josiah in 2 Kings:

“Before him there was no king like him, who turned to the Lord with all his heart and with all his soul and with all his might, according to all the Law of Moses, nor did any like him arise after him.”2 Kings 23:25

Yet after Josiah gets this vote of approval from God, he would soon after challenge Pharoah Nico to a fight God did not ordain. Scripture itself informs us, “Nevertheless, Josiah did not turn away from him but disguised himself in order to fight with him. He did not listen to the words of Neco from the mouth of God but came to fight in the plain of Megiddo.”2 Chronicles 35:22

Josiah is a righteous man who has a destiny in the New Heaven and the New Earth, but in an unrighteous impulse led by the desire to MAKE ISRAEL GREAT rather than righteous, he ended up leaving his empire to his sons, who would all prove unworthy of his righteous standards, let alone the righteous standards of God.

His sons would be blinded, slaughtered, or end their lives in exile after Jerusalem was lost to Babylon shortly after his death.

Trump is a man who sees himself as the second father of a GREAT America, which, to him, is a rich America more than it is a free one. To him, wealth IS the fundamental creator and fruit of freedom.

Unlike Josiah, who struggled with pursuing “greatness” over righteousness, Trump fully embraces greatness and has only a nominal understanding of American righteousness, never mind Christian “righteousness.”

He is more likely to immolate himself on the fiery shores of a misguided battle than he is to remain steadily on course pursuing a more patient (by the necessity of the reality of power) counter-revolution.

His call for America’s restoration of its values is hardly as deep as Josiah’s was. The high places are not removed. He continues, for instance, to treat China as a manageable “partner” in trade. He continues to support a digital currency. He supports known “RINOS’ for re-election.

He doesn’t check the freedom index daily; he checks the stock market and the jobs reports.

I suspect he is also a compromised man, a man with ties to Jeffrey Epstein that will reveal, at least, he knew of Epstein’s predation on teens, even if he only later learned of the much younger ages of his victims (which would have then triggered his turning on Epstein).

As a Josiah comparison goes, Trump hardly matches the breadth and depth of Josiah’s structural reforms even though he has truly fundamentally altered the geopolitical game (just not in clearly Americanist ways).

It goes without saying that Trump’s outward character represents a man who does not fear God, even when he rules 300 plus million humans. Yet God has moved through even “lower” men than Trump to do even greater things than Josiah did. The Apostle Paul was a murderer of Christians who became the most important Apostle second only to Peter.

For this writer, the true barometer of what to expect next will come from how the land confronts or continues to support the murder of unborn children.

Should the current trend continue towards abortions up to birth funded by taxpayers, expect a further breakdown of American civic standards in public spaces.

This will affect our quality of life across the board as more and more people find it increasingly difficult to buy things in public space from other human beings, in the presence of even more human beings, without frictions emerging. This will also affect our co-worker space, which will affect the quality and integrity of the products and services we produce.

The Americanists and Progmericans will continue to migrate to spaces they presume friendly to their people not just geographically but economically as well. When you see companies advertising themselves as Progressive while others brand themselves as some form of “Americanist” (Constitutional values might be one term), you will know the real bifurcating of two nations is accelerating.

Amongst the Americanists and Progmericans, expect infighting over who gets to be the primary standard bearer of the overall group. This will certainly hurt the Americanists as they go through the process of filtering out from within “conservatives” who aren’t really Americanists at all (especially the ACTUAL far right that still runs with the Americanists, for the most part).

At this stage, if there are more significant factions that could create a multi-polar political reality this is when that will happen. If none of the fringes have enough support to sustain hegemony over the whole, then they may break off into less effective parties but the bi-polar political reality of power will continue in these lands. There will still be only TWO real nations in this land, Progmerica and America.

The timeframe for all of this happening is months, not years. While this writer still believes there will be an election in 2026, there is a very real chance there won’t be one. If there isn’t one, it will be either because we have already balkanized (hopefully only into two major factions) or the indisputable evidence of the rebellion has managed to come out to the public, triggering a supported suspension of Habeas Corpus to detain the main leaders of that rebellion, the leaders of the DNC.

If the 2026 elections do take place, as I still support that they will, there are “opportunities” for both sides. If Trump gets a stronger House and Senate majority, then some of his XOs can be converted to laws, making them less vulnerable to the next Presidency should it be a member of the Progmerican party.

Should he face a majority DNC House, expect impeachments, subpoenas, investigations against Trump, republicans, and private citizen anti-progressive activists, all designed to slow down the Trump machine from continuing its efforts to diminish DNC power in America.

This might make the 2026 election the first potential LAST BATTLE FOR AMERICA or the beginning of the END FOR PROGMERICA.

Originally published Nov 13, 2025 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Michael A. Cessna, Military Affairs Correspondent

“Comrade Mao, whether he was crossing ‘a sea of surging waves’ or scaling ‘a mountain pass impregnable as iron’ always held unwaveringly to his course, setting a shining example for the Chinese Communist Party.”Xi Jinping

INTRODUCTION

Communists love bureaucracy. The average Communist party makes the opaque and brain-melting “bureaucratese” coming from inside the Beltway read like a Dr. Seuss book. But, once said Party gets itself established, that tone rapidly hurls itself over a cliff…Case in point:

From October 20-23, 2025, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) convened its Fourth Plenary Session of the 20th Central Committee – a gathering of roughly 370 top party officials that serves as one of the most important events in China’s political calendar.

For Western observers trying to understand where Beijing is heading, this plenum displayed a disturbing shift: Xi Jinping has consolidated more personal power than any Chinese leader since Mao Zedong, and he’s doing it through an unprecedented purge of the military and party elite…

And he also thinks that China can ‘go it alone’, angling for full-blown autarky for the Communist Chinese state. However, the confirmation of deep-cutting purges expose a shaky regime… one armed with an impressive nuclear arsenal.

A. BACKGROUND: THE HOLLOWED-OUT HALL

The most striking aspect of the Fourth Plenum wasn’t what happened – it was who didn’t show up. Only 168 of 205 Central Committee members attended, representing a mere 82% of the body. Another 24 alternate members were missing. Neil Thomas, a fellow at the Asia Society Policy Institute, dubbed it the “Purge Plenum,” describing it as the hollowest CCP gathering of the post-Mao era.

The absences weren’t due to illness or travel. They represented political death sentences – officials under investigation, expelled from the party, or simply vanished into China’s opaque disciplinary system.

A total attendance of 315 members marked the lowest number since Xi came to power in 2012, dramatically lower than the three-hundred and sixty-four who attended last year’s plenum, or the 373 from the year before.

But the real shock came from the military wing of the Party. Of forty-two People’s Liberation Army members on the Central Committee, fully 27 were absent – a staggering 63% absence rate, including twenty-two generals.

Among the missing: the respected and highly experienced Navy Commander, Vice Admiral Hu Zhongming, Commander of the Northern Theatre (charged with guarding the capital of Beijing) General Huang Ming, and Eastern Theatre Political Commissar Liu Qingsong.

These are not mid-level bureaucrats; these were the men responsible for commanding China’s military forces. This is eerily similar to the Stalinist purges of the 1930’s, even if they have not reached that scale… yet.

The more Xi purges what he views as potentially disloyal elements – both political and military – the more weakened and debilitated the Communist Chinese military becomes. For Western military observers, this muddies assessments of everything from the CCP’s nuclear arsenal (see below) to their ability to both invade Taiwan, and to contest the South China Sea with the United States. This is because military leadership becomes very unwilling to actually “train” their troops for anything but parades, if such training is viewed as a potential threat to their “Dear Leader“.

  1. THE PURGE SURGE – These purges, despite their small scale (compared to those of “Comrade” Stalin) are just as dramatic and damaging. Days before the plenum opened, Beijing announced the expulsion of nine senior military officers, including one of only two vice chairmen of the Central Military Commission – China’s highest military policymaking body – and a member of the ruling Politburo.

The expelled officers included Admiral Miao Hua, the PLA’s most senior ideologist, and his deputy, General He Hongjun, who reportedly “died by suicide” in the wake of “corruption” charges.

The plenum itself confirmed that ten Central Committee members and four of the alternates had been formally expelled – a near record for disciplinary actions. Since the 20th Party Congress in 2022, at least 14 generals have been purged, including former defense ministers Li Shangfu and Wei Fenghe.

But The scale becomes even more startling when examined closely: Of forty-four uniformed officers selected to the Central Committee in 2022, only some fifteen remain untouched as of late 2025 – A POLITICAL SURVIVAL RATE OF JUST 34%.

Lower-ranking alternate members fared only slightly worse, with a c.30% survival rate. The PLA’s Rocket Force, responsible for China’s nuclear deterrent and conventional missile forces, has seen its leadership cadres severely gutted, losing at least nine senior commanders, with one analyst noting that the force has been “almost completely purged of former senior leaders“.

Official explanations cite “corruption” – “serious violations of discipline” and “duty-related crimes involving an extremely large amount of money“. But while corruption is certainly endemic in China’s system, the timing and scale suggest something much more serious: Xi is systematically eliminating anyone who might pose even a theoretical challenge to his authority, even officers he personally promoted.

These sorts of actions are not, obviously, conducive to military efficiency or coherent policies and training.

  1. SELF-RELIANCE AS STRATEGY – Beyond the dramatic purges, the plenum advanced Xi’s economic agenda for the CCP’s 15th Five-Year Plan, covering the 2026-2030 timeframe. The full plan won’t be released until March 2026, but the official communiqué revealed Xi’s priorities: “self-reliance and self-strengthening in science and technology” to develop what Beijing calls “new quality productive forces,” marking a definitive shift towards autarky.

Translation: Xi wants China to become technologically independent of the West, particularly in advanced semiconductors, artificial intelligence, and military applications. The rhetoric of “self-strengthening” deliberately echoes China’s response to Western imperialism in the 19th century – a historical reference Xi’s audience understands implicitly. Whether they can pull this off or not is the real question – Short Answer: They almost certainly can’t.

Xi’s remarks to Trump at their meeting in South Korea – promising that “our two countries can totally help each other to succeed and prosper” – contrast sharply with his language while in Beijing, where he called for China to “win the strategic initiative amid fierce international competition“. One message soothes foreign audiences, the other reveals actual policy.

The plenum also reaffirmed China’s goal of reaching per capita GDP of $20,000 by 2035, which would require maintaining an annual growth above 4% for the next decade. Given China’s slowing economy, mounting debt, and demographic challenges (a festering leftover of the “One Child Policy” implemented in 1979), this is certainly ambitious, to the point of bordering on fantasy.

But Xi framed it as essential for China’s “great rejuvenation” – another loaded historical term suggesting a return to China’s perceived rightful place as the dominant power in Asia.

The problem with this rosy strategy is that in addition to the Communist state’s faltering domestic economy (see below), its flagship foreign trade scheme, the so-called “Belt and Road Initiative” (BRI) is rapidly collapsing, increasing the velocity of Beijing’s economic death spiral.

B. WHAT THIS ALL MEANS

Three key conclusions have emerged from this plenum. First, Xi no longer faces meaningful internal opposition. The purges demonstrated his strength, not weakness. As one Asia Society analysis noted, by 2027 Xi will have promoted a new generation of officials “who have survived and internalized 15 years of his rule” – leaders steeped in an ethos of control and self-reliance rather than reform and experimentation.

Second, the military purges raise serious questions about PLA capabilities, readiness and internal cohesion. Xi has publicly ordered the military to be ready for action against Taiwan by 2027. Yet he’s simultaneously gutting the officer corps, creating an atmosphere where, as one Taiwanese analyst put it, “no one can be fully trusted“.

This suggests either that Xi believes loyalty matters more than competence, or that the corruption his internal security forces have uncovered genuinely threatens military effectiveness. Neither interpretation is reassuring, given how volatile the internal political maneuvering of the CCP can get.

Third, Xi’s emphasis on autarkic technological self-reliance and economic independence signals that he views strategic competition with the United States as inevitable and probably permanent. The conciliatory language for foreign consumption should not fool anyone – Beijing is preparing for a long-term competition it believes will determine whether the 21st century belongs to China or remains dominated by American power.

While these three conclusions are clear, they also mark a dangerously unstable mix of competing forces, over whose control it remains unclear how well Beijing can manage. In effect, Communist China is a technologically advanced, economically unstable, Third World tin-pot dictatorship…with a population of nearly 1.5 billion.

  1. THE POWER PARADOX – Xi Jinping now exercises “complete control” according to official rhetoric, with the party calling on officials to “unite more closely around the Central Committee with Comrade Xi Jinping at its core“. Yet the rows of empty seats at the plenum captured the paradox: absolute authority purchased through constant purges. It is the power of fear, not inspiration.

For Americans trying to understand China’s trajectory, the Fourth Plenum provides crucial insight. The United States faces a China led by one man who tolerates no dissent, who views the world solely through the lens of great-power competition, and who is willing to sacrifice experienced military leadership to ensure the personal loyalty of the remainder.

That makes China simultaneously more predictable – Xi’s word is policy – and more dangerous, since no institutional checks exist on his judgment…the dangers of which, the Biden Administration’s “autopen” controversy demonstrated.

This is very much the 21st Century version of the “Cult of Personality” and “Great Man” theories that defined the middle forty years of the 20th Century…with potentially everything bad that comes with them.

The question is not whether Xi controls China. He clearly does. The question is whether a system built on purges and fear can execute the sophisticated economic and military strategy Beijing envisions – or whether Xi’s iron grip is slowly strangling the very capabilities China needs to achieve his ambitions.

The greater question, however, is what might happen if Xi were to die suddenly, with no clear successor. When the Soviet Union fell at the end of 1991, in the wake of the Soviet hard liner’s reactionary coup attempt against Mikhail Gorbachev, there were certainly “issues“. But there was never any hint of an actual civil war among various Soviet factions.

In the Communist China of 2025-2026, there is no guarantee of a new civil war not happening. There are plenty of factions within the CCP – military, Party and industrial – that would be vying for power in the sudden aftermath of Xi’s downfall (from whatever method). None of the likely options are comforting.

  1. THE REALITY OF POWEROld Is New…? – Communists always do Communist things, in very Communist ways – they are intellectually incapable of doing anything different. But, as always, History serves as both guide and warning.

While not reaching the scale of Stalin’s purges – yet – Xi’s methodology of enforcing discipline through capricious iron rule reveals a highly disturbing trend in the internal politics of a nuclear-armed state.

Communist China’s economy is slowing dramatically, despite observers desperately trying to put lipstick on a pig. This alone is a serious problem, given the Communist giant’s sheer population density.

But really, the series of dangerously disruptive purges are the true problem.

  1. WHERE THE PURGES LEAD: THREE DANGEROUS SCENARIOS – The immediate question facing Western strategists is deceptively simple: does Xi’s consolidation of power make China more or less dangerous?

The uncomfortable answer is that it makes Beijing simultaneously weaker and more unpredictable – a combination that historically produces catastrophic miscalculations.

3.1: THE 2027 PROBLEM: A GUTTED MILITARY MEETS AN AMBITIOUS TIMELINE – Xi Jinping has publicly committed the People’s Liberation Army to being ready for military action against Taiwan by 2027.

Yet he’s simultaneously purged two-thirds of the PLA’s senior leadership since 2022. The contradiction is stark: Communist China wants to prepare for perhaps the most complex and dangerous military operation since D-Day – an amphibious assault across the Taiwan Strait – with an officer corps that has been decimated not by enemy action but by its own leaders’ paranoia.

The parallel to Stalin’s “Winter War” against Finland is stark.

History offers that war as a grim precedent for today. Stalin’s purges of the Soviet military in the late 1930s removed – often lethally – experienced commanders and replaced them with politically reliable mediocrities and outright incompetents.

When Hitler invaded the Soviet Union in 1941, the Red Army’s initial performance was catastrophically bad, with millions of casualties and staggering swaths of territory lost in the first months. The Soviet Union eventually prevailed through sheer industrial capacity and population density – advantages that won’t help China in a “Taiwan invasion” scenario requiring precision, absolute timing, intimate coordination, and split-second decision-making.

The danger isn’t that Xi’s weakened military will be too cautious. It’s that a command structure built on fear will tell Xi only what he wants to hear, rather than what he needs to know. When every officer knows that honest assessments can end careers (or lives), intelligence gets filtered through layers of self-preservation. Plans become overly optimistic. Risks get minimized. And leaders eventually make decisions based on fantasy rather than reality.

3.2: THE ECONOMIC TRAP: WHEN PROMISES MEET REALITY – Xi’s commitment to 4% annual growth through 2035 faces structural headwinds that no amount of political will can overcome. China’s working-age population is shrinking by roughly 5 million people per year. Local government debt exceeds 60 trillion yuan (approximately US$8.4 trillion).

The property sector – which drove Mainland Chinese growth for two decades – has collapsed. And Xi’s emphasis on “self-reliance” means cutting China off from the very technological exchange that fueled its previous rise…that also undermines his vaunted “Belt and Road Initiative“.

When authoritarian regimes face this combination of slowing growth and disappointed expectations, they historically reach for the nationalist playbook. A Taiwan adventure offers Xi a way to rally domestic support, distract from economic failure, and fulfill his “great rejuvenation” promises (rather like Leopoldo Galtieri in 1982) – all while the window of American distraction or weakness might be open.

The calculation then becomes perverse: Xi might choose military action – not from a position of strength but from weakness. He might be thinking that waiting only makes his economic and demographic problems worse. This is the most dangerous scenario: not a confident China executing a long-planned strategy, but a desperate China gambling that external aggression can solve internal problems.

3.3: THE SUCCESSION BLACK HOLE – Xi is 72 years old and has methodically eliminated anyone who could plausibly succeed him. The Central Committee members who survive his purges are survivors precisely because they pose no threat – which means they possess no independent power base, no vision beyond Xi’s, and no legitimacy separate from their association with him. When Xi eventually dies or becomes incapacitated, China faces a succession crisis with no obvious resolution.

This matters because it affects Xi’s timeline for major action. If he believes his window for achieving his goals – particularly regarding Taiwan – is limited to his own lifespan, that creates pressure on him for action sooner rather than later. A leader who has made himself indispensable will want to secure his legacy while he can still direct events.

This fear – the unseating of a dictator who has no clear successor – was one of the exact considerations that went into not outright invading and conquering Iraq in 1991, as Saddam Hussein – as in 2003 – had no obvious successor, and none of the Coalition powers of that time wanted to get bogged down in an occupation of a nation of over 17 million people.

And China has a population well in excess of one billion, and closer to 1.4 or 1.5 billion.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

What Should America Do? – These scenarios argue for a specific American policy response: strengthen deterrence now, while Xi’s military is still weakened by purges, but before desperation drives recklessness. This means accelerating arms sales to Taiwan, making explicit defense commitments that remove ambiguity, and working with allies to demonstrate that the costs of aggression would be prohibitive regardless of China’s internal political needs.

On the economic front, this also means that the United States needs to accelerate and expand its domestic manufacturing of general-use microprocessors, as far too much of America’s need for these is anchored in Taiwan, and is thus exposed to catastrophic disruption in the event of a Communist invasion attempt, successful or not.

The worst wrinkle here is the terrible situation with the United States military’s manning levels. After being gutted by mismanaged budgets, insane procurement strategies, and having its traditional recruiting demographics be actively discouraged (by whatever means) from enlisting, the United States military remains smaller than it was in 1941.

While there has been a “bump” to recruiting numbers in the aftermath of Donald Trump’s 2024 election, it remains to be seen if that boost can be sustained, because technology will not overcome the numbers problem, here, as Communist China is too close to the U.S., technologically speaking.

The worst mistake for the U.S. government would be to interpret Xi’s consolidation of power as evidence of Chinese strength and confidence. Dictators who rule through fear are often at their most dangerous when they are at their weakest, because they have the most to prove – to their own populations, to their purged rivals, and to themselves.

Xi Jinping has built a system where no one can challenge him. That means no one can stop him either. And a China that cannot restrain its leader is a China that Americans must prepare to deter, contain, and if necessary, defeat.

The Fourth Plenum didn’t reveal a confident superpower ready to peacefully surpass America. It revealed a nuclear-armed dictatorship trapped by its own internal logic, led by a man who has eliminated every check on his judgment, facing economic and demographic decline that he cannot admit and cannot reverse.

That is not a recipe for caution. It’s a recipe for catastrophe.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Opium Wars: A History from Beginning to End – Hourly History

The Soviet Invasion of Finland, 1939-40 – Carl Van Dyke

The Struggle for Taiwan: A History of America, China, and the Island Caught Between – Sulman Khan

Originally published Nov 13, 2025 for our weekly Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get weekly issues.

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

“Then Mordecai told them to reply to Esther, ‘Do not think to yourself that in the king’s palace you will escape any more than all the other Jews. For if you keep silent at this time, relief and deliverance will rise for the Jews from another place, but you and your father’s house will perish. And who knows whether you have not come to the kingdom for such a time as this?’ Then Esther told them to reply to Mordecai, ‘Go, gather all the Jews to be found in Susa, and hold a fast on my behalf, and do not eat or drink for three days, night or day. I and my young women will also fast as you do. Then I will go to the king, though it is against the law, and if I perish, I perish.’”Esther 4:13-16

INTRODUCTION

The November 4, 2025, election delivered to the Democrats a much-needed morality boost after taking a series of critical losses that began with the re-election of Donald J. Trump. It also showed “America’ what this writer has been telling you, the reader, for some time now.

Our series on Detaining the Donkey will conclude in the end-of-month issue. This report, however, can be seen as part of the overall report, for this election shows two things, there are two countries in this land (America and Progmerica) and the Progmericans are violent extremists already convinced that Americans are essentially white supremacist Nazis worthy of death.

We now find ourselves in a position where speaking out against unconstitutional actions, no matter the cost, is an existential essential if America is to reconquer her lost lands, lands lost to the progressives.

Like Esther, we must resist the temptation to cower in fear, we must risk death speaking plainly against the injustices recently committed and the injustices to come by our enemy, the progressive nation.

We must also resist the temptation to violently act in response to these injustices we will soon see occur in the more strongly fortified progressive lands, like New York City and Virginia.

We must call upon our American civic authority to intervene on our behalf. We must count it as a righteous judgment on a land that still murders unborn children for the joy of “casual” sex if no such American civic authority comes to our rescue. Given the anti-American spirit of even the GOP, one has reason to be concerned that help might not be coming.

In this election, we saw a murder-wishing Attorney General get elected, we saw an outright Marxist-Islamist anti-Americanist get elected to be Mayor of our biggest city, and the red wave in New Jersey crash on the shores of bloody abortions.

All the conservative hype about a red wave was turned into a stinking blue mist exuding from the rotting flesh of the corpse that was once ONE COUNTRY in these lands. Where once there was America, we now know there are two countries, both fighting for existence. One country offers the lie of utopia and the other offers the burden of armed neighbors and personal responsibility.

We can only hope the utopian lie gets exposed before the power it creates ossifies in this land.

So far, white suburban “middle-class” women are choosing unborn child murder licensing over Americanism, “victim” blacks are choosing government handouts and REVENGE over Americanism, and the wealthy are voting for protections against competition from the hoi polio over Americanism.

All we have left now are the workers; yet workers are the ones being forced to foot the bill for classes of people that want those same workers dead (because of the white supremacism and the evil American empire they allegedly represent).

We will look at the key races in this election and break down the data that reveals the nature of this win for the party of Progmerica. We will also highlight the most troubling wins from an Americanist perspective, wins that reveal, beyond a shadow of a doubt, the seditious spirit of the average Democrat voter today.

They live by different standards in a country that began under Woodrow Wilson, the first zombie President (towards the end). Let us hope the last zombie President, Biden, is also the last Progmerican President in this country, ever.

A. OVERVIEW

In every major election we will be focusing on, mass mailer ballots were part of the election process, but if the statistics I was able to cull from incredibly anti-American, Progmerican-biased AI search engines like Grok are correct, mass mailer ballots didn’t factor in that greatly in Virgnia. They factored into the NJ race, but not as significantly as they did in the two previous Presidential elections.

In New York City, they may have been a “significant” factor. The specific breakdown of mass mailer ballots was not given, but the phrase “significant” was used to describe its factor in voting.

The fact that the VA election was NOT influenced by mass mailer ballots (only 10% of the vote was allegedly mass mailed) means it is likely that the Virginia election is truly a reflection of the voters.

Among those voters are the overwhelming majority of federal workers (187,000 total in Virginia), who voted for the DNC candidates knowing full well what they were, ESPECIALLY their advocation for violence as a means of political discourse in America.

In Progmerica, this makes sense. Truth is death to Progmericans, so violence must be used to oppress it. In America, this is treason. The overwhelming majority of Virginians OPENLY voted for treason.

  1. NEW JERSEY GOVERNOR’S RACE – Abortion extremist Mikkie Sherrill won the New Jersey governor’s race handily by a vote of 57% to 43% over Republican Jack Ciattarelli. Sherill ran mostly on abortion, promising to pass legislation that will allow women to murder their unborn children up to birth. The suburban middle class white women of the state fueled her Progmerican victory.

White middle class suburban women were highly motivated to vote in New Jersey, which led to a 54% voter turnout, the highest percentage in a governor’s race in over 20 years. Statistics on mail-in votes were not given, but more than one third of the votes were early votes or mail-in ballots, a bucket the Dems won 51% to 29%.

It should be noted the Grok reason for people voting for Sherill was given as “overall economy, strong support from independents and women voters.”

What it won’t tell you (because it’s programmed by what are, essentially, DNC acolytes) is that the main issue was the “right” to murder unborn children so women and men, and even children (in Progmerica), can whore and murder to their hearts’ delights.

The narrative around this race from the left is Sherril won primarily because of the economy, but this seems more like an attempt to evade the fact that the DNC now only exists in its defense of unborn child murder and extra rights for “disenfranchised” classes.

At least the oppressed in Progmerica will have sex without consequence (or so they think) and at least one class of people the oppressed can always feel superior to, the unborn (random clump of cells). The promised free stuff, however, won’t be coming anytime soon.

The Democrat voters of New Jersey didn’t necessarily vote for treason, like the people in Virginia did, but they overwhelmingly chose sexual licentiousness over American liberty. For we Christians, we know such a spirit bodes poorly for the people that hold it (read the prophets to see what’s coming next).

  1. VIRGINIA – The buzz about early voting initially not going great for the Democrats proved to be a false hope for Americans as the state overwhelmingly voted for violence in politics by electing a governor who wouldn’t condemn it and the highest law man in the land who also openly advocated for it.

Another abortion extremist, Abigaile Spanberger, can now be seen as the face of the white, suburban, female child murderer vote. Her refusal to condemn her fellow party member, Jay Jones, for texting he wanted to murder his republican opponents’ kids in front of him, matched the spirit she showed in defending unborn child murder up to birth. The only people abortionists don’t want you to kill are murderers and rapists. Charlie Kirk? Yes. Child rapist-murderer? No.

Now, Virginia’s Governor and Attorney General have openly advocated for terrorism, yet the DOJ refuses to arrest them after committing such an obvious crime. If you are not a progressive and you live in Virginia, 57% of your neighbors just voted to murder you. Your state leaders support your execution should you dare speak in public against them.

Spanberger beat Winsome Earle-Sears 57% to 43%. Jay Jones beat the incumbent DA 53% to 47%. Voter turnout was 55%, with only 10% being from mail-in ballots. This means, as I stated earlier, Virginia TRULY VOTED FOR TREASON. Virginia may be the first state to openly vote for political assassinations in the history of our republic, a republic they just voted against.

One could argue that the majority of Viriginia’s voters in 2025 openly committed an act of treason against our republic. One would be correct in that assumption if they view reality through an Americanist lens. You have no right to vote for political murder as you clearly did in Virginia. This is crime of the highest order.

As a Progmerican bonus, the seditionists of Virginia also voted in their first Muslim to be Lieutenant Governor, militant progressive Ghazala Hashmi. This is yet another foreigner who became an American now serving in our government on a seditious party platform. She was born in India and raised in Georgia, but not as an American, as a Muslim Indian.

Her values are progressive, which are anti-American, meaning we have reason to deport her should we reconquer this lost land. Naturalized citizens who revolt against the republic have no business being allowed to stay.

She beat the American, John Reid, by 11 points. She is also a militant abortion extremist, a trait the bloodthirsty seditionists of Virginia really love.

  1. NEW YORK MAYOR’S RACE – The real bell weather for our country is the New York Mayor’s race. In that race, newly minted U.S. citizen Zohran Mamdani beat his two opponents, Andrew Cuomo (who got 25% of the vote) and Curtis Sliwa (who got 21% of the vote) combined. He won 50.4% of the vote, a slim majority, but a majority nonetheless.

Only 41.5% of registered voters showed up, but that was the highest voter turnout for a Mayoral election in decades. Mamdani’s voters chose free stuff (a lie Mamdani won’t be able to fulfill) over Americanism. New York City voted openly for treason over America, free stuff over personal responsibility. New York City, like Virginia, has fallen.

As the mail-in ballots accounted for a “significant” percentage of the votes, New York might be given a pass since a mass mailer election is no election at all.

  1. PA SCOTUS – The PA Supreme Court race appears to be one led by white middle-class suburban women who voted to retain the three DNC judges. These quisling judges will assure PA soon passes laws that will allow women, men, and probably children too, to murder their unborn children up to the moment of birth.

White middle class suburban women helped all three Democrats win their retention by comfortable margins of around 60-40 for each.

This is my home state. I chose not to vote in this election because Pennsylvania has some of the most mass mailer ballot friendly laws in the country (with Colorado being the worst). Figuring out the percentage of mass mailer ballots is not possible, yet, but Grok reported “Pennsylvania has significant mail-in voting, but no specific percentage isolated for this retention vote; statewide trends show high mail-in usage in recent elections.”

This PA resident can attest that in 2020 my residence received no less than 5 mail-in ballots for two potential voters. I can’t remember how many ballots we received in 2024, but in 2025 we did only receive two mail-in ballots for the two potential voters.

For PA, what we actually support remains unclear, for mass mailer elections are no elections at all. Nonetheless, millions of babies will soon die for the convenience of white middle class suburban women and their murder-whoring-supporting men having the luxury of sex without consequences to themselves (which is ALWAYS an illusion, for casual sex is an oxymoron).

At least we know the vote counters chose treason, unborn child murder, over America.

  1. CALIFORNIA PROP 50 – Californians chose to fortify their anti-American empire by voting, essentially, for Democrats to gerrymander their districts even more than they already are to get more U.S. House seats for the foreign country of Progmerica that California voters overwhelmingly pledged their allegiance to.

The measure passed easily with more than 65% of the vote. It should be noted this vote on whether Democrats can cheat even more was accomplished with 85% of the vote being mass mailer ballots (with MANY returns). This election cannot be put at the feet of Californians as there was no real election at all (for all mass mailer elections are no elections at all).

The damage done to our republic is still very real, and as of the writing of this report there are no viable American political parties to fight them (and that includes the GOP). The yes voters wanted to counter GOP redistricting efforts in states like Texas. The GOP met evil with evil, further undermining American rule of law and election integrity, and the Democrats are now responding with more evil.

Winning with evil is losing in the Kingdom of God.

B. OTHER RACES OF NOTE

A couple other races highlight the criminal depravity of DNC voters. While an open Marxist lost to a progressive in the Milwaukee Mayor’s race, two violent extremists managed to take American elected office. Also, across America, more city councils have been taken over by seditionists, openly professing socialists, as more and more people choose depravity and hand-outs over dangerous liberty.

  1. ERICA DEUSO – A man calling himself Erica Deuso won the Mayor’s race in Downington, PA after a second round of vote counting. He is a trans “woman” who has openly advocated for political violence. This means Downington, PA is now in open rebellion against the republic. By all rights, the Federal government should shut this illegal government down.

The one caveat here is, once again this was a mass mailer election, which is no election at all, so the people of Downington might not have wanted any of this at all.

Upon being elected, he chose to celebrate his mental illness, saying “Tonight, the numbers are clear. We won. Voters chose hope, decency, and a community where every neighbor matters. I am honored to be elected as Pennsylvania’s first openly transgender mayor. I carry that responsibility with care and with purpose.”

No, voters chose treason over America, sexual licentiousness over the republic.

Deuso is also a militant abortionist, supporting the murdering of unborn children up to birth (and possibly beyond). He is a darling of Planned Parenthood.

  1. KAOHLY VANG HER – Another foreign-born insurrectionist “new citizen” was elected Mayor of St. Paul, Minnesota, one of the havens for DNC Islamist extremism. In addition to being another foreigner who doesn’t understand America, the treasonous activist also boldly proclaimed she entered our country illegally, openly celebrating lawlessness.

She beat the Progressive insurrectionist Mayor Melvin Carter, who proved not to be anti-American enough for the insurrectionist voters of St. Paul. She beat him by a handful of votes after “second-round-choice votes” were counted.

The percentages of mass mailer votes was given by Grok as being between 20-30%, so while that’s a high percentage, it’s still fair to say the majority of St. Paul voters, overwhelmingly, prefer either lite anti-Americanism or hard anti-Americanism.  The slim majority chose hard anti-Americanism.

St. Paul must be reconquered.

C. KEY REACTIONS

Some key reactions from the election’s stunningly anti-American results from the President, the Vice President, and Democrat leaders show perhaps neither side knows why they won or lost.

  1. DONALD TRUMP – President Trump offered a pithy response on his Truth Social platform, writing “TRUMP WASN’T ON THE BALLOT, AND SHUTDOWN, WERE THE TWO REASONS THAT REPUBLICANS LOST ELECTIONS TONIGHT,” according to pollsters.

By my research, I would say the President is wish-speaking, not reality-speaking. The voters concerned about the economy mostly voted for Republicans, while the socialists, the beggars, and the whores voted overwhelmingly for the party of the coalition of the criminally insane. Perhaps the President doesn’t want to face the reality of power, that there are two nations in this land, and they cannot, and will not, get along.

Now that we are aware of our mutual existence, the tension is only going to increase.

  1. DNC MEDIA – The illegal campaign advertisers and information terrorists, the DNC-aligned corporate media, were giddy with the news that America lost the election and Progmerica won. The best example of their treasonous response comes from ABC News’ Good Morning America.

The host, George Stephanopoulos, told his audience that the two Virginia Democrats who advocated for political murder against conservatives were “centrist Democrats.” Are the extremists now openly raping children in public? Is THAT now what it takes to be called a leftwing extremist?

Calling them “centrist” is nothing but an attempt to normalize political murder. This is treason AND terrorism.

  1. JOSH SHAPIRO – Pennsylvania’s anti-American governor, insurrectionist Josh Shapiro (who never met a gun he didn’t want to confiscate or an unborn child he didn’t want to murder, or a girl he didn’t want to transition) cheered on America’s defeat, claiming “Americans” (Progmericans, really, which are NO AMERICANS AT ALL) voted against the chaos of Donald Trump.

This is the party that murdered Charlie Kirk, whose supporters, voters, continue to celebrate that death (ESPECIALLY VIRGINIANS!).

Shapiro’s doublespeak agit prop was this: “I think it’s going to have a huge impact. And listen, this is yet another example of the kind of chaos that Donald Trump has brought to our country. I mean, listen, Republicans control the White House. They control the House. They control the Senate. They got to reopen the government, and they got to pay these workers who do really critical tasks for us, like keeping us safe when we’re in the skies. It’s time for them to get this over with and get people back to work, pay folks, and end this shutdown.”

He knows full well the Senate needs 60 votes to complete the budget vote, yet he chooses to openly lie to his voters, spreading slander against his political opponents that will surely inspire more violence.

Leading voters to believe the Republicans could open the government with their votes alone, in these times, is practically a declaration of war, especially when the Democrats were holding out for illegal immigrant subsidies and continued healthcare fraud at the expense of many of the same insurrectionists at heart that voted for them. Shapiro’s response to the Charlie Kirk murder was to blame the President, for instance, not his own depraved party.

  1. JD VANCE – JD Vance spun the loss as the consequence of elections being held in blue states. He also seemingly associated economic factors with the loss, as many others have, though this writer disagrees with that assessment (mostly).

Vance said, “I think it’s idiotic to overreact to a couple of elections in blue states, but a few thoughts. We need to focus on the home front. The president has done a lot that has already paid off in lower interest rates and lower inflation, but we inherited a disaster from Joe Biden and Rome wasn’t built in a day. We’re going to keep on working to make a decent life affordable in this country, and that’s the metric by which we’ll ultimately be judged in 2026 and beyond.”

SUMMARY

The 2025 Election highlights what might turn out to be the fatal flaw of our short-lived American experiment. That fatal flaw is this: How do we prevent people who do not share our American values from becoming part of our American government?

While I do not support an official Christian nation, I WOULD support an official American nation, one in which political parties cannot exist that do not agree with our values.

Since we have no such mechanism, anti-Americanists were free to walk right into our sacred lands and gently nudge us away from Americanism and into progressivism. They seek to return us to the regressive ancient form of government that presumed the state had all power to make of your life what it wills according to its own interpretation of what’s good and bad for your life.

Young adults growing up were led to believe that this already mixed economy (socialism and capitalism) is a reflection of capitalism alone. So, they vote for the part of our economy that makes it dystopian, the socialist part. With no gatekeepers to assure anti-Americanists couldn’t run for office, or be employed by state institutions, the progressives were free to walk right through our open gates.

Now, after 100 plus years of parasitical existence, the virus within America, progressivism, is ready to kill the hijacked American cell and make it a fully progressive one. People who don’t know the history of moral supremacist regimes have no understanding of the bloodshed they are voting for whenever they support a Democrat in current year.

Unfortunately, voting for a Republican hasn’t stopped the progressives so far, even when Republicans win, so one has to doubt, at this point, if the GOP is a total failed project (as this writer supports that it is).

The Progmerican problem is that while they ARE a full nation within our own (with more major institutions than our own at this point), they still have a full nation, America, existentially opposed to them (though that nation, America, has not quite yet recognized itself fully, though it is very close to happening even as I write).

Fortunately, their efforts to disarm Americans have been most effective in lands populated by treasonous progressives themselves (AMERICAN lands we MUST reclaim).

We Americans are still well-armed and filled with Veterans and retired police officers who understand how to fight guerilla wars. This is a blessing, but also a curse, as it makes it more likely a social civil war with occasional shooting becomes a fully hot civil war (which is NOT something this writer supports).

Tens of millions of human beings that we interact with every day, our neighbors, for one reason or another, have been captured by this anti-American host. There is no solution that involves plainly speaking truth to most of these people, for they are emotionally tied to a narrative that’s not easy to break.

If you say “America,” they will call it a dog whistle for white supremacism, a lie told to them by information terrorists and child abusers (the DNC media, public-school teachers and college professors).

Next to the DNC media, this group has the most reckoning it needs to face, for it has been brutalizing children for decades on our dimes, training them to hate their parents, their country, and, for white children, their own skins.

School shootings aren’t a gun problem, they’re a schoolteacher terrorizing children and school districts medicating children problem.

They are fighting the evil in the world, America, the white race, and they truly believe we are evil, for information terrorists in the media and the classrooms have been traumatizing our children with these lies.

This leads our children to believe that when they murder, they execute murderers; when they cheat, they tactically outsmart you; when they unperson you for your beliefs, they’re fighting the oppression they are SURE your words will cause.

THEY BELIEVE THIS, IT’S NOT A DELUSION TO THEM!

They are fighting the evil of the world, us. The information terrorists have made all our effective language counters to their lies “dog whistles” of Nazism. When you speak truth, they hear Nazi dog whistles. Speak of integrity, it’s white supremacism, speak of empiric facts, it’s white supremacism.

In the last part of our series, Detaining the Donkey, I will offer you my solutions to our woes as well as my predictive analysis of what’s about to happen over the next few months. Those that can should shore up what they can, build mutual support networks of friends and family, and prepare for a life where you have to provide for yourselves for a little while.

There are two nations within, and neither can afford to let the other continue to exist now that we clearly know of our mutual, existentially opposed, existences.

After this election, there is no doubt in my mind that what I suspected long ago is true, and now processing that reality is difficult. But I exist in a story larger than America, I exist in the gospel story. Yet even in that gospel story I can find reason to be a good steward of my people, Americans, and, like the exiles after the fall of Samaria and Judah, I will serve whatever country God puts me in, including this one.

We shall stand or fall together, my fellow Americans. The time to face the reality of two nations with one land is here and so far, it appears no one in charge (including Trump and the GOP) either understands where we’re headed or wants to stop it.

The voters in these blue states made it clear, they want war. I am afraid, war might be coming very soon.

If the progressives win, I will be a good steward of their nation until they compel me to defy God’s law (assuming I survive their inevitable purge of “evil” such regimes always carry out, from Pol Pot to Stalin).

Daniel, Jospeh both show this stewardship. But Esther, perhaps, shows it best in our context.

Esther learned of a plot to have her people, the Jews, murdered. While she was Queen, she had no right to come to the King unless he sent for her. Her Uncle, Mordeci, didn’t plot an overthrow of the King, rather he sought to have his niece plead his case.

Esther faced death to enter the King’s court unsolicited, but fortunately for her the King, Ahasuerus, welcomed her, leading to her turning the tables on the man who plotted to kill her people, Haman (who hung on the gallows he had built for her Uncle).

So here we are, ready to be good stewards of whatever nation God calls us into, through exile or liberation, whichever it might be. Do all we can, without violence, to stop the progressive nation from conquering us from within but accept their role as an instrument of God’s judgment should they be victorious.

And yes, risk death, but don’t take it, like Esther did, until they had civic authority to do so (which she did through the King’s edicts he declared for her).

FURTHER RESOURCES:

History of the Rise, Progress and Termination of the American Revolution – Mercy Otis Warren

American History Progressivism – Arthur S. Link, Richard L. McCormick

Progressivism: The Strange History of a Radical Idea – Bradley C.S. Watson

?u=https%3A%2F%2Fupload.wikimedia.org%2Fwikipedia%2Fcommons%2Fthumb%2Ff%2Ff0%2FPresident_Donald_Trump_signing_executive_orders_%252801%2529.jpg%2F1200px-President_Donald_Trump_signing_executive_orders_%252801%2529.jpg&f=1&nofb=1&ipt=87b2e6939cdec21508f6a57e540ff0970af4d6a022c817c6e477cd59f9df91c8

Report By Michael A. Cessna, Military Affairs Correspondent

Summary by Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

Originally published June 13, 2025 for our Mid-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a new world order, a world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the U.N.’s founders.” –George H.W. Bush after an Iraqi Airstrike, January 17, 1991

INTRODUCTION

Donald Trump’s return to the presidency has marked one of the most dramatic foreign policy transformations in recent American history.

The 47th President’s approach to international relations during this critical period has demonstrated a deliberate departure from conventional diplomatic norms, employing what leftist observers, like Emma Ashford, termed a “move fast and break things” approach to foreign policy that prioritizes rapid, often chaotic transformation over incremental change.

Unlike traditional Presidential transitions that prioritize continuity and measured change, Trump entered his second term with an unprecedented burst of executive actions, signing at least 142 executive orders in his first 100 days, more than any other U.S. president in their first 100 days in office.

As Editor Paul Gordon Collier noted in Part One of our Second 100 Days report, “Donald Trump has signed more executive orders in the first 100 days than any other U.S. President in history, with 152. The list includes 3 Democrats in positions 2-4 before Trump shows up again in 5th for his first term’s first 100 days (with 33 executive orders). Second place is Franklin D. Roosevelt with 99 executive orders, third place is Harry S. Truman with 57 executive orders, and fourth place is Joe Biden with 42 executive orders.

Of those executive orders, 44 have been blocked by the judiciary, mostly at the District Court level. The number of reverses of those blocking orders is disputed, but somewhere between 2-5 are the numbers most often given.

This writer does not assume every executive order by Trump is constitutional, though those executive orders might not even be the ones that have been struck down and/or challenged.

The sheer volume of executive orders, however, is astounding. Given the fact he wrote 50% more executive orders than one of the most far-left authoritarian Presidents of all-time, FDR, one should be sobered by that high number.”

This “assertive” approach has fundamentally altered America’s relationships with allies and adversaries alike, while pursuing an expansionist vision that challenges international norms established by the 1945 UN Charter (something many Americans probably voted for), to break the old “new world order” set by Bush I.

A. THE CURRENT SITUATION IN THE UKRAINE: PROMISES AND REALITIES

Trump entered office with hopes of producing a ceasefire in Ukraine in “one day.”

Reaching a ceasefire agreement during the first 100 days of the second Trump presidency, let alone a peace deal, has arguably proven much harder than the President might have expected. Trump himself eventually acknowledged this difficulty, saying he was joking about the one-day timeline.

While that timeline has proven overly optimistic, Trump’s shift towards Russia from adversarial to conversational counters the Uniparty consensus on Russia.

However, the administration’s diplomatic efforts began immediately, with Trump announcing he had called Russian President Vladimir Putin to discuss a possible ceasefire deal on February 12, marking the first known conversation between the presidents since Trump assumed office in January.

Despite multiple rounds of negotiations mediated through various channels, including meetings in Saudi Arabia and Istanbul, substantive progress remained elusive. By late May, Trump said after his call with President Vladimir Putin that Russia and Ukraine would immediately start negotiations for a ceasefire, but the Kremlin said the process would take time, with Trump indicating reluctance to impose additional sanctions on Moscow.

The signs of an entirely different approach to Ukraine were starkly laid out on February 28, 2025, when Trump, Vice President JD Vance, and Volodymyr Zelenskyy held a highly combative bilateral meeting televised live in the Oval Office that was meant to discuss a Ukraine-U.S. mineral resources agreement.

During the meeting, Trump bluntly told Zelenskyy, “You’re not winning this. You have a damn good chance of coming out okay because of us” and You don’t have the cards. You’re buried there.”

The meeting ended abruptly without signing the planned agreement, and Trump canceled a planned news conference. Media outlets described it as an unprecedented public confrontation between an American president and a foreign head of state.

The practical implications have been significant. Trump also said he had been in “serious discussions with Russia” and hadreceived strong signals that they are ready for peacewhile simultaneously pressuring Ukraine through aid suspensions and public criticism.

When negotiations stalled, Trump’s frustration became evident. The United States will walk away from efforts to broker a Russia-Ukraine peace deal unless there are clear signs of progress soon, U.S. President Donald Trump and Secretary of State Marco Rubio said in April, with Rubio emphasizing, “We need to determine very quickly now, and I’m talking about a matter of days, whether or not this is doable in the next few weeks.”

B. MIDDLE EAST COMPLEXITIES: GAZA AND REGIONAL AMBITIONS

The President came into office with big radical visions for the Gaza Strip, proposing what he termed a “freedom zone” for the territory.

His most controversial suggestion, timed with the arrival of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu – the first world leader to arrive at the White House on February 4, signaling the administration’s strong support for Israel – involved the idea that the U.S. might “take over” and “own” the Gaza Strip, envisioning long-term U.S. control and the relocation of Palestinians to neighboring countries, turning Gaza into theRiviera of the Middle East.”

However, the administration has also pursued unexpected diplomatic openings. Trump hosted Netanyahu again in April to inform him of the U.S. decision to enter nuclear talks with Iran, a move that reportedly blocked Israeli plans for military action against Iran’s nuclear program. Jerusalem worries that Trump will accept an agreement with Tehran that fails to contain the regime’s nuclear ambitions. As of right now, that block is not in place as Israel has struck a major blow against Iran that is still ongoing even as I write this.

C. GLOBALIST INSTITUTIONAL DISMANTLING AND A BUREAUCRATIC REVOLUTION

One of Trump’s most dramatic foreign policy moves involved the systematic dismantling of America’s international engagement apparatus. The administration has shuttered the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Millennium Challenge Account, Voice of America, and Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

The scale of these cuts was unprecedented, with at least 121,000 workers fired from federal agencies, including 10,000 employees fired from the Agency for International Development (USAID), where 100 percent of the jobs were culled.

This institutional dismantling extended beyond foreign aid agencies. On January 20, his first day in office, Trump signed 26 executive orders, which included withdrawing from the World Health Organization and renaming the Gulf of Mexico to the Gulf of America. The broader pattern reflected what globalist critics described as an assault on the foundations of American global leadership. MAGA voters would call this the dismantling of the globalist world order, from without and from within.

By the end of those first 100 days, the Trump World Order has replaced the old agreements.

D. TRUMP’S WORLD ORDER EMERGES

  1. TRUMPOLARISM – President Trump came out the gates calling for Canada to become the fifty-first state, proposing to buy Greenland, and taking action to retake control of the Panama Canal. The President appears to be done with the global order’s way of doing things and has opted for unipolarism over globalism.
  2. ALLIANCE RE-ALIGNMENT – Trump’s approach to traditional alliances during his first 100 days demonstrated a fundamental shift in American foreign policy priorities. Trump has forced a rethink of the U.S. commitment to NATO, creating ruptures with transatlantic allies while simultaneously challenging the European Union in myriad ways: withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement, imposing sweeping tariffs on European countries, and telling them to take care of their own security.

The impact on traditional alliances has been paradigm-shifting. Trump’s aggressive stance toward Canada has completely upended what was traditionally a close relationship, with Trump telling reporters, “Canada only works as a state. We don’t need anything they have.”

3. MILITARY POWER – In contrast, Trump’s military deployments against various factions in the Middle East presented a reminder that, even given the somewhat dilapidated state the U.S. armed forces found themselves in after the four years of the Biden administration, the United States still packs a massive punch when it decides to deploy it.

Trump’s most significant military action during his first 100 days was Operation Rough Rider, a large-scale campaign against Yemen’s Iran-backed Houthis launched on March 15, 2025. The operation marked the biggest U.S. military operation in the Middle East since Trump took office, targeting the group over their serious disruption of Red Sea shipping traffic since October of 2023.

The campaign began with strikes on 30-plus targets at multiple locations, including terrorist training sites, drone infrastructure, weapons manufacturing capabilities, and command-and-control centers.

The strikes killed at least 53 people and wounded almost 100 others, including “multiple” Houthi leaders, according to U.S. national security adviser Michael Waltz.

Unlike the Biden administration’s limited and ineffectual approach, Trump granted broader authority to operational commanders and showed less reluctance about potential casualties. The campaign hit 1,000 targets and killed hundreds of Houthi fighters over nearly two months.

The operation concluded on May 6, 2025, when Trump announced the U.S. would stop bombing the Houthis after the group agreed to halt attacks on shipping lanes, though the Houthis indicated they would continue targeting Israel.

  1. REMOVING THE CANCER WITHOUT KILLING THE HOST

The administration’s approach to great power competition revealed internal contradictions, or, perhaps more accurately, conflicting concerns. While some policies appeared designed to counter Chinese influence, the administration has been willing to accept the risk of ending USAID and VOA so suddenly that it creates opportunities for America’s enemies to move in.

Trump is dismantling America’s soft power machine, but if the administration is right in its assumptions that much of this apparatus serves the globalist agenda, not the America First agenda, the damage these tax-funded institutions can continue to do is far more than the damage done by immediately terminating them.

It does open the door for China (and it already has), but it also immediately shuts the door on the insurrectionists within the government.

Beyond bilateral relationships, Trump has sought to completely dismantle the leftist-captured bureaucratic apparatus working aggressively against his “America First” policy.

In so doing, some cuts may have been too hasty. For instance, Trump dismantled some of America’s most essential cyber programs, including more than $175 million in grants and contracts for partner capacity building through USAID cuts.

These moves, then, reflect Trump’s broader skepticism about the nature of these government programs that seem to push anti-American and/or leftist values over American ones. It also appears to reflect his preference for direct, bilateral engagement over multilateral institutions with their own foreign policy agendas and lack of accountability (until now).

E. LATIN AMERICA AND IMMIGRATION DIPLOMACY

President Trump followed through with his promise to begin mass deportations in his first 100 days. This has put Latin America to the fore of U.S. foreign policy. This has led to unprecedented cooperation mechanisms, with Secretary of State Marco Rubio making his first international trip to the region, visiting Panama, El Salvador, Costa Rica, Guatemala, and the Dominican Republic.

The approach has been effective in achieving stunning cooperation. The United States later transferred illegal aliens to El Salvador, with many Liberal and anti-Trump hawkers alleging that they weren’t gang members at all.

Despite accusations of human rights violations by DNC operatives and their allies, many Latin American leaders are happy to facilitate these deportations – and not only those who seek a close relationship with Trump.

  1. THE EL SALVADOR PRISON DEAL – One of the Trump administration’s most controversial foreign policy innovations involved an unprecedented agreement with El Salvador’s President Nayib Bukele to accept criminal deportees.

Under this arrangement, El Salvador’s government receives about $6 million to imprison 300 alleged members of the Venezuelan Tren de Aragua gang in the country’s notorious mega-prison known as the Terrorism Confinement Center (CECOT).

The program relied heavily on Trump’s invocation of the 1798 Alien Enemies Act to justify deportations in an effort to cut the criminals off from getting what the Trump administration would characterize as “undo due process,” or “due process not granted to illegal alien criminals by the constitution.”

Since March, Washington has transferred at least 200 mostly Venezuelan alleged gang members and violent criminals to El Salvador. Unfortunately for the Trump administration, it would be determined that one person, a person the DNC criminal press called a “Maryland resident,” was deported in error.

The Trump Administration conceded to the courts, sort of. They had the illegal alien, Kilmar Abrego García, extradited back to the U.S. to face charges in Federal court for human trafficking, including of children.

Trump further expanded the scope of this partnership by expressing interest in sending U.S. citizens convicted of violent crimes to Salvadoran prisons, telling Bukele, “The homegrowns are next, the homegrowns. You’ve got to build about five more places.”

Legal experts described the concept as “obviously unconstitutional, obviously illegal,” since the U.S. government cannot forcibly remove citizens from the country for any reason.

In making these statements, Trump continued to pursue his apparent strategy of getting his political opposition to fly into near-hysterical rage, taking Trump literally at his word, despite the obvious silliness of his statements.

While this may be technically seen as “buffoonery,” it does seem to be working, as both Democrat politicians and Left-wing commentators repeatedly show themselves as both foolish and childish… This, of course, calls into question the veracity of the previously quoted polls.

The first 100 days of Trump’s second presidency thus established a pattern of maximum disruption combined with uncertain outcomes – an approach that prioritized the destruction of existing frameworks over the construction of viable alternatives, leaving both allies and adversaries struggling to adapt to an increasingly unpredictable American foreign policy.

SUMMARY

Written by Editor Paul Gordon Collier

More than any other aspect of the second first 100 days of the Trump administration, the entanglement of globalist far-left activism with America’s primary means of “soft power,” power projected through social and cultural influence, presents the most challenging problem.

On the one hand, the Trump administration NEEDS these institutions to do the work of American foreign policy; on the other hand, getting these institutions to carry forth with his policy was going to be nearly impossible as they existed on his second first day in office.

As many leaders will tell you, if you want to get “big things” done, do it as quickly as possible. The longer you wait, the less likely you will have the political capital to ever move so dramatically, so suddenly again. Taking office, he had tremendous political capital, capital he might never have again.

A second major conflicting issue is the nature of the American alliance, which has devolved to the point where America’s “allies” took it for granted that America would continue to meet the obligations of the old agreement, the Bretton Woods Agreement, without having to meet theirs.

This agreement essentially made it clear that America would give its allies favorable trade deals, provide for their defense, and keep the global trading lanes, especially the ocean ones, open. All they must do is simply go along with American foreign policy.

It was intended to contain Russian influence by offering the world prosperity over war. But since that agreement was first signed, in 1944, one part of the agreement has continued: America’s obligation. The second part, America’s allies’ obligations, have been met less and less until, at this point, the “alliances” serve the globalist agenda.

More insidiously, this globalist agenda works against the sovereignty of the nations in this same American-centered alliance (which worked against America’s interests, not for it). The UK, Northern Ireland, France, and Germany are all in this alliance, and they’re all heading towards state failure because they follow the same globalist, not American, foreign policies.

Trump must have understood going in that the old agreements were existential threats to American sovereignty and power. To his enemies, the loss of “respect” from allies is a testament to his failures; to Americans, the nations being served notice that America is now working in its own best interests, not the world’s, is a moment they’ve been wanting to see for at least two decades now.

Yet Trump hopes to ultimately keep these same allies, or at least most of them (including Canada and the UK), if they choose to reject the old new world order and embrace the Trump World Order.

This means he must balance out the need to preserve with the need to cull, knowing he has little time to make an impact that his successor cannot easily undo.

I am not sure there is anyone short of God who could hit the right balance between culling and preserving, but I will say this writer believes it is better, at this point, to ere on the side of culling too much than preserving too much, for a little leaven leavens the whole lump.

An America left with a little leftism is not an America that can survive anyway.

Cull away, Trump; let the chips fall where they may.

ED: NOTE: The last part of our report, on Tariffs, is being delayed until the End-Month Issue of MIA this June 27 (barring more urgent breaking news). It has been moved up to make space for our report on the ICE Raid Riots (see pg. 2).

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Bretton Woods GATT System – Orin Kirshner

An Introduction to the WTO Agreements – Bhagirath Lai Das

The New World Order – A. Ralph Epperson

The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The New World Order – Alan Axelrod

?u=https%3A%2F%2Fpeoplesdispatch.org%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2025%2F06%2Flos-angeles-protests-ice.jpeg&f=1&nofb=1&ipt=9a421105e940c97709a0d607edc7a3fd7a0dfaf9eaeed317304d018e8244c7d7

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

Originally published June 13, 2025 for our Mid-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

“And this is the writing that was inscribed: Mene, Mene, Tekel, and Parsin. This is the interpretation of the matter: Mene, God has numbered the days of your kingdom and brought it to an end; Tekel, you have been weighed in the balances and found wanting; Peres, your kingdom is divided and given to the Medes and Persians.” –Daniel 5:25-28

ED.NOTE: All accusations should be presumed to be allegations, allegations we believe are true but cannot yet clearly prove, mainly that the Democrat Party and its “allies” are attempting to trigger an insurrectionist event that will destroy the American republic and replace it with Progmerica, which is no America at all.

INTRODUCTION

The ICE raid riots are an ongoing story that will hardly be completed before we go to print on Friday, June 13. Normally, we would wait to do a report on a story like this, until it gets closer to some form of total or “chapter” completion. We’re not even going to see a chapter completion before this goes to print.

As of the writing of this report (June 12), President Donald Trump has ordered in hundreds of marines and a couple of thousand national guardsmen to stabilize Los Angeles (where the insurrectionist attacks first started).

In response, the DNC is now threatening a national event for June 14 called “No Kings” that promises to spread more terror to American cities. GOP states, the targets of these scheduled terror attacks, are bracing for the next battle.

This is not intended to be a report that captures the minutia of facts, but rather the emerging narratives, spirits, or zeitgeist that is emerging from these acts of insurrection. The open declaration of war by Democrats and their activists against the Federal government is disturbing enough as it is; the refusal of the DOJ to prosecute these top DNC leaders for openly inciting violence is even more disturbing, and why I felt the need to report on this so soon.

I decided to do an analysis of events around the ICE protests because right now America is closer than it ever has been to potentially becoming unstable for a short, or longer period of time. It might come through some level of Civil War or a disruption of interstate trade due to increased acts of leftist terrorism. It might also prove to be much sound and fury signifying nothing.

We will most likely have a sense of the bite of the left by the time the next publication comes to print, after their “No Kings” terror threat is carried out (or not carried out).

I believe our audience should get a sense of the state of things as they currently are (at least up until the day before printing) to make the best decision regarding what you might want to do to ensure you are ready should instability come, for however long. By the time we print our next issue, we will already being experiencing disruption, or learn there is no fire to their smoke.

A recent event happened in New York City that, this writer believes, captures a new zeitgeist emerging in America that shatters the paradigms the left has used to control the narrative for the last 50-plus years. That zeitgeist is emerging from the violent confrontations happening in more and more cities as insurrectionists attempt to shatter American stability.

If this new zeitgeist emerges, our “fears” will be laid to rest. America will rise again.

A. THE ICE RAID RIOT ZEITGEIST EMERGES

Occasionally, a moment happens that crystalizes a new zeitgeist rising in a culture. These types of images are often on their face jarring. They will have elements out of their old acceptable context that yet will reveal a “new acceptable” context.

For instance, recently, we had the startling image of Donald Trump rising with a raised fist, blood on his cheek. He was almost, but not quite, protected by a woman who seemed uncomfortable to touch him. On the other side was a man in shades looking more like he wanted to look cool rather than protect the President. They are worthy of their own symbolic zeitgeist analysis, but they’re not as relevant as the weak man who rose.

The incongruous combination of the weakness of a former President disheveled, bloodied, yet made strong by a determined cry and a fist pump, made the weakness of Trump himself “permissible” for people to look past. For in his weakness, he rose.

That image may be the very image that changed the zeitgeist of the political debate, a contest between the status quo empty suit that will keep to the plan versus the unstable, unpredictable, weak man who had been bloodied before the assassination attempt with 34 felony convictions. The weak man rose. The narrative was broken. America had “permission” to take a chance on a dangerous bet.

Recently, an exchange occurred, captured in a viral video, that rises almost to that level as far as zeitgeist-changing goes.

A woman was driving on her way to work when she was interrupted by a mob of ICE raid protestors, insurrectionists, who had illegally shut down the freeway she happened to be driving on. She got out of her car to beg the insurrectionists to let her go because she needed to make money to support her daughter.

The insurrectionists laughed to her face, claiming the children of immigrants are also in need.

The insurrectionists in this story were two white people, a mother in her 50s to 60s and her son in his 30s. The woman in this story is a black woman. The image you see is two white people confronting a black woman, telling her that the immigrant child is more important than her child.

The welfare bribe that won the black community over to the party that enslaved them might not be enough to keep black Americans on the DNC plantation anymore if they rightly perceive their needs are second, or even last, compared to the needs of illegal aliens.

From Legal Insurrection:

With traffic having ground to a halt at a busy intersection, the young woman gets out of her car and begs the mother-son team to let her get through. “I have a kid, and I need to go to work.”

The mother snapped, “These people [illegal immigrants] are having their children taken.”

“But what about my kid?” the young woman asked.

Too busy fighting for the rights of illegal immigrants, she replied sharply, “I can’t help you.”

Hernandez asked the protestors, “How do you all feel as white people stopping a black woman from going to work?”

The son, who looked to be in his thirties, turned to Hernandez and said sarcastically, “Oh no, not work.”

As a derisive smile crossed his face, he added, “I care so much.”

The symbolism here breaks an old paradigm and creates a new one. Here, you have on one side the representation of the DNC-CCP, the angry white suburban idler who might also be getting paid by an NGO to intentionally disrupt American cities. On the other side, you don’t see a Republican, a conservative; you see an American, a black woman who represents at this moment ALL OF AMERICA.

The white people look like the college class, the entitled. The black woman is a working woman, a middle-class, working-class woman. The division that is more important than race is the division between the college class and the working class, which is devastating to the DNC because its brand was that it represents the worker.

I guarantee you 99 percent of the alleged white supremacists in this country, MAGA people, identified with the black woman, recognized HER as the American, not the white leftist insurrectionists.

The paradigm of race is broken. The paradigm of leftist versus American has risen. Americans believe many things, come in many colors, but all believe in “live and let live,” in not interfering with your neighbor’s right to pursue their own truth, their own way, so long as they respect the rights of others to do the same.

America is not a biological expression; it is an ideal, an ideal manifest in the land we have been blessed to govern, a land that is the envy of the world, and why these insurrectionists are trying to help the world absorb it into its “gun-less and thought-less zones.”

It remains to be seen if this image will become the crystalizing image of this latest effort by the DNC-CCP to overthrow the republic, by any means necessary, through these ICE raid riots, but this writer is praying that it will.

B. HOW THE DNC FANNED THE FLAMES OF THE ICE RAID RIOTS

  1. HOW IT BEGAN – On June 6, 2025, Federal ICE Agents were serving warrants for criminal illegal aliens in a place of business where they discovered more illegal aliens. Insurrectionist activists were deployed by the various terrorist organizations the left has utilized for years to attempt to disrupt the arrest process, with one Democrat congresswoman being arrested and charged after assaulting ICE officers to “protect” criminal illegal aliens.
  2. INSURRECTIONIST PRESS FUELS MORE VIOLENCE – The DNC-CCP press immediately spread lies that there was a massive raid going on, characterizing the raids as something unconstitutional, agitating their brownshirt activists intentionally to bring a mob to harm the ICE agents.

From Newsbusters:

The latest L.A. riots came after ICE began enforcing immigration law and rounding up illegals in downtown Los Angeles, and the New York Times is desperately trying to downplay the radical and violent nature of the so-called protests by calling them “largely peaceful” (i.e., somewhat violent, as a trove of photos from Los Angeles prove).

A representative piece is “What to Know About the Immigration Protests in Los Angeles,” with this subhead attached: “Demonstrations against the Trump administration’s crackdown on immigration have been largely peaceful, but tensions flared after President Trump ordered National Guard troops to deploy to the city.”

The story is wrong right from the subhead. Riots were already ongoing, with stones hurled at cop cars, while the National Guard troops were sent to protect the Los Angeles Federal Building, which came under siege Friday by protesters.

These were known facts the press concealed. They could only have done so to incite violence against federal agents. But not only is the press in on the insurrection, so are the DNC-CCP-controlled AI bots, like ChatGPT, a digital terrorist if ever there was one.

  1. AI TERROR MACHINES – If you ask AI bots about the ICE RAID riots, you get large language model responses, all written within the presumed leftist paradigm. ChatGPT, for instance, wrote a correction to my labeling the LA Riots as riots, “Here’s what triggered the 2025 ‘LA Riots’ (really protests that erupted into unrest) … “

However, we now know these riots were always riots, from the start, intended to produce sympathy from the American public after the law is sent in to rightly arrest, detain, and put down the insurrection. Leftists are using these AI terror machines to “justify” the violent actions they are taking, using ChatGPT quotes to “rebuke” basic statements of fact.

C. WE KNOW IT’S ASTROTURFED

These planned acts of terror are coordinated and funded by leftist organizations, all with DEEP ties to the DNC, working in collusion directly with them in many instances. Here are a few examples:

From American Greatness:

The House Committee on Oversight and Reform is about to focus its investigative powers on Neville Roy Singham, the pro-China Marxist multimillionaire behind many of the destructive far-left demonstrations plaguing the United States in recent years.

The Committee is reportedly issuing a formal document request to Singham over his alleged financial support of the Party for Socialism and Liberation (PSL), an extremist Marxist group that has been helping to organize violent anti-ICE riots in Los Angeles and elsewhere.

As the main funder of The People’s Forum, Singham, 71, has also bankrolled the “Free Palestine” protests that erupted after 1,400 innocent Israelis were slaughtered by Hamas on October 7, 2023. The People’s Forum works closely with other organizations in Singham’s network, including PSL and the ANSWER Coalition, all of which have been involved in the anti-Israel protests and anti-ICE riots.

Donald Trump is telegraphing to the world that this is a paid, coordinated terrorist attack. These are not and have never been peaceful protests, despite the agit prop the engines of terror, DNC-programmed AI like Grok and ChatGPT, tell you.

Speaking to reporters on June 10, 4 days after the insurrection began, he said, “…by having the military, it de-escalates. These people are agitators, they’re troublemakers, I believe many of them are paid. I watched them breaking up the sidewalks with a big hammer, handing pieces of the concrete to other people.”

We will have far more on this in the follow-up report, should events warrant it (and they most likely will).

D. DEMOCRATS OPENLY SUPPORT INSURRECTION

But it’s not only the press and their AI terror machines; it’s also Democrats in government, elected Democrats like insurrectionist representative Nanette Barragan (D-CA), who spread the lie these were “mostly peaceful” protests inflamed by Federal agents. This, again, is a known lie intentionally told to get ICE agents killed. She accused those same agents of “targeting peaceful protesters.”

1. FORMER VP GOES INSURRECTIONIST– Kamala Harris, who might as well be an AI program, fueled violent rage amongst her brownshirt stormtroopers. She openly and knowingly lied to the American public, claiming Trump was “stoking fear,” and saying “the demonstration in defense of our immigrant neighbors have been overwhelmingly peaceful.”

The most recent Presidential candidate of the DNC just openly committed acts of treason and terror against the republic, yet she remains free to this day in part because of the Bondi effect, the presence of compromised collusionists and leftist agent, Pam Bondi, the feckless Attorney General of the United States.

2. KAREN BASS TREASON – Perhaps the most damning is the actions of Marxist LA Mayor Karen Bass (we did a report on her Marxist past in a previous MIA). She DEMANDED ICE agents stop their operations and characterized their actions as unconstitutional, as being a violation of states’ rights (as if states have a right to unleash terrorists on the people and prevent them from defending themselves against said terrorists).

She then committed high acts of treason and terrorism, knowingly spreading the violence-inciting lie that ICE agents were to blame for the violence. She said, “If immigration raids had not happened here, we would not have the disorder. It is peaceful now (it wasn’t, riots were going on AS she shared this statement), but we do not know where and when the next raids will be!”

Again, she is free because Pam Bondi, a compromised woman, a traitor herself, is the Attorney General, holding the line for her DNC bosses.

3, GAVIN NEWSOM NUKES AMERICA– Karen Bass’s betrayal of Americans in her city is bad enough, but what about the governor of the state? That governor is another insurrectionist, Gavin Newsom, the man who signed a bill into law that makes it illegal for parents to prevent their children from being chemically castrated if a pedophile teacher grooms them to think they’re in the wrong body.

That “law” alone should get every politician arrested, charged, and convicted of child endangerment and child grooming, to start.

Newsome’s response to the justified putting down of insurrectionist terror was to threaten to essentially leave the Union. He declared, “Californians pay the bills for the federal government. We pay over $80 billion more in taxes than we get back. Maybe it’s time to cut that off, @realDonaldTrump.”

Again, because Pam Bondi, a compromised woman, a traitor, is the DA, Gavin Newsom has not been arrested for openly rebelling against the republic and threatening insurrection at a state-wide scale.

For the record, Border Czar Tom Homan has denied that either Bass or Newsom have crossed the line. I sense he knows they did, but Bondi is holding him back.

4. DNC HOUSE LEADER’S DEATH THREATS TO ICE – The cherry on top of all of this, though, is the response from Hakeem Jeffries, who openly threatened, or rather PROMISED, to dox every ICE agent and bring them to account for obeying the law and defending the republic from its current number one existential threat and insurrectionist enemy from within, the Democratic Party.

He declared, “This is not the Soviet Union. We’re not behind the Iron Curtain. This is not the 1930s, and every single one of them, no matter what it takes, no matter how long it takes, will, of course, be identified. That, in fact, is the law.”

He is essentially threatening not only to murder ICE agents, but he’s also threatening their families as well. Pam Bondi, meanwhile, is busy throwing more Epstein evidence into the bonfire under her desk.

The Democrats’ Hispanic Caucus officially tweeted their support of those acts of high treason in collusion with America’s foreign enemies, tweeting out, “We are keeping tabs, and we will have accountability” in response to the death threats made by the Democrats’ top person in the U.S. House.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

We started off with a zeitgeist-changing image of a working-class Mom (who happens to be black) being blocked from being able to provide for her daughter because entitled white people decided the immigrant child was more important than the American child.

What is playing out here is a fundamental paradigm shift from the left’s previously dominant one. That paradigm framed “truth” through the lens of arguably born traits, like being white, heterosexual, transgendered, black, etc.

The merits of the claims of conflicting parties were based on the status of the characteristics you were ostensibly born with (race, gender, sexual orientation) as well as the status of the nation you represent, with “Americanism” being the paradigm of evil, an indefensible evil born from white supremacism.

If you were black and defended Americanism, you were an Uncle Tom, White Adjacent, and, as Joe Biden claimed about blacks who didn’t vote for him, “you ain’t black.”

While the left has LONG been betraying American workers, its brand was still that it was the party of the people, the party of the workers, a lie that has been accepted long after it had any semblance of truth to it.

The “good guy” brand of the DNC was unshakeable, especially because their information terror machines, the criminal press, continued to spread lies that defended the party and concealed the truth that indicted it.

Now, with the intentional invasion of America by the DNC-CCP using foreign agents as their proxies, it is becoming increasingly difficult to deny what’s going on, not only because the information terror machines are losing their influence but because more and more Americans are encountering the brutal reality of the planvasion where they live, ESPECIALLY in the cities, the DNC’s own base.

Whatever coercive power the left can conjure to slow down their demise, it won’t, in the end, be enough to sustain the growing fury Americans are experiencing every day, especially the ones who were recently still voting Democrat, still believing this was not the party of the rich elites willingly murdering and destroying American agency not for the good of the working poor or middle class, but for the good of the elites who simple don’t want to compete with Americans anymore.

When the white man in the ICE protest video scoffed at the notion of being troubled that he might stop a black woman from going to “work,” the Democrat party died. They never cared about minorities, they never cared about the homosexuals, they could give two figs what happens to illegal immigrants, they only want to MANIPULATE psychopaths to get them to do their violent bidding, only to be discarded as well once they serve their purpose.

Hitler purged his nation of the very people that made it possible, the violent brown shirt thugs. He knew who the most psychotic and dangerous people were, the kind of people you first need to inspire to get them to murder your way to the top of the mountain. This lot will do the same thing. They will then be cut off because their handlers know when they’re done with the mutual enemies, the Americans, these same psychos will then turn on their handlers.

Perhaps, after this, some of those brown shirts will realize they are fighting against their own self-agency, surrendering their lives to child-sacrificing death cultists who feel as much contempt for them as they do for the Americans they’ve tricked them into hating and brutally assaulting.

Chaos may yet come. Disorder and disruption might be coming, but the war for the hearts and minds of Americans is over. You’ve taken our sacred elements, our flag, our name, our institutions, and you treated them like your playthings, like King Belshazzar did when he took God’s temple’s objects and used them as common wine glasses and playthings (Daniel 5).

Perhaps the Democrats should heed the warning Belshazzar received when he saw the writing on the wall, “MENE, MENE, TEKEL, and PARSIN.”

You have been measured and found wanting. Your Kingdom will be taken from you.

The question is, what will replace it? Will America be restored, or will one tyranny be replaced with another? As of right now, I’m betting on America, but the odds are still against overcoming the damage the left has done to this nation, beginning with the “Progressive Era.”

One thing for sure is this: America has learned it cannot be tolerant of intolerance. Tolerance is not acceptance; it’s an acceptance of your right to be wrong without violent consequences, not an acquiescence to your beliefs and ways (as the Democrats these past few decades have tried to make it, in open sedition against individual liberty American values).

Tolerance also doesn’t mean you stop speaking openly in opposition to others’ beliefs and ways. It just means you won’t try to destroy their lives because you disagree with them. But if your beliefs do not allow tolerance, then your beliefs should not be tolerated.

Leftism is an ideology that assumes the social is the only real, and there is an ideal that social experts can discover, an ideal social that justifies violence against wrongthink for the good of the whole.

It is anathema to Americanism, which is rooted in the idea that individuals have a right to be self-stewards of their own pursuit of their own defined happiness so long as they respect the rights of others to do the same. Leftism can never tolerate Americanism, for its lies are destroyed every time in any society that can openly challenge them. It can’t even deny the truth that a female adult human is a woman, and NO ONE ELSE IS!

The emerging question must be, what do we do about the left without destroying the self-stewardship rights of others? We cannot tolerate their intolerance, but how do we determine exactly what ideas are intolerant?

If America survives, it will be left to the next generation to test and work out how the republic can criminalize intolerant thought without criminalizing tolerant thought as well.

FUTHER RESOURCES:

The Color Revolutions – Lincoln A. Mitchell

Color Revolutions: Techniques in Breaking Down Modern Political Regimes – Oleg Karpovich and Andrei Manoilo

The History and Science of Color Revolutions – Brandon Turbeville

After the Color Revolutions – Daliborka Jankovic

 

?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwikitravel.org%2Fupload%2Fshared%2Fthumb%2F9%2F99%2FCongo_Dem_Rep_Regions_Map.png%2F475px-Congo_Dem_Rep_Regions_Map.png&f=1&nofb=1&ipt=32540c7ab5d8377c61ff2e4a2e98209ada5d1ec6f5d04408b38e289168c1be12&ipo=images

By Michael A. Cessna, Military Affairs Correspondent

Originally published March 14, 2025 for our Mid-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

“If more of us valued food and cheer and song above hoarded gold, it would be a merrier world.”J.R.R. Tolkien

INTRODUCTION

Something is stirring in Central Africa. A new power may be rising, one that could upset both world markets and world security, in a realm where Western governments cannot operate, for strategic, tactical, and “optical” reasons.

Upon Donald Trump’s ascension to power, he swiftly engaged in upending the rancid underbelly of the “Deep State.” Trump has become the now-hardened politician – a man openly looking for payback for the last four years of viciously deranged invective inflicted upon him and his family.

Yet even in that turmoil, another tempest churns, this one in Africa. The already-embattled President now faces a set of potential economic and foreign policy disasters left to fester by his predecessors.

In brief: Trump and the United States may be facing a mortal economic threat. How he weathers this minefield will almost certainly chart the course of the next few decades.

A. THE CURRENT SITUATION

Late last year, fighting suddenly surged in the Democratic Republic of the Congo’s (DRC) North Kivu Province, as the M23 rebel group – displaying a previously unseen level of competence, equipment, and training – stormed into the remote province with a focused intensity not seen in the region in at least twenty years.

By the waning days of January, M23 rebels had smashed DRC forces in the area and captured the major city of Goma on the 25th. This also resulted in M23’s capture of nearly three hundred mercenaries, mostly from Romania – a capture of mercenaries on a scale not seen since the 1960s – who were eventually repatriated without too much trouble.

Also laid bare, was the open support of the M23 rebels by the nation of Rwanda. With Rwanda’s open support to M23, including deploying actual Rwandan Army troops on the ground in North Kivu, no one is taking Rwandan denials of direct involvement with any seriousness.

Since the genocide of the 1990s, Rwanda – led by its President, Paul Kagame – has remade itself into an economic power in the region, becoming one of the strongest economies in Central Africa, if not the entire continent. At the same time, Rwanda has rebuilt its military into a force to be both envied and feared.

Rwandan forces have taken the lead in the last ten years with the United Nation’s peacekeeping efforts throughout the world but especially in Africa, where it was Rwandan troops who helped to stabilize the Cabo Delgado insurgency in Mozambique.

Now, however, the tiger ostensibly built for peace seems rather to be devouring the steak that is the disorganized and perpetually impoverished region of the eastern Congo.

But they are not doing so alone.

B. CENTRAL AFRICA

Central Africa is defined as that region around the “Great Lakes” comprised of Lakes Victoria, Tanganyika, Malawi, Turkana, Albert, Kivu, and Edward. It is one of the most mineral rich regions on Earth. Yet, it is also one the most grindingly poor regions, economically speaking.

For the most part, this is a consequence of both climate-driven diseases, a chaotic legacy of randomly drawn colonial borders, Africa’s terrible river systems, and the realpolitik of corporations and nations liberally spreading money and weapons to all takers in trade for the real gold of the modern world: rare earths.

It turns out “rare earth metals” are at the heart of the bloody history of the region. The mining combines of the mid- to late-twentieth century were concerned about minerals like iron, copper and uranium, in addition to the more mundane gold and diamonds.

With the rise of the high-tech computer industries that began in the 1980s, these operations refocused on crucial – and highly exotic – minerals like coltan, cobalt and lithium, among many others. From handheld smartphones to lithium-ion batteries, these exotic materials are the foundations of the modern world, at least in the West.

This mineral wealth, however, comes at a high cost.

The human rights abuses involved in how minerals are extracted in the Congo Basin are legendary. “Slavery” is simply too weak a word to describe the very-real situation on the ground. Rwanda (and more importantly, Uganda) has been happy to maintain that status quo, despite their public positions.

This brings us to the “silent partner” in the fighting: Uganda.

C. PROTO-RWANDA (UGANDA) REENTERS THE CHAT

Uganda’s journey from the devastation of Idi Amin’s rule to its current position as a regional power presents a compelling parallel to Rwanda’s more recent transformation, establishing a pattern that might be termed the “East African recovery model.”

  1. AFTER THE COLLAPSE – Following the overthrow of Amin in 1979 and the subsequent turbulent Milton Obote period, Uganda faced catastrophic economic collapse, with GDP having fallen by 40% and infrastructure in ruins. When Yoweri Museveni’s National Resistance Movement seized power in 1986, the country stood as a textbook failed state.

Museveni’s initial approach prioritized stability through a combination of military consolidation and pragmatic economic liberalization. By establishing firm control over the security apparatus, while simultaneously courting Western donors and international financial institutions, Uganda secured the breathing room needed for recovery.

  1. THE NEXT STAGE, THE DUAL TRACK APPROACH – The 1990s saw Uganda adopt structural adjustment programs that, while controversial, helped stabilize inflation and establish the foundations for growth, a situation that continues today.

This dual-track approach of internal security control paired with external economic engagement would later become a blueprint for Paul Kagame in post-genocide Rwanda.

Uganda’s economic recovery was remarkable in context. From 1992 to 2010, GDP growth averaged 7% annually, poverty rates declined from 56% to approximately 25%, and infrastructure – particularly in Kampala – saw significant improvements.

The government cultivated strong relationships with both Western donors and, increasingly, Chinese investors, playing potential partners against each other to maximize development assistance while minimizing political concessions.

This economic revival occurred alongside careful management of internal political dynamics. Museveni maintained power through a hybrid system that combined democratic formalities with authoritarian practices.

The government tolerated limited opposition, permitted a relatively free press, and held regular elections while ensuring none of these threatened central control. This approach of “managed democracy” created sufficient political stability for economic development while preventing the emergence of serious challengers to the regime – another model later adopted by Rwanda.

  1. BECOMING AN INFLUENCER – Uganda’s approach to regional security similarly presaged Rwanda’s later strategies. Museveni used both conventional military power and proxy forces to secure Uganda’s interests in neighboring countries, most notably in eastern DRC during the First and Second Congo Wars.

This now appears to be a pattern apparently repeating itself in the open in South Sudan as of the 11th of March. These interventions, while moderately justifiable on security grounds, also secured access to valuable mineral resources that supplemented the formal economy.

D. BECOMING KEIRETSU

  1. RWANDA EMERGES – The parallels between Rwanda’s subsequent development and Uganda’s are striking. Both countries emerged from catastrophic violence to achieve notable economic growth under strongman leadership. Both maintained tight internal security control while presenting a reform-oriented face to international donors.

Both developed sophisticated strategies for regional power projection that blended formal and informal mechanisms. And both cultivated international partners across ideological lines, pragmatically engaging with Western democracies, China, and regional organizations simultaneously.

Where the two models diverge is in scale and efficiency. Rwanda, under Kagame, has implemented a more disciplined and centralized version of the Ugandan model, achieving greater administrative effectiveness and lower corruption.

While Uganda pioneered the approach of combining authoritarian stability with economic liberalization, Rwanda has refined it into a more coherent system that has delivered more consistent results, particularly in public service delivery and economic planning.

  1. THE RARE EARTH ALLURE – As both countries now eye the mineral wealth of eastern DRC, Uganda stands as both predecessor and partner, backed up by “boots on the ground,” to Rwanda’s ambitions – a prototype that demonstrated the possibility of post-conflict transformation while establishing many of the regional dynamics that continue to shape East Africa’s security landscape.
  2. THE RAINBOW CRISIS – However, the foregoing is complicated by the LGBT+ question. Uganda has stated, pointedly and repeatedly, its hard-line stance against homosexuality. In this, Uganda pointedly rejected U.S.-led calls to repeal its hardcore stance against homosexuality, despite sanctions being imposed upon the country for its stance.

In this, lays the genesis of the current danger: Using Rwanda to take the lead, Ugandan leader Yoweri Museveni seems to be partnering with Paul Kagame to grind down on the West, by establishing a hard lock on controlling the Central African rare earths market.

In effect, Rwanda and Uganda are about to establish a kind of “sovereign keiretsu” in Africa’s Central Lakes region.

THE “PROMISING” FUTURE OF THE NEW KEIRETSU

  1. WHAT IS A KEIRETSU? – In the original Japanese, a keiretsuis a series of interlocking corporate relationships where the individual companies are usually unconnected – and not competing against each other – in the wider market.

While a keiretsu is typically corporate in nature, what is emerging in Central Africa is a keiretsu formed by sovereign states – not an open series of treaties, but an “understanding” between leaders on how to act in concert, for both strategic and business purposes.

  1. GHOST ALLIANCE – Rwanda and Uganda’s potential formation of a coordinated “ghost” economic-military alliance to dominate rare earth elements (REEs) in Central Africa represents a significant evolution in resource geopolitics with far-reaching implications. This emerging dynamic centers on the eastern region of the DRC, where Rwanda has already leveraged its support of its M23 rebel proxy group to secure influence over North Kivu’s vast mineral-rich territories.

The strategic calculus behind such a partnership lies in combining Rwanda’s established proxy networks and military effectiveness with Uganda’s greater economic infrastructure and international connections. Both nations possess experienced militaries with regional projection capabilities and histories of involvement in DRC’s resource extraction.

Their potential “keiretsu” arrangement would create a more formalized structure for resource extraction, processing, and export while maintaining plausible deniability regarding direct territorial control.

  1. M23 REBEL GROUP – The military proxy the alliance could use centers on the M23 rebel group, which reemerged in 2021 after nearly a decade of relative inactivity. Multiple UN reports have documented Rwandan direct support, including provision of advanced weapons, command elements, and territorial sanctuary.

M23’s operations have specifically focused on mineral-rich territories in North Kivu province, suggesting resource acquisition as a primary objective rather than broader political aims. Uganda’s military could provide complementary capabilities, particularly in logistics and broader territorial control.

  1. THE EASTERN DRC – The eastern DRC contains significant deposits of tantalum, cobalt, coltan, and other critical minerals essential for advanced technology manufacturing. While precise geological surveys remain incomplete due to ongoing instability, the region holds an estimated 70% of the world’s coltan and substantial reserves of other rare earths. These deposits have historically been exploited through artisanal mining without comprehensive geological mapping, suggesting their true value may exceed current estimates.
  2. THE RARE EARTH PRIZE – The economic implications extend far beyond Central Africa. The global rare earths market, currently dominated by China (which controls approximately 85% of processing capacity), has become increasingly strategic as nations seek supply chain security for critical technologies.

A Rwanda-Uganda alliance could position itself as an alternative supply source for Western markets eager to diversify away from Chinese dependence. However, unlike Australia or Canada’s developing rare earth sectors, this Central African supply would come with significant ethical complications.

For Rwanda’s President Kagame, this strategy represents a potential economic transformation for his landlocked nation. Rwanda’s economy, while showing impressive growth rates, lacks natural resources and remains vulnerable to international aid fluctuations.

Control over DRC’s mineral wealth would provide a sustainable revenue stream independent of Western donor priorities. Uganda’s President Museveni similarly faces economic pressure to develop new growth engines as his country struggles with debt and needs to capitalize on recent oil discoveries.

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

International reactions have been mixed, confused, and often contradictory. Western nations have issued diplomatic condemnations while continuing economic partnerships with both countries. China has maintained its own resource extraction agreements with DRC’s central government while pragmatically engaging with Rwanda.

The African Union and regional bodies like the East African Community have initiated peace processes that have yet to address the fundamental resource competition driving the conflict.

The broader geopolitical implications are potentially transformative for global technology supply chains. Western technology manufacturers, from defense contractors to consumer electronics companies, face increasing pressure to secure non-Chinese rare earth supplies while also adhering to conflicting mineral regulations.

A Rwanda-Uganda alliance could position itself as a “managed” source of these materials – more formalized than current conflict mineral networks but without the environmental and labor standards of Western producers.

For DRC and its citizens, the stakes are existential. The country has lost an estimated $4-8 billion annually to illicit resource extraction for decades, funds that could transform its development trajectory. The environmental consequences have been similarly severe, with unregulated mining causing widespread deforestation and water contamination.

This emerging resource competition represents the evolution of what some analysts have termed “hybrid resource colonialism” – utilizing proxy forces and economic pressure rather than direct occupation to secure vital materials.

As global demand for rare earths continues to grow with the expansion of renewable energy and advanced computing, the strategic value of controlling these resources will only increase, potentially cementing a new form of resource competition in one of Africa’s most volatile regions.

The question, however, is Why? These are highly aggressive moves for both countries to take. The answer is painfully simple.

Sub-Saharan Africa is fed up with the patronizing and moralizing attitude of Western countries – including the United States – who need their natural resources, but who insist on trying to moralize on how the African states’ attitudes need to conform to what the Western countries want…and when moralizing doesn’t work, resorting to bribery to rig elections.

While this sort of thing has worked in the past, the tables began to turn about ten years ago. Starting in the Sahel region, a series of coups d’états eventually led to the near-total withdrawal of France from its long-held spheres of colonial influence.

Yoweri Museveni – long a very keen observer of the West – smelled weakness, as did Paul Kagame…and what both men realized, was that this strategy could be adapted for their own use.

One of the glaring revelations exposed by the 2023 coup in Niger, was that Western states can no longer simply “invade” most Sub-Saharan countries. This is a result of not only strategic military weakness, but it also comes from the hard fact that no Western government can survive the image of mostly white military forces attacking Black African nations.

Certainly, Western states can send in military assistance teams to try and aid a nation’s military, and can usually send in small, temporary forces to rescue embassy staff when a nation “goes pear-shaped.”

But they cannot invade and conquer a Black nation, anymore, as the Western states’ own electorates absolutely will not tolerate such an action. This is the real calculus factor that both Museveni and Kagame understand. Their “unofficially official” alliance can grab certain swaths of terrain, take control of resource extraction in those areas – and Western states will have to comply.

In the case of rare earths, the West has no choice but to bend the knee: With Communist China directly supplying some 70% of the world’s supply of these minerals, and processing some 90% of global output – without which, most modern electronics technology cannot function – Western states absolutely need other sources…and the West’s old model of paternalistic attitudes to the non-Chinese regions of the world who supply rare earths have handed leaders like Museveni and Kagame all the moral justification they require.

Prices in tech are about to rise significantly, and there is very little that the new administration can do about it.

FURTHER RESOURCES

The Congo: From Leopold to Kabila: A People’s History – Georges Nzongola-Nataja

Rwanda: History and Hope – Margee M. Ensign and William E. Bertrand

Rwanda History: Learn About the Tragic Consequence of Rwanda – Alexander Fricks

The History of Uganda: From Ancient Legends to Modern Wonders – Angie Ngabo-Baker

?u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.sul21.com.br%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2016%2F12%2F20161209-trump-nuke.jpg&f=1&nofb=1&ipt=1e2471dc8ba1e19ca0e82ed571909ed4f61a459c3ec3539b72fe2082cc48ddc2&ipo=images

By Bill Collier, Publisher

Originally published March 14, 2025 for our Mid-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence AdvisorSubscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

“… I look at the Democrats in front of me, and I realize there is absolutely nothing I can say to make them happy or to make them stand or smile or applaud. Nothing I can do. I could find a cure to the most devastating disease – a disease that would wipe out entire nations or announce the answers to the greatest economy in history or the stoppage of crime to the lowest levels ever recorded, and these people sitting right here will not clap, will not stand, and certainly will not cheer for these astronomical achievements. They won’t do it no matter what.”President Donald J Trump, from his 5th joint sessions address

INTRODUCTION

For our older readers, there will be a strong reaction to the phrase “New World Order” that, for many, signifies a blatant betrayal of American national sovereignty in favor of a corrupt ruling class in the political and corporate world. When the first Bush invoked those words, Republicans and Democrats both pursued what amounted to an anti-American agenda that weakened our economy, our well-being, and, of course, our country’s independence.

The many wars we fought proved to be outlandish failures, and the fears invoked to justify them often proved to be exaggerations or lies. The “War On Terror” justified the surveillance state and shocking violations of the Bill of Rights that still persist (including the further empowering of a FISA court that would be politically weaponized against our current President through the Orwellian-termed act, The Patriot Act).

In many ways, both the things Trump said in this speech and that the Democratic Party said in response with their desperate, uncivil and unprofessional behavior felt more like a raucous briefing from the frontline of a revolution against that very same world disorder of their “rules based international order” which is far worse than we could have imagined. It was as if Trump was on the front, proclaiming the demise of the enemy before him who were shooting back at him as he spoke. 

While Democrats fumed with their truthless little paddles and outbursts, Trump detailed blow after blow, thanks to DOGE and administrative efforts to root out fraud and abuse. We are finding that BILLIONS of taxpayer dollars went into the treasury and out in an intentionally underhanded way to funnel our money into the hands of NWO revolutionary organizations, almost all being identified as on the left. NWO moles within the government illegally facilitated this and covered it up for decades, while making themselves rich.

The left versus right divide has some relevance, but the deeper delineation could be seen as being more authoritarian versus less and being more for local and private autonomy from the state versus wanting a global hegemonic power that essentially dictates to every person how to live. It is simply authoritarianism versus freedomism and localist decentralization versus global hegemonic centralization.

A. THE TENOR

Many will detail the elements of the speech, blow by blow, but the tenor of the speech was simple: Trump and his team are going to dismantle the funding and organizational superstructure of the “New World Order,” and as for the “rules based international order,” it is toast. This also includes Trump’s team, who identified the illegal funneling of tax dollars to fund Democratic and establishment GOP candidates as well as their causes, which are not authorized by Congress and are therefore fraudulent and illegal.

B.  THE MIXED REGIME STRATEGY

The last almost 40 years at least have been a story of the NWO crowd trying to basically transform this country into a “mixed regime.”

A mixed regime is a hybrid of authoritarianism and democracy; basically, the people have limited choices as per the establishment’s rules (see Romania and how a candidate was disqualified from running). The Germans justify their own authoritarianism by pretending they are creating a firewall for democracy by excluding millions of voters from choosing a different path than the NWO crowd desires Germany to take.

To facilitate a mixed regime system in the U.S., the NWO crowd’s entertainment, news, education, and web industry all suppressed dissent from “the message,” which was set from the top and center by the likes of the Soros family and the top leaders of the Uniparty establishment.

Their brief was to press every person into service for their benefit and enrichment, suppress dissent or truth to keep everyone in line, and punish or cancel those who refused to bow. 

Their efforts against Trump and his supporters have been totalitarian in spirit and illegal in action. Their goal was to kill Trump, probably because he knows it. He also seems to have a good bead on who and what they really are: corrupt people led by doctrines of hell whose every belief is essentially an analog for demons. The lawfare and Judgefare waged through corrupt courts with corrupt lawyers (all deserving of serious prison time) have failed in their aim.

We, the Editor Paul Gordon Collier and myself, have a dear friend, Andy Badolato, who was, in our opinion, a victim of this lawfare: he lost everything and served prison time for something I personally believe was a setup, which is a very long story we might one day share here.

The point is that the NWO crowd went after thousands of people, including my friend Andy, for spurious reasons and under the flimsiest of technicalities, while they themselves were wantonly breaking laws in open defiance of the Bill of Rights. This has all been done ONLY to enrich themselves and grow their powers at the expense of your rights and well-being

All that failed; Trump is in charge, and he now has access to the proof of their decades-long criminal and treasonous conspiracies against these United States of America.

C. THE END OF “RULES-BASED?

The fear and rage, the nonsensical claims of being “literally Hitler,” are all predictable as Team Trump gores every sacred cow of the left, while, through DOGE, Team Trump is stripping the theft of hundreds of billions of dollars from the NWO, tax-payer-sponsored, crowd.

The NWO crowd shakes in fear as they speak of their “rules-based international order” as if it is sacred and holy. We Americans believe in “Rule of Law,” that is, in using the constitutional guidelines to bind government power, but “Rules-based” is really globalist limitations placed on other countries’ foreign policies to assure that the NWO, the “Global Order” stays firmly entrenched in power, to the detriment of the sovereignty of the nations captured by these perverse, anti-sovereign-state standards.

Trump is discarding it, even making fun of it, and this speech was no different. He destroyed their fake ethics and moral superiority complexes with brutal truth: every country who screws the USA over will be punished in some way and our only friends are those who show themselves friendly.

The EU and NATO countries have long enjoyed us paying to defend them with our own forces while both use NWO moles to funnel money to their organizations. They do this under the guise of being the moral betters of America. Trump’s speech was stark in how he discarded their pretend alliances and loyalty, as if NATO’s needs and wants come before America’s interests.

It is surprising that Trump didn’t invoke George Washington, who spoke against permanent entangling alliances. His concern seems to have been that Americans could be compelled to support things that go against our interests to please our allies.

But while Trump didn’t invoke Washington, his speech was certainly more akin to what Washington would have said than any President since, well, perhaps since Washington himself. 

The NWO crowd are all trembling in fear, but still are not vanquished and are still capable of inflicting harm on their enemies, especially as Trump, Musk, JD Vance, RFK Jr, Pam Bondi, and the rest of Trump’s growing army continues its own merciless onslaught.

The NWO crowd, including the leaders and the people who have bought into the fake public “religion” of the New World Order, are all enraged and on the war path.

D. THE FAILED CULTURE OF TOTALITARIANS ON DISPLAY

What we saw in Trump’s speech, in combination with the numerous low-class disruptions by the DNC, was the agony of totalitarians who failed in their ultimate goals and are now watching decades of subversive work to destroy our Constitution go down in flames.

This continues on as DOGE and the new leadership simply audit for fraud and abuse. The NWO crowd, including groups like their paid pro-abortion, wokist lunacy, climate change hoaxers, and pro Hamas terrorists (who remain protected by Soros DAs still refusing to prosecute them), are apoplectic.

For decades, they patiently labored and plotted, plotted and labored before they finally succeeded in subverting every institution, including government at all levels. More importantly, this also includes the means of cultural production, the press, the media, education, etc. Now, things are turning against them, and they’re turning against them, as Donald Trump would say, “Bigly!”

Trump’s tone and method were far from conventional, and he has consistently been an iconoclast to the “Federal culture” that permeates both those inside government and those whose work involves anything political.

Every group of people has some sort of cultural norms and standards, including the government and everyone engaging in politics. The Federal culture that once dominated everyone’s thinking and rules of conduct has been questioned and may be changing.

Those changes will optimally make it harder for NWO subversives to ever regain their shadow-state hijacking of Federal power and wealth, effectively turning this country into an NWO satellite of some international entity like the WEF or the UN.

E. THE DECORUM DILEMA THAT IS NOT A DILEMA AT ALL

Trump’s decorum was and will remain rather shocking at times. When I was the public face for a newspaper and ranted on social media, my partners asked if I was a professional newspaper publisher or an angry blogger. While at the time I was offended, it stuck with me, and I came to see that they were right and that decorum matters.

But Trump doesn’t have decorum like I think a President should. 

Why does Trump have a massive loyal following when he seems to lack the decorum one thinks is necessary to create such a loyal following? The answer is based on the truth that every task in every place and time must be suited in its design, functions, and ergonomics both to the task and to the person or people who will use it.

Trump fits millions of people who needed to have someone who was truly and demonstrably disloyal to the establishment, his lack of conventional decorum being a most visible sign. The work of dismantling as much of the NWO infrastructure as possible that has burrowed itself into the Federal government requires a tool, a President in this case, who has no love for the “New World Order” and its inhumane agendas. 

Thus, Trump fits the American voters who desire a forward advancement of freedom after decades of the NWO’s war on freedom from within our own government by corrupt people whose soul has been sold, figuratively speaking.

While Trump’s slogan is “Make America Great Again,” his agenda, if it succeeds, will advance freedom and economic opportunities for every person and people group and every household and neighborhood as has never been seen before. His slogan could have been, “Advance Freedom and Abundance for ALL Americans!”

F. RESTORING AMERICA’S SPIRIT

MAGA, in my mind, isn’t really about restoring America to the past. The idea is more about restoring the spirit of America that overcame prejudice and many flaws and sins, including the Trail of Tears. Through all these shortcomings and sins, we can see an arc of history bending not only toward justice, but toward a life of freedom and abundance being accessible to every American who works for it, AND with public help for those who cannot work or find work. 

MAGA doesn’t want America to go back and repeat the same sins and mistakes. What is driving many in this movement, even subconsciously, is the desire to restore America’s moral and legal justifications for its existence.

The idea is to lift again the fallen mantle of America’s God-given scroll of destiny and purpose, which is the arc of our history ever-bending towards this vision of freedom and abundance for all Americans. The closer we walk towards that future the further we walk from the patterns of our past (and even current) mistakes, sins, and bad ideas.

The spirit of what President Trump said (which also represents what I see as the spirit of MAGA), is to restore America’s true manifest destiny as a commonwealth of freedom. The spirit of America is to be the cradle of freedom civilizations that will purge the alien and seditious NWO conspirators from within that waged war on freedom and prosperity every day.

Blow after blow fell from Trump’s mouth as horrified NWO minions gasped from within but outwardly, dishonestly, they aped righteous anger over his preachments!

NO MORE illegal aliens.

NO MORE election fraud.

NO MORE grooming kids to make them mentally ill with evil doctrines.

NO MORE taxpayer dollars going to organizations who are dedicated to destroying our Constitutional Union of free and sovereign states and diverse national people groups.

NO MORE U.S. money to international organizations who are working to bring the NWO agenda to many lands as part of a global empire of tyranny. 

Over and over, Trump gored their ox and lifted the hope of millions of Americans who truly believe Trump is one of, if not the most, populist Presidents who is inspired and driven by his love for the people.

The fact he speaks their language and genuinely seems to try and deliver on his promises makes people feel he represents THEIR interests and not the interests of the globalist, NWO elites.

History will, in time, tell if indeed Trump lives up to this narrative, but for now it is a narrative many believe and which Trump seems to be basing his Presidency on, something that almost no President has ever done.

G. ONLY TRUMP WILL DO?

It has been said that the world rarely needs a General George S. Patton, but when the need is there, only a Patton will do. Trump’s outlandishness, bragging, and even rudeness seen in this speech certainly grates on people who wish for decorum, but this, along with his “exaggerations” (which his followers seem to receive as rhetorical flourish and “creative license,” not facts), is probably exactly what is needed at this time.

While Trump didn’t use the terms “New World Order,” “NWO Crowd,” or “NWO establishment,” and neither do the bad guys we call NWO minions or ruling class, he yet may lay waste to their kingdom.

His words are usually met with actions, unless they are part of negotiations meant to make his negotiating position stronger. Thus, when he says he will root out the illegal use of our country’s tax revenues for purposes not intended by Congress (in open defiance of America’s constitutionally-based Rule of Law), he means it.

So far, the NWO crowd can only shake and gyrate with nonsensical rhetoric in desperation to stop this assault on their source of power and wealth, embezzling tax revenues from the governments of the world.

H. THE NWO PRESS

The narrative used to be that uber-rich billionaires spent their money to help their preferred candidates and policies “win” by any means necessary, including mass information indoctrination and election fraud.

The fact the media are often running a deficit made people ask why they were still in business and who was funding them. The fact many corporations enact unpopular policies, lose customers, and stay in business had people asking who was bankrolling them.

The idea here was that every major corporation, as well as every educational, news, information, and entertainment institution, and the courts, as well as the  bureaucracy, could enact policies and produce content meant to deceive and control the masses, turning them into NWO minions or mindless atomized drones.

These institutions would at times lose popularity and support, but we all assumed these billionaires at the top of the NWO cabal sustained the private institutions while our tax dollars went to the government. It turns out these institutions are all funded by tax dollars.

These “billionaire moles” eventually became the super majority within the bureaucracy. They worked as liaisons with private entities (corporations) to enable the government to use private entities to do things to you that otherwise would be illegal for government to do, like restricting your free expression. They bribed them with your money to attack your rights.

At this point, though, the line between the state and the state-favored corporation may be gone altogether, though it appears Trump to ends at least one corpostate. Let us hope he isn’t replacing it with another one.

The New York Times remains afloat after decades of fake journalism meant to mask their rancid NWO political agenda and their hatred of liberty, and even decency. That paper should have failed. But Federal money saved it from financial disaster. The NWO Press are all facing major financial woes because Soros types didn’t use their own money to fund them; they stole it from the taxpayers, funneled through layers of NGOs and other entities until Soros himself wrote the check and made himself a kingmaker in the NWO establishment

Trump has eviscerated the NWO FakePress in many ways, and they continue their libelous attacks on him and his team, but when Trump spoke about the abuse of tax dollars from within the government by moles working with these billionaires, he was sounding the death knell on their subversive insurrection from within our government by traitors.

The NWO crowd didn’t show any respect for the young man who was made an honorary Secret Service agent or the families who lost loved ones to illegal alien killers. While many think this was heartless of them, it is probably their frozen state of fear and rage.

When you are in such a state, it’s hard to engage in rationality, let alone behave in a civil manner with those you perceive and maybe know are dismantling a major aspect of your power and a major source of your wealth. 

SUMMARY

The speech was a tour de force of the Trump team’s war on the NWO itself, which is both a domestic and international battle. Our founder, Don McAlvany, knew (and still knows) about the NWO. Indeed, at one time, we were both swimming in the same water (as it were) as I was working with some of the same people and organizations that he was.

It is incredible for older people who have lived for so long under this self-hating regime (which may have started with the first Bush) to see a time when the “NWO” was so challenged at the heart of its power.

The charge is being led by an imperfect man with many flaws and lack of decorum, a man who goes so hard against what we always called the New World Order, using Bush’s own confession that such a thing existed. Not only is he challenging the NWO,  he’s WINNING significant victories.

We have never seen the NWO crowd on their back foot, in defense, and even disarray, as now they seem to be. This speech will be remembered as being symbolic of real achievements, as well as being the clarion call to unite against our common foe, the NWO.

Whatever they call themselves or others call them, veterans of this war on freedom often call them the New World Order. What Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum are pushing is still the same NWO agenda first publicized by George Bush the First

What began in 1989 when the first Bush spoke of a kinder, gentler nation and a New World Order (all nice-sounding words that were a cover for their war AGAINST freedom) has met an existential threat in the person of Donald Trump.

Trump’s speech was salt on the wounds of the NWO crowd because, unlike most such speeches, this one was more about what the President was doing now or has already achieved than just promises and rhetoric meant to entertain.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The Art of the Deal – Tony Schwartz, Donald Trump

Rise of the New World Order: The Culling of Man – Micha-el Thomas Hays

The Emergence and Role of Nongovernmental Organizations – Lowell J. Gretebeck

The Rise of NGO Activism – Julien Daubanes and Jean-Charles Rochet

Originally published February 28, 2025 for our End-of-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

By Paul Gordon Collier, Editor

“All that is necessary for evil to succeed is for good men to do nothing as they must if they believe they can do nothing. There is nothing worse because the council of despair is declaration of irresponsibility; it is Pilate washing his hands.” – Edmund Burke

INTRODUCTION

Keir Starmer, the current openly Marxist, Britain-hating Prime Minister of the UK, is proving to be an existential threat to the children of Britain and to the fate of the country itself. His participation in the enabling of child rape gangs, gangs of Islamists using rape and murder as a form of political manipulation, is clear and, at this point, beyond dispute.

His continued hatred for the British people and their way of life can be seen in how he jumps to protect Islamists from bad opinions while he continues to slander and defame the British people.

In past reports, we have exposed this man’s Marxist roots and his anti-British agenda to turn Britain into a cesspit of Islamist Marxism devoid of the white devil he imagines his own people are (despite the fact that he, too, is a white British man, but not in spirit).

The Free Press has an excellent summary of the albatross continuing to drag this man’s dystopian fantasy down:

The scandal is already reshaping British politics. It’s not just about the heinous nature of the crimes. It’s that every level of the British system is implicated in the cover-up.

Social workers were intimidated into silence. Local police ignored, excused, and even abetted pedophile rapists across dozens of cities. Senior police and Home Office officials deliberately avoided action in the name of maintaining what they called “community relations.” Local councilors and Members of Parliament rejected pleas for help from the parents of raped children. Charities, NGOs, and Labour MPs accused those who discussed the scandal of racism and Islamophobia. The media mostly ignored or downplayed the biggest story of their lifetimes. Zealous in their incuriosity, much of Britain’s media elite remained barnacled to the bubble of Westminster politics and its self-serving priorities.

They did this to defend a failed model of multiculturalism, and to avoid asking hard questions about failures of immigration policy and assimilation. They did this because they were afraid of being called racist or Islamophobic. They did this because Britain’s traditional class snobbery had fused with the new snobbery of political correctness….

What we do know is that the epicenter was the postindustrial mill towns of England’s north and Midlands, where immigrants from Pakistan and Bangladesh settled in the 1960s. White locals say the grooming and rapes began soon after…

The details are established beyond doubt in the small number of prosecutions that eventually made it to court. The suffering described in the court papers is sickening to read: The girls were drugged, beaten, sodomized, gang-raped, trafficked, and tortured.

A. BIGGER THAN STARMER

Keir Starmer is the current front-face of the grooming assault on Britain in the name of Marxism, or globalism, or whatever you want to call it. The problems existed before him and are present in both the Conservative AND Labour Parties, but he is the perpetuator of this violent assault.

From UnHerd:

The statistics behind the rape gang scandal – let’s banish the wholly inadequate word “grooming” – are staggering. For over 25 years, networks of men, predominantly from Pakistani Muslim backgrounds, abused young white girls from Yeovil to London to Glasgow. The victims’ accounts are beyond depravity, unthinkable in a supposedly advanced Western democracy.

That, of course, immediately raises a simple, shocking question: why did British police services turn a blind eye to the gang rape of tens of thousands of young girls?…

The answer, in the end, is simple. Racism, for police services from Chester to Penzance, remains the original sin. From the Scarman Report to the Macpherson Inquiry, the police have long served as Britain’s sin-eaters, devouring social problems on our behalf. As former Met Commissioner Sir Robert Mark famously wrote: “The police are the anvil on which society beats out the problems and abrasions of social inequality, racial prejudice, weak laws and ineffective legislation.”

Compared to the intentional assault on the British people by its own racist, anti-liberty government (under Conservatives OR Labour), the Normans of 1066 were tolerant, peace-loving, freedom-respecting invaders.

B. THE GROOMING

  1. 2008-2009 ROCHDALE INVESTIGATION – While Keir Starmer served in leadership in the Crown Prosecution Services (CPS), his team decided that a young victim of grooming gangs was “unreliable,” so the case was dismissed, which led to a delay in their prosecution for 3 years before a prosecutor appointed by Starmer, Nazir Afzal, finally charged and prosecuted them. This led to the conviction of 9 men.

What happened during those three years before these men were finally prosecuted? One can only believe that they continued to do what they were doing before they got caught, grooming and raping white English children as a form of jihad against the country that paid their way there and continues to pay to sustain them.

  1. ROCHDALE GROOMING REIGN – A report from 2014 on the Rochdale grooming gangs shows their sexual assaults on children were at their highest between 1997 and 2013, falling in line with Starmer’s tenure there. It’s almost as if they KNEW they would get a free ride from the anti-English Starmer (who most likely viewed the raping of English children as justice for the raping of the third world by the British Empire).
  2. STARMER’S NONCE-ENABLING INSTITUTIONALIZATION – Starmer’s opponents believe he created an institutional spirit in CPS that stigmatized any notion of going after Muslim immigrants even if they KNEW (which this writer believes they DID KNOW) the grooming gangs were assaulting children. After all, these children were the children of the white devil who raped the world.

Professor Alexis Jay’s 2022 report on grooming gangs states that the only serious prosecutions of grooming gangs under Starmer were a result of a massive public pushback. Wherever cases were not publicly covered, Starmer’s child-rape-enabling prosecutors continued to sit on their hands.

Starmer’s creation of a pedo-enabling culture and his refusal to change led to the rape of hundreds more children, children Starmer probably views not as victims but as criminals being rightly punished.

C. THE SPIRIT OF GROOMING IN STARMER’S WORLDVIEW

  1. GROOMING FOR MARXISM IN THEORY – The Marxist left comes from a place where, inherently, they are predisposed to dispose of children and subject them to sexual assault. This spirit emerges from their claim that “systemic racism” is the existential threat to humanity that must be eradicated, by any means necessary, if humanity is to hope to survive. That systemic racism was created by the white devil, who also created heteronormativity, the sexual binary, parents, mother, father, and even the age of consent (ED.NOTE: In America, this list includes the Constitution, ESPECIALLY the Bill of Rights).

In order to rid the world of the white devil’s institutions, it’s not enough to change the laws, the old institutions must die. Children, for instance, must be encouraged to question their sexuality and gender, to BREAK the heteronormative frame and the gender binary construct. This is essential to their worldview, which is that the white devil led humanity astray, led humanity away from its real good, and the only way to return to the real good is to eliminate every institution the white devil created.

The Marxist left doesn’t merely encourage sexual grooming, they practically demand it. Their claim is that children who fit outside the sexual and gender norm will kill themselves unless government agents FORCE CHILDREN to question their sexuality and gender, and the white devil will win, because he uses heteronormativity and the sexual binary to oppress minorities.

In this cultural reality, sacrificing the children of the white devils on the altar of sexual assault is hardly offensive to an ideology that DEMANDS child sex grooming, never mind the fact that the key “founders” of the current iteration of Marxism were open advocates of pedophilia (which we covered in an earlier MIA report).

Destroying the majority for the good of the minority is the far nobler goal. Sure, there may be suffering here or there, and SOME children might be innocent, but overall, society as a whole will only grow closer to human perfection if we destroy the constructs the white devil created and replace them with our own (never mind what they are, to question them is to affirm you’re part of the oppressive majority, the white devil).

  1. THE UK FACE OF GROOMING FOR MARXISM – Keir Starmer is the poster child for that spirit. Under his watch as a lead prosecutor, Keir Starmer would enable child rape gangs across the UK to victimize more than 10,000 innocent children. His failure, willing or not, to “join the dots” across regions and across multiple victim testimonies protected child rapists and knowingly, willingly put children in danger “for the good of the whole (to end racism, which is to end the white devil, which is to end Britian itself as a construct).”

Starmer is as guilty of the child rapes and murders as the Islamist grooming gangs his office protected (and his current administration is still importing and subsidizing), whenever and wherever it could. The fact that CPS destroyed many records from his reign shows the actions of a guilty man and a guilty department.

Starmer’s defense would be that under his watch, between 2010 and 2011, there was a rise in child sex abuse cases prosecuted, but that was the result of reluctant prosecutions of cases that went public. The proof that this is true is in the fact that the number rose significantly once Starmer left. For instance, in 2016-17, the same CPS office prosecuted nearly twice as many cases as were prosecuted under Starmer’s peak prosecution year.

In other words, the insertion of child rape culture into Britain through state-sponsored “immigration” created a massive spike in child sex assault cases that Starmer’s office couldn’t completely ignore (though they would have if the public hadn’t forced their hand).

D. STARMER’S DEFENSE: KILL FREE SPEECH

Keir Starmer reveals his guilt by his best defense, a defense that seeks to lay the groundwork to criminalize any effort to call Islamists what they are: pedophile murderer-rapists running rampant across the UK on the taxpayer dime.

Elon Musk and others that claimed that Starmer knew about the rape gangs and protected them for two reasons: to curry votes with the England-hating subsidized Muslim community and to punish the English for having a world empire that, according to these deranged lunatics, did nothing but rape the lands, as well as the noble people of those lands.

In answering these accusations, Starmer said, “Those that are spreading lies and misinformation as far and wide as possible are not interested in victims, they’re interested in themselves. They are cheerleading Tommy Robinson, a man who went to prison for nearly collapsing a grooming case, a gang grooming case. These people are trying to get some kind of vicarious thrill from street violence, that people like Tommy Robinson promote.”

“Those attacking Jess Phillips, who I’m proud to call a colleague and a friend, are not protecting victims. Jess Phillips has done a thousand times more than they’ve even dreamt about when it comes to protecting victims of sexual abuse throughout her entire career. When the poison of the far right leads to serious threats to Jess Phillips and others, that, in my book, means a line has been crossed. I enjoy the cut and thrust of politics. The robust debate that we must have. But that’s got to be based on facts and truth. Not on lies.”

“Those who are so desperate for attention that they’re prepared to debase themselves and their country. So this government will get on with the job of protecting victims, including victims of sexual abuse. What I won’t tolerate is a debate based on lies and politicians jumping on the bandwagon simply to get attention. When those politicians were in government for 14 long years.”

When the British rioted in response to their own government protecting Muslim child rapists and arresting British citizens for calling the Islamists out for who they are, psychotic terrorist insurrectionists seeking to destroy Britian, Starmer called the British people “racist thugs.”

He chortled that he would “never accept the argument…that millions of people concerned about immigration are one and the same thing as people who smashed up businesses, targeted mosques, attempted to burn refugees, scrawled racist graffiti over walls, Nazi salutes at the Cenotaph, attacked NHS nurses and told people with different coloured skin, people who contribute here, people who grew up here, that they should ‘go home.’”

Never mind that the Nazi salute accusation was an intentional lie intended to stir up more violence against the British people by fellow leftist Brits and the Islamist psychopaths the left uses in its fight against human liberty.

He concluded in his racist, terrorist speech, “I will never let a minority of violent, racist thugs terrorise our communities.” He said that sentence despite the fact that he continues to allow that very thing, only it’s not the British citizen that is guilty of this charge, it’s his Islamist allies, the brown shirt thugs of the left, who are guilty, along with him (because he aids and abets them).

  1. BLASPHEMY LAWS NEXT? – Even as the rape gangs continue to rape children in the UK, Keir Starmer is spending his efforts trying to “protect” the Islamist psychopaths from public scrutiny, coming out recently in favor of the possibility of blasphemy laws that would be defined by Islamists.

In November, during a PM question time, Starmer said, “November marks Islamophobia Awareness Month – last year, the UN Human Rights Council adopted a resolution condemning the desecration of religious texts, including the Koran. Despite opposition from the previous Government, acts of such mindless desecration only serve to fuel division and hatred within our society.”

The follow-up question to him was, “Will the Prime Minister commit to introducing measures to prohibit the desecration of all religious texts and the prophets of the Abrahamic religions?”

He answered by refusing to rule out blasphemy laws, then added, “Desecration is awful, and I think it should be condemned across the House. We are committed to tackling all forms of hatred and division, including Islamophobia in all its forms.”

  1. ARRESTING THE PROTESTORS, NOT THE GROOMERS – Starmer’s record on arresting political prisoners is a further stunning admission of his guilt. The side that insists it must be protected by state guns from dissent is ALWAYS the evil one. Some of the people who have been arrested were children, including an 11-year-old.

BBC, a British-hating, and U.S. taxpayer funded, Labour-Party-run, far left agit prop information terror machine, covered the chilling arrests in as positive a light as possible:

In the first case of a person going to jail for posting on social media during the disorder, Jordan Parlour, 28, of Seacroft, Leeds, received a 20-month sentence for inciting others to target a Leeds building which housed asylum seekers.

At least two others also received jail sentences for social media posts that stirred up racial hatred.

Suspended Labour councillor Ricky Jones appeared in court charged with encouraging violent disorder after he was filmed apparently telling a crowd that far-right demonstrators should have their throats cut.

6000 officers with specialist training in public order are “prepared and ready” to deal with any potential unrest over the weekend.

About 600 people have been arrested this week, with hundreds more expected in the coming days and weeks, police say, with the use of facial recognition technology fast tracking the process…

This was in response to the riots in August that happened after the government tried to protect the Islamist murderers of British children.

It should be noted that the so-called “Conservative” party arrested over 3,000 people JUST for posting online (under Theresa May), so the anti-British, pro-Islamist actions of Starmer and Labour are not exclusive to them. This might explain why Reform currently leads Labour as the Conservative Party continues to fade into oblivion (since they’ve devolved into being an extension of Labour).

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

The current breakdown of Britain’s parliament shows that Labour currently holds 404 out of 649 seats, meaning the chances of a no-confidence vote against Starmer to trigger an early snap election are slim to none. Labour won 34 percent of the vote to the Conservatives’ 24 percent and Reform’s 14 percent, meaning they won an almost insurmountable majority with only 1/3 of voting British citizens choosing them.

There is no minimum time for a PM to serve before the next general election. A general election is called by the Prime Minister or a No-Confidence vote. His recent actions suggest that he might not offer another election again, if his party has his way.

Seeing how badly they were doing in the polls, apparently it is legal for Labour to cancel local elections until 2026, possibly 2027, which they did ostensibly to protect local voters (or so they claimed).

The British people, what’s left of them, are facing at least four more years of complete tyranny as the Labour Party continues its efforts, with the help of the Conservative Party, to fully dismantle a liberty-bounded government and replace it with a Marxist one. Elections are not a recourse. Protests will now get you thrown in jail.

This “experiment” will end either with Britian being converted to a leftist third world hellhole or an event will occur, maybe a major terror assault the government tries to conceal, that will trigger a wholesale collapse of the government through nationwide non-compliance followed by a mass assault of 10 Downing Street in the style of the 1381 Peasant’s Revolt (only the boy king Starmer won’t be able to invoke God to save him like Richard II did).

The course for Britain is death or violent overthrow because all the non-violent bullets have been removed, in part by the Conservative Party, in full by the Labour Party.

In short, outside of a dramatic act of resistance by the liberty-minded British (what’s left of them), the UK will be successfully groomed into Marxism.

As a parting shot, let me point out that this report would land me in jail if I were subject to Starmer’s tyrannical rule.

FURTHER RESOURCES:

The New Discourses Podcast with James Lindsay, Episode 79 – Thinking Sex Series, Part 1 of 3 – New Discourses

 The Spirit of Pedophilia: Part Two – From Marx to Current Year – Paul Gordon Collier

Towards a Gay Communism – Elements of a Homosexual Critique – Mario Mieli

Humanizing Pedophilia as Stigma Reduction: A Large-Scale Intervention Study – Craig A Harper, Rebecca Lievesley, Nicholas J Blagden, Kerensa Hocken – From the National Library of Medicine

?u=https%3A%2F%2Fs3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com%2Fcourses-images%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2Fsites%2F430%2F2016%2F08%2F27180640%2F1998-134-4_new.jpg&f=1&nofb=1&ipt=fb61a68e5fa6c57bb738afa4ed5c8785fab0514c73e275f4d259cdf690bef32c&ipo=images

Originally published February 28, 2025 for our End-of-Month Issue of Mindful Intelligence Advisor.  Subscribe to get semi-monthly issues.

By Joshua Bontrager, Political & Cultural Correspondent

 “Trump, I believe, understands he is in a fight to the death. The American establishment tried to discredit and ruin him, to imprison him, to assassinate him. They stole his 2020 reelection from him. They tried to steal his New York properties. It is not possible for Trump to have illusions about what he is up against. He is up against evil.” –Paul Craig Roberts

“And I charged your judges at that time, saying, Hear the causes between your brethren, and judge righteously between every man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him.” –Deuteronomy 1:16

You seem…to consider the judges as the ultimate arbiters of all constitutional questions; a very dangerous doctrine indeed, and one which would place us under the despotism of an oligarchy… The Constitution has erected no such single tribunal, knowing that to whatever hands confided, with corruptions of time and party, its members would become despots.” –Thomas Jefferson, Letter to William Jarvis, Sept. 28, 1820

INTRODUCTION

Donald Trump is “a president who counts every week like it’s his last,” says Vice President JD Vance. In his first six weeks, Trump has unleashed a historic, multi-faceted, and withering counter-revolution against the authoritarian Marxist regime that nearly destroyed America and himself.

Since 2016, the opposition has weakened significantly. The mainstream media is less trusted now than Trump, and has been exposed as mere state-funded propaganda. Fearful Senate Republicans have confirmed every one of Trump’s nominees thus far, while billionaire elites who once resisted Trump are eager to curry his favor and the Democratic Party remains toxic and rudderless.

Against this surging America First tide, rogue judges have issued a flurry of rulings to sabotage Trump’s popular mandate. In their minds, “defending democracy” means “protecting the Deep State” while defying the Constitution and American voters.

President Trump is no stranger to judicial tyranny, as his administration lost about two-thirds of lawsuits filed against it in his first term. Trump survived the Russiagate hoax and two impeachments. Multiple courts rejected challenges to the rigged 2020 election, including the U.S. Supreme Court, which refused to hear an election lawsuit in December 2020 from 18 state attorneys general and 106 Republican members of Congress.

Ultimately, judges were unable to bankrupt and imprison Trump, remove him from the ballot, and block his return to power. Now, they are desperate to stop Trump and his allies before his renewed war on the Deep State becomes impossible to reverse.

This report will (1) break down the 80+ lawsuits against the Trump administration, (2) review the history and growth of judicial tyranny in America, beginning with the poisonous ideologies of Hegel, Marx, and Darwin, and (3) assess how current legal battles will likely play out in the days ahead.

  1. 80+ LAWSUITS FILED AGAINST TRUMP

“Appointed federal judges, on their own subjective judgment and using all their power, have written pieces of paper that overruled the wishes of 74.2 million Americans who have expressed their will concerning the shape of the regime that rules them. Instead, they say, permanent bureaucrats should rule all without any say from the voters who pay all the bills. That is called tyranny.”Jeffrey A. Tucker

Eighty-eight lawsuits have been filed against the Trump administration (according to Fox News), with most of them emanating from Civil Service Strong, a coalition launched by lawfare assassins Marc Elias and Norm Eisen on December 19, 2024. The coalition includes all Democratic state attorneys general and eight key leftist groups.

Multiple lawsuits have been funded indirectly by Mark Zuckerberg (who now claims to be pro-Trump). Since 2015, the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative has funneled $2 billion to the Silicon Valley Community Foundation, which supports the anti-Trump legal outfit Protect Democracy.

  1. TRUMP LOSSES Over 30 rulings have paused various aspects of Trump’s agenda:

While the media has framed many of the above rulings as absolute defeats for Trump, some have been temporary restraining orders, not longer-term preliminary injunctions, meaning they only temporarily delay Trump’s agenda.

  1. TRUMP WINS – Judges have also ruled in favor of President Trump:
  1. OBSTRUCTIONIST JUDGES – Many of the rogue judges were appointed by Democrats such as Obama and Biden, but some were appointed by Bush, Reagan, and even Trump. Most are loyal to the Deep State, not the American Republic. The judges include Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly, who sentenced seven peaceful pro-lifers to prison, including a 75-year-old grandma, and Judge Angel Kelly, who is friendly to Communist China and has said that systemic racism plagues America’s judicial system.
  2. THE ROOTS OF AMERICAN JUDICIAL TYRANNY

“The rule of law, not the rule of men, is the foundation of a free society.”John A. Stormer, Betrayed by the Bench, 2005

In 1962, the Republican majority-appointed Supreme Court ruled to remove prayer and the Bible from government schools. In 1973, the Court condemned over 60 million innocent unborn babies to death in Roe v. Wade.

In 2015, the Supreme Court ruled 5-4 to recognize same-sex “marriage” in Obergefell v. Hodges. Following Obergefell, then-Ohio Gov. John Kasich (R) proclaimed, “The court has ruled, and it’s time to move on.” Many Republicans who were relieved that courts allowed them to wash their hands of controversial moral issues were unhappy when Roe was overturned.

Over 100 years, Supreme Court opinions centralized state power, corrupted morality, and perverted the Founding vision. Yet, the roots of judicial tyranny started with the Marxist/humanist ideology that infected America’s legal system 150 years ago.

  1. THE FOUNDING ERA The Declaration of Independence criticized King George for “[making] Judges dependent on his Will alone, for the tenure of their offices, and the amount and payment of their salaries.”

Judicial tyranny was discussed in The Federalist Papers, with James Madison writing in Number 47, “The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands…may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”

The Founders envisioned Congress as the most powerful branch and the judiciary as the least powerful. However, Anti-Federalist and New York judge Robert Yates warned that the Constitution’s proposed Supreme Court would hold “immense powers” and be “very liberal” in interpreting the Constitution. (Yates ultimately withdrew from the Constitutional Convention because he said it was exceeding its instructions.)

In Marbury v. Madison (1803), the U.S. Supreme Court gave itself the power of judicial review, allowing the Court to de facto legislate by striking down laws it deemed unconstitutional, a power that was fully exercised in the 20th century.

Thomas Jefferson warned that allowing the judiciary to determine the constitutionality of laws would make it “a despotic branch” (1804 letter), and said the judiciary’s establishment of “law by precedent” was “sapping, by little and little, the foundations of the constitution” (1823 letter).

In his inaugural address, President Abraham Lincoln said if the Supreme Court is the final authority, “the people will have ceased to be their own rulers.”

  1. THE RISE OF LEGAL PROGRESSIVISM – In his Commentaries on the Laws of England, English jurist William Blackstone recognized God’s natural law as “binding over all the globe” and said that “no human laws are of any validity, if [they are] contrary to this.”

Post-Civil War, America shifted from Blackstone and the Christian common law recognized in the Declaration of Independence toward “case law,” inspired by George F.W. Hegel, Charles Darwin, and Karl Marx. In 1970, Christopher Columbus Langell was appointed Dean of Harvard Law School. Langell’s “case law” posited that legal right and wrong are determined not by absolutes, but by societal evolution.

Later Harvard legal minds promoted this new philosophy, including Dean Roscoe Pound. One of Pound’s followers, Chief Justice Charles Evans Hughes, claimed, “We are under a constitution, but the constitution is what we say it is.” Presidents Woodrow Wilson (the father of the modern administrative state) and Franklin Delano Roosevelt heartily embraced this view. Decades later, Supreme Court Justice William J. Brennan asserted, “The genius of the Constitution rests not in any static meaning it may have had in a world dead and gone but in its evolving character.”

In 1920, the American Civil Liberties Association (ACLU) was founded by Fabian Socialists John Dewey and Roger Baldwin and Communists William Z. Foster and Elizabeth Gurley Flynn. In 1925, the ACLU initiated the “Scopes Monkey Trial” to promote evolution and denigrate Biblical Creationism.

Tragically, the corruption of American law coincided with the rise of mass propaganda, compulsory education, economic centralization, and cultural/family destruction.

  1. POWER OF THE SUPREME COURT In the 1920s, 30s, and 40s, the Supreme Court increased its power and deployed the Commerce Clause and the Incorporation Doctrine to expand federal authority at the expense of states and individual liberties.

The Incorporation Doctrine used the 14th Amendment to turn the Bill of Rights – originally designed to limit federal government power – on its head and weaken the liberty of states and individuals.

The Mises Institute’s Ryan McMaken states, “We can have a functioning Tenth Amendment, or we can have an Incorporation Doctrine. But not both… The idea of the American confederation was to provide protections for liberty through competition among states, and through balancing state power against federal power.”

  1. HOW CURRENT LEGAL FIGHTS COULD PLAY OUT

“If a judge tried to tell a general how to conduct a military operation, that would be illegal. If a judge tried to command the attorney general in how to use her discretion as a prosecutor, that’s also illegal. Judges aren’t allowed to control the executive’s legitimate power.Vice President JD Vance

Erwin Chemerinsky, dean of the University of California Berkeley Law School, said, “It’s very frightening to think that they will disobey court orders. If they don’t, it will be a constitutional crisis unlike anything this country has seen, because if the president can violate constitutional laws and disobey court orders, then the name for that is a dictatorship.”

In reality, rogue judges fueled the current Constitutional crisis by shredding the Constitution for 100 years. Chemerinsky and his fellow regime apparatchiks despise constitutional law and American voters.

Deep Staters are panicked because their taxpayer-funded empire of grift, propaganda, and tyranny is crumbling, and they view the courts as their last line of defense.

  1. HOW WILL THE SUPREME COURT RULE? – With several exceptions, President Trump seems poised to let the current legal drama play out until it reaches the Supreme Court, which he hopes will rebuke lower court overreach. Justices Sotomayer, Jackson, and Kagan will vote against Trump, while Thomas, Alito, and Gorsuch will likely favor Trump, leaving Roberts, Kavanaugh, and Barrett as the swing judges.

The Federalist’s Sean Davis contended, “John Roberts and SCOTUS have two options here: they can bring these inferior malcontents to heel, or they can get used to the President simply ignoring these inferior courts or Congress eliminating them entirely.”

On February 25, Chief Justice John Roberts delayed U.S. District Judge Amir Ali’s unconstitutional order demanding that Trump unfreeze $2 billion in questionable USAID contracts by midnight.

  1. WILL TRUMP DISMANTLE JUDICIAL SUPREMACISM? – For eight years, Trump has been assaulted by a weaponized legal system, leaving Trump and his allies battle-scarred, resolved, and organized in a way they were not in 2016. Consider these signals from key Trump allies:
  • Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt: We believe these judges are acting as judicial activists rather than honest arbiters of the law. The real constitutional crisis is taking place within our judicial branch.”
  • Trump Deputy Chief of Staff Stephen Miller: “The Founders created a unitary executive branch in which ‘the executive power shall be vested in a President of the United States.’ All executive power is vested in the one man elected by the whole nation. No unelected bureaucrat has any ‘independent’
  • Vice President JD Vance in 2021: “Trump should…fire every single mid-level bureaucrat, every civil servant in the administrative state, replace them with our people, and…when the courts stop you, stand before the country like Andrew Jackson did and say the Chief Justice has made his ruling, now let him enforce it.”

The President who narrowly escaped at least two assassins is unlikely to let rogue judges thwart his efforts to decentralize government power and restore American greatness.

  1. WILL JUDICIAL ACTIVISM SPUR REFORM? – Below are several potential reforms that could be undertaken by Congress:

PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS

“If we don’t rid ourselves of the false construct of judicial supremacism, the same judges from January 6 in the D.C. federal district and circuit will be governing the country.” Daniel Horowitz

Judicial activism will continue as Democrats, unable and unwilling to provide an alternative vision for America, fearmonger about “dictatorship” and “constitutional crisis.” These same Democrats will ignore the real constitutional crisis that began when humanists injected evolutionary “case law” into the legal system 150 years ago.

Either lawfare will defeat Trump’s second term as the plandemic did his first, or (more likely) rogue justices will give Trump an opportunity to weaken judicial supremacy or even end it once and for all.

If the Supreme Court upholds Trump’s agenda, the Left will continue tarring the Court – which shifted from 68% trust in 2019 to 44% trust in 2024 – as illegitimate. Such calls could motivate assassination attempts on conservative Supreme Court justices, similar to the 2022 media-inspired plot to assassinate Justice Kavanaugh. On the other hand, if the Supreme Court greenlights Trump’s agenda, Marxists could inflame riots and conflict “in the streets.”

However, Democrats will have difficulty reclaiming a popular narrative, as their Party doubles down on wokeness and once “respectable” DNC propaganda outlets lose taxpayer funding and viewers. Stopping Trump’s populist reforms will be difficult… but only if the President continues delivering on his promises and can avoid war, full-blown economic collapse, or a coup from the shifty billionaire tech elite.

While Trump and Congress can rein in out-of-line judges, American patriots must strive to strip unconstitutional powers from all three government branches and the bureaucracy and return authority to states and individuals. (The New American notes that nearly 80% of federal government “is unconstitutional”.)

In the final analysis, a greater challenge than reversing judicial tyranny and centralized power will be undoing the Marxist/humanist cultural revolution that destroyed America’s Biblically-based law, education, churches, economy, culture, and families over 150 years. Restoration will require rejecting the devil’s promise to “be as gods” (Genesis 3) and submitting to God’s divine wisdom and authority.

Former Communist Whitaker Chambers articulated the choice: “God or Man, Soul or Mind, Freedom or Communism.”

America still confronts this epochal crossroads, one that will determine the fate, not only of our legal system, but also of our future, families, and freedom.

FURTHER RESEARCH:

Betrayed By the Bench: How Judge-made Law Has Transformed America’s Constitution, Courts and Culture – John A. Stormer

Judicial Tyranny – Samuel Francis

The American Covenant: The Untold Story – Dr. Marshall Foster